Chinese
An Essential Grammar
Second Edition

This new edition of Chinese: An Essential Grammar is an up-to-date and concise reference guide to modern Chinese (Mandarin) grammar. Refreshingly jargon free, it presents an accessible description of the language, focusing on the real patterns of use today. This Grammar aims to serve as a reference source for the learner and user of Chinese, irrespective of level, setting out the complexities of the language in short, readable sections. It is ideal either for independent study or for students in schools, colleges, universities and adult classes of all types. Features include: • a new chapter on paragraph development • Chinese characters, as well as the pinyin romanisation, alongside all examples • literal and colloquial translations into English to illustrate language points • detailed contents list and index for easy access to information • a glossary of grammatical terms. Yip Po-Ching is former Lecturer in Chinese Studies at the University of Leeds. Don Rimmington is Emeritus Professor of East Asian Studies and former Head of the East Asian Studies Department at the University of Leeds.

i

Routledge Essential Grammars Essential Grammars are available for the following languages: Chinese Czech Danish Dutch English Finnish Modern Greek Modern Hebrew Hungarian Norwegian Polish Portuguese Serbian Spanish Swedish Thai Urdu Other titles of related interest published by Routledge: The Chinese Lexicon

By Yip Po-Ching
Basic Chinese: A Grammar and Workbook

By Yip Po-Ching and Don Rimmington
Intermediate Chinese

By Yip Po-Ching and Don Rimmington
Colloquial Chinese: A Complete Language Course

By Kan Qian
Colloquial Chinese (Reprint of the first edition)

By Ping-Cheng T’ung and David E. Pollard
Basic Cantonese: A Grammar and Workbook

By Virginia Yip and Stephen Matthews
Cantonese: A Comprehensive Grammar

By Stephen Matthews and Virginia Yip
Colloquial Cantonese: A Complete Language Course

ii

By Keith S. T. Tong and Gregory James

Chinese
An Essential Grammar
Second Edition

Yip Po-Ching and Don Rimmington

iii

First published 1997 by Routledge 2 Park Square, Milton Park Abingdon, Oxon OX14 4RN Simultaneously published in the USA and Canada by Routledge 270 Madison Ave, New York, NY 10016 Reprinted 1998, 2000, 2001, 2003 (twice) 2nd edition 2006 Routledge is an imprint of the Taylor & Francis Group, an informa business © 1997, 2006 Yip Po-Ching and Don Rimmington
This edition published in the Taylor & Francis e-Library, 2006.
“To purchase your own copy of this or any of Taylor & Francis or Routledge’s collection of thousands of eBooks please go to www.eBookstore.tandf.co.uk.”

All rights reserved. No part of this book may be reprinted or reproduced or utilised in any form or by any electronic, mechanical, or other means, now known or hereafter invented, including photocopying and recording, or in any information storage or retrieval system, without permission in writing from the publishers. British Library Cataloguing in Publication Data A catalogue record for this book is available from the British Library Library of Congress Cataloging in Publication Data Yip, Po-Ching, 1935– Chinese : an essential grammar / Yip Po-Ching and Don Rimmington. – 2nd ed. p. cm. – (Routledge essential grammars) Includes index. ISBN 0-415-38026-X (hbk.) – ISBN 0-415-37261-5 (pbk.) 1. Chinese language–Grammar. 2. Chinese language–Textbooks for foreign speakers–English. I. Rimmington, Don. II. Title. III. Series: Essential grammar. PL1107.Y57 2006 495.1′82421–dc22 2005025872 ISBN10: 0-415-38026-X (hbk) ISBN10: 0-415-37261-5 (pbk) ISBN10: 0-203-96979-0 (ebk) ISBN13: 978-0-415-38026-3 (hbk) ISBN13: 978-0-415-37261-9 (pbk) ISBN13: 978-0-203-96979-3 (ebk)

iv

1 Noun features 1.4 Fractions.4 Material nouns 3.1 Two forms of the number two 2.3 Common nouns 1.5 Approximation 3 Measures for nouns 3.2 Other measure words 3.3.2 Proper nouns 1.2 Ordinal numbers 2. decimals. percentages.1 Measures and gè 3.1 The plural suffix – men 1.1 Cardinal numbers 2.Contents Preface Introduction The Chinese language Mandarin pronunciation The Chinese vocabulary Part I Nouns xiii 1 1 2 5 9 9 10 10 11 13 13 14 14 15 15 15 16 17 18 18 19 21 21 22 27 27 27 Introduction 1 Nouns 1. multiples. and ‘every’ 2.4 Nouns and conjunctions 1.3.3 Abstract nouns 3.3 ‘Half’ 2.5 Common nouns: countability 2 Numerals and nouns 2.5 Collective nouns v .2 Nouns and definite or indefinite reference 1.1.

3 Non-gradable adjectives as attributives 6.11 Attributives in word-formation Verbs 28 28 30 31 32 34 36 36 36 36 36 37 37 38 38 39 39 40 40 41 41 41 41 43 43 44 44 44 44 45 46 46 47 47 49 49 49 50 50 50 Part II vi Introduction 6 Adjectival and nominal predicates.1 Attributives 5.5 Other pronouns 4.2.4.1 Personal pronouns 4.4 Interrogative pronouns 4.1 Attributives of shape. colour or material 6.8 Possessive pronoun and other attributives 5.3 Adjectival predicates followed by verbs 6.3.3 Demonstrative pronouns 4.1 The functions of ynu 7.5 The copula shì in its negative form 7 The verb ynu.1 Adjectival predicates and degree adverbs 6.2 Adjectival predicates in the negative 6.4 Prepositional and postpositional phrases as attributives 5.2.9 Ér between adjectives 5.1 Ynu indicating possession . the verb shì 6.2 Nominal predicates without a copula 6.2.7 Demonstrative and numeral phrases with other attributives 5.1 Verbs resembling shì 6.4.5 Verbal phrases or clauses as attributives 5.1 Monosyllabic adjectives 5.1 Nominal attributives and de 5.2 Adjectives as attributives 5.2.Contents 4 5 Pronouns 4.1.6 The order of sequential attributives 5. comparisons 7.6 Pronouns and conjunctions Adjectives and attributives 5.3 Nominal attributives 5.1 Adjectival predicates 6.4 Nominal and pronominal predicates 6.3 Disyllabic adjectives and de 5.2.2 Polysyllabic adjectives and de 5.2 Possessive pronouns 4.2 Adjectival predicates and the verb ‘to be’ 6.2.10 Omission of the noun following an attributive 5.3.

8 9 10 11 7.1 Time expressions in emergence or disappearance sentences Verbs and location 11. and dative verbs 8.2 Motion verbs and compound direction indicators 9.7 Imperatives 8. state.1 Emphatic or specific comparison 7.7 Time expressions in existence sentences 10.2 Action verbs 8.3 Comparatives and superlatives Verbs and aspect markers 8.6 Frequency expressions with mli 10.1 Motion verbs and simple direction indicators 9.3.7.3 Zài 8.3 Motion verbs with metaphorical meaning 9.2.1 Polite requests 8.3 Aspect markers 8.2.2 Mli as negative of ynu 7.7.1 Dative verbs relating to spoken activity 8.3 Comparison: equivalence or similarity 7.4 Imprecise points of time 10.2.4 Direction indicators with specific meanings Verbs and time 10.5 Indefinite points of time 10.4 Zhe 8.2 Dative verbs and aspect markers 8.1 Action.2.3 Point-of-time expressions incorporating verbal phrases 10.1 Le 8.3.4 State verb 8.3.4 Ynu forming idiomatic expressions 7.7.2 Negative comparison 7.1.5.1.6 Causative verbs 8.2 Guo 8.5 Ynu introducing adjectival predicates 7.3 Ynu indicating change or development 7.2 Point of time expressions 10.5 Dative verbs 8.3.1 Location expressions 51 51 52 52 53 54 54 55 56 56 56 56 57 57 59 60 61 62 63 64 64 65 66 67 67 67 67 70 72 73 74 74 75 77 78 79 80 80 81 81 81 81 Contents vii .1.5.2 Imperatives and aspect markers Motion verbs and direction indicators 9.2 Comparison 7.1 Detailed time expressions 10.1 Time expressions 10.1.

4 Complements of manner and of consequential state 13.1 Shì in existence sentences 11.5.5 Location phrases in existence sentences 11.3 Duration expressions and pronoun objects 12.1 Complements 13.3 Potential complements 13.6 Le in emergence or disappearance sentences 11.2 Zhe in existence sentences 11.3 Simple location sentences 11.5 Complement of location or destination 13.1 Potential complements using direction indicators 13.1.1 Disyllabic postpositions 11.1.3.4.4 Duration expressions in dative construction 12.1.2 Disyllabic postpositions as location pronouns 11.1.5 Duration expressions and definite reference 12.2 Complements of result 13.1 Adverbials of manner 11.6 Degree complements Verbs and adverbials 14.5.2.1 Duration expressions 12.2.1.Contents 12 13 14 viii Zài and postpositional phrases 11.2 Brief duration 12.2.3 Frequency expressions Verbs and complements 13.2 Repetition of the verb in a noun-objectduration structure 12.4.2 Metaphorical meanings of potential complements 13.4.5 Complement-of-manner comparison with a ‘verb + object’ verb 13.3 Complements of manner or consequential state with a ‘verb + object’ verb 13.2 82 83 85 85 86 87 88 89 90 90 90 90 91 92 92 93 93 94 95 95 96 96 97 99 100 100 101 101 102 102 103 103 104 105 106 106 .4.1 Duration expressions and noun objects 12.3.4 Location phrases modifying main verbs 11.1 Modification of complement of manner 13.1 Brief duration and instrumental objects 12.2 Complement of consequential state 13.4.4 Adjectival complements of manner in comparisons 13.7 Order of sequence of time and location phrases Verbs: duration and frequency 12.

2 Modal verbs 15.1 Summing-up function of le 16.2 Dud in questions 17.1.4 Intentional verbs 15.3 Referential adverbs 14.4.3 Attitudinal verbs 15.5 Order of sequence of referential adverbs 14.6 Order of adverbials in sequence Modal and similar verbs 15.2.2 Functions of sentence le 16.5 Particular types of adverbials of manner 14.1.1 Modal verbs and adverbs of degree 15.2 Attitudinal adverbial expressions 14.1 Negation of intentional verbs 14.2 Adverbials of manner with marked verbs 14.3 Cases where sentence le is not used 16.2.1 Wàngle and Jìde 15. and intentional verbs 15. attitudinal.3 Ne in questions 17.2 Modal verbs and comparison 15.1.4 Referential adverbs with negatives 14.1.6 Tags indicating suggestion ix .1.1 Zlnmeyàng 17.3.3 Surmise questions with ba 17.5 Alternative questions with háishì 17.1.1 Question-word questions 17.1 Modal.2.3 Adverbials of manner with unmarked verbs 14.2 General questions with ma 17.4 Monosyllabic adverbial modifiers without de 14.1.15 Monosyllabic adjectives as adverbials of manner 14.2.1 Le as a sentence particle 16.1 107 107 108 108 108 109 110 114 114 115 115 115 116 120 120 121 122 122 122 123 125 125 126 126 126 128 128 129 131 132 132 135 135 137 138 140 141 144 144 Contents Part III Sentences Introduction 16 Statements and the sentence particle le 16.3.1.4 Ultimate versatility of sentence le 17 Questions 17.2 Gaoxìng 15.4 Affirmative-negative questions 17.2 Le as both sentence particle and aspect marker 16.

1 Coverbs of place and time 19.Contents 18 19 20 21 17.2 Semantic varieties in serial constructions 21.1.4 Coverbs of reference 19.3.6 Extended serial constructions 145 145 146 146 146 149 150 150 151 151 152 152 153 155 156 157 157 157 159 159 161 162 162 162 163 163 163 164 165 165 165 166 166 166 167 170 170 170 172 173 173 x .1.5.2.1.5 Subject | topic-comment sentences Prepositions and coverbs 19.2 Extended causative constructions 21.2 Coverbs of methods and means 19.4.1.1 Notional passive sentences 18.2.1. topic and comment 18.2 The bèi construction 20.1.1 Ràng and jiào 20.4 Nòng and Gko in bk sentences 20.6 Bk and modal verbs 20.5 Causative constructions 21.2 Le and zhe as complements in bk sentences 20.3 Topic-comment sentences 18.2 Subject-predicate sentences 18.1 Dual patterning of sentence structures 18.5 Coverbs and comparison 19.1 The bk construction 20.5 Negative bk sentences 20.7 Bk and indefinite reference 20.4 Dative constructions 21.1 Qmng in a causative construction 21.8 Rhetorical questions Subject and predicate.1 Further ways to form topic-comment sentences 18.3 Coverbs of human exchange and service 19.2.1.1.3 The bèi construction versus the notional passives Serial constructions 21.1.2 Disyllabic prepositions Bk and bèi constructions 20.1.1 General features of serial constructions 21.3 Adjectives or state verbs in serial constructions 21.7 Tags seeking confirmation 17.5.1 Coverbs 19.3 Negative bèi sentences 20.2 The bèi construction with an agent 20.1 The bk construction and complements 20.3 Bk and resultative complements 20.4 Topic | subject-predicate sentences 18.1.1.

1 Exclamations 25.3 Shì without de for progression and projection 22.4.22 23 24 25 Emphasis and the intensiyer shì 22. .1 Three types of abbreviation 23.2 Shì .3 Appositions 25. .4.1 Subject and object emphasis in shì .1.2 The shì . de sentences 22.1 Types of composite sentence 24.1 Cotextual omissions and headwords 23.3 Shì and negation 22.2 Paired conjunctives 24.4.4 Shì and topic-comment sentences 22. .1 Exclamations with tài 25.2 Shì and comparison 22.2 ‘Verb/Adjective + shì + Verb/Adjective’ implying reservation 22.1 Shì implying reservation 22. de construction 22.5 Repetition and emphasis Abbreviation and omission 23.1 Shì as an intensifier 22. .3 Composite sentences as parallel structures 24.3.4.3 Contextual abbreviation 23.1.2 Cotextual omissions in answers 23.2 Conjunctions and conjunctives 24.2. and apostrophes 25.2 Interjections 25.2 Question-word questions as exclamations 25.1 Contexts for shì (without de) sentences 22.4 Verbs taking object clauses Exclamations and interjections.3. .1 Tone variations in interjections 25.2. . de construction and bù 22.2.4 Apostrophe 173 173 174 176 176 177 177 178 178 178 179 180 180 181 181 181 183 184 185 185 185 186 186 186 188 196 196 197 199 199 200 200 201 201 202 203 Contents xi .2.2 Conventional abbreviations as subjectless sentences 23. appositions.3.1 Meanings and functions of composite sentences 24.2.4.3 Contextual/cotextual omissions in extended passages Composite sentences: conjunctions and conjunctives 24.4 Cotextual omissions 23.

5 A description 26.7 An argumentative piece of writing Glossary of grammatical terms Index xii .4 A welcome speech 26.1 A diary 26.2 A letter 26.6 An explanatory piece of writing 26.3 A dialogue 26.Contents Part IV Paragraphs 205 205 206 209 212 215 217 219 222 226 231 Introduction 26.

The literal translations include a limited number of grammatical symbols representing functional words as follows: xiii . and for maximum clarity both syntactic and semantic categories. Second. Where it has been necessary to use specialist terminology. starting with the noun and its modifiers. Our approach has been eclectic: we have used both traditional and modern forms of analysis. A ‘Glossary of grammatical terms’ is also included (pp. It should therefore be of use not only to students and teachers of Chinese. moving to the verb and its fundamental characteristics. we have endeavoured to keep technical terminology to a minimum to allow as wide a readership as possible access to the material. shaped our analysis in the form of meaningful units and provided a wide range of practical vocabulary to illustrate language usage. we have therefore. and finally looking at the paragraph. where possible. we have been conscious of functional needs. 226–229) for reference. including pre-verbal adverbials and post-verbal complements. then discussing the sentence. we have sought to provide a structural description of Mandarin Chinese. but also to those with a general interest in languages and linguistics. The language examples in the book are in most cases provided with both a literal (lit. First. where the subject and its verbal predication are very much geared to a pragmatic use of word order and sentence particles. in which the component sentences can be seen to acquire extemporaneous features of abbreviation and additional structural flexibility brought about by the context or cotext.Preface This book aims to identify the basic features of the grammar of Mandarin Chinese.) and a colloquial translation into English. While we hope our analysis is based on sound linguistic principles. we have offered explanations which we hope will be intelligible to the general reader. Our concern has been twofold.

senior editor. at Routledge. Yip Po-Ching and Don Rimmington xiv . of course. We also appreciate support given by Sophie Oliver. and texts. paragraphs. The contents of the book are.Preface asp int mw p aspect marker intensiyer measure word particle phon phonaestheme onom onomatopoeia cv interj coverb interjection Two other symbols used in the text are: > meaning [changes into] * indicating incorrect usage We are deeply indebted to Li Quzhen for extensive assistance with the provision of Chinese script in the examples. and Elizabeth Johnston. entirely our responsibility. editorial assistant.

which existed virtually unchanged in China for over two thousand years. 4. Mandarin is also widely used in Singapore.Introduction The Chinese language The Chinese language. who constitute 94 per cent of China]s population. Xiang (Hunan. This book describes the main dialect. the Han language. Hakka (northeast Guangdong and other southern provinces. such as the Mongols and Tibetans. It is spoken in various sub-dialect forms by 70 per cent of Hans across the northern. 5 per cent). including Shanghai. The seven other Chinese dialects are Wu (spoken in Jiangsu and Zhejiang. 5 per cent). Cantonese. or Putonghua ([common speech]).4 per cent of Han speakers). Speakers of different dialects in some cases ynd each other unintelligible. which comes largely from Hong Kong.2 per cent). but its standard pronunciation and grammar are associated with the Beijing region of north China. In Taiwan a form of Min dialect is used. is spoken by the Hans. Written Chinese employs the character script. modern standard Chinese. Different. brought over by the Nationalists in 1949 and called there Guoyu ([national language]). the so-called minority peoples. uses mainly Cantonese. or group of related languages. by 8. though the ofycial language is Mandarin.4 per cent). 4 per cent) and Gan (Jiangxi. Min (Fujian. One word for the language in Chinese is Hanyu. but dialects are uniyed by the fact that they share a common script. though not Beijing city itself. where it is known as Huayu ([Chinese language]). which is known by various names: Mandarin. Cantonese (Guangdong. central and western regions of the country. non-Han languages are spoken by the remaining 6 per cent of the population. The Chinese language is divided into eight major dialects (with their numerous sub-dialects). 2. The Chinese population of Britain. until a range of 1 . Min and Hakka are widely spoken among overseas Chinese communities.

but closer to p in spout. s. and this book makes use of the standard romanisation pinyin. top and cop h – like ch in the Scottish loch.Introduction simpliyed forms began to be introduced by the mainland Chinese government in the 1950s. and therefore understood by virtually everyone in the country. with some guidance on pronunciation. Words in Chinese are made up of one or more syllables. n. Chinese has also been transcribed into Western alphabetic scripts. Note: Mandarin is China]s ofycial language. the closest equivalents in English pronunication have been given. and c in scout. (w) and (y) – similar to English p. d in doubt and g in gout j – like j in jeep q – like ch in cheap x – like sh in sheep The three above are pronounced with the lips spread as in a smile. Since the last century. but care should be taken with these and conyrmation sought. t in stout. transmitted nationally by radio and television. ch – like ch in church sh – like sh in shirt zh – like j in judge r – like r in rung The four above are pronounced with the tip of the tongue curled back. like the initials in pop. than to b in bout. from a native Chinese speaker. t and k – pronounced with a slight puff of air. each of which is represented by a character in the written script. m. Where possible. 2 c – like ts in bits z – like ds in bids (but not voiced) . if necessary. Below is a full list of initials and ynals. Mandarin pronunciation Syllables can be divided into initials (consonants) and ynals (vowels or vowels followed by -n or -ng). d and g – not voiced as in English. l. Initials f. with a little friction in the throat b.

z. u/ü followed by e as above un – u/ü with n. but with the tongue curled back and the sound coming from the back of the throat i – with initials b. like ya in yard ian – similar to yen iang – i followed by ang iao – i followed by ao. like wang in twang ueng – u followed by eng. with the a slightly lengthened as in ah ao – like ou in out e – as in her. similar to way un – u followed by en. l. or like ee in see (but pronounced differently with other initials. like uan in truant uo – u followed by o. pronounced with rounded lips. q. like yow in yowl ie – like ye in yes in – as in thin ing – as in thing iong – i merged with ong iu – like yo in yoga i – with initials c. only with initials j. like French une. q and x (as u) and with initials l and n (as ü) like i in machine. or like oa in boat ong – like ung in lung. somewhat like i in sir. n. ch. or like oo in boot ua – u followed by a uai – u followed by ai. t and x. p. r. but with lips rounded u – as in rule. which exists only with zero initial as weng ui – u followed by ei. and similar to u in French une or ü in German über uan – u/ü followed by an.Finals a – as in father ai – as in aisle an – as in ran ang – as in rang. only with initials j. s. q and x Mandarin pronunciation 3 . q and x ue or üe – with initials j. q and x (as ue) and with initials l and n (as üe). bird (but pronounced differently with other initials. similar to war u/ü – with initials j. sh and zh. see above) o – as in more ou – as in dough. the ei – as in eight en – as in open eng – like en + g er – like err. like wi in wild uan – u followed by an uang – u followed by ang. as in machine. m. see below) ia – i followed by a. j. d.

Introduction Most ynals can be used without an initial (zero initial). First tone high. -ui (> wei) and -un (> wen). In the pinyin romanisation. and those beginning with u (as in rule) with w as the yrst letter: -i -ia -ian > yi > ya > yan > yao > yu > yuan > wu > wa > wai > wan -ie -in -ing -iong -iu > ye > yin > ying > yong > you yue > yun > wang > wei > wen > wo -iang > yang -iao -u/ü -uan -u -ua -uai -uan -ue/üe > -un -uang -ui -un -uo > Note the vowel changes with -iu (> you). and ynals beginning with i (as in machine) and u/ü (like the French une) are written in the pinyin romanisation with y as the yrst letter. level pitch. > > Note: Strictly speaking. but this book has adopted [a] throughout. constant volume Second tone rising quite quickly from middle register and increasing in volume Third tone Fourth tone 4 starting low and falling lower before rising again. ˇ third tone and ` fourth tone. in the pinyin system the hand-written form [a] is used instead of the printed version [a]. falling rapidly in pitch and decreasing in volume . ´ second tone. Tones In Chinese each syllable (or character) has a tone. the mark above a syllable indicates its tone: ¯ yrst tone. Some words have unstressed syllables which are toneless and therefore are not given tone marks. and in Mandarin there are four tones. louder at the beginning and end than in the middle starting high. Structural words like particles are also often unstressed and are similarly unmarked.

except if followed by a fourth tone when it changes to second tone yí. Similarly. Structural particles are also almost always monosyllabic: le / / de ma aspect marker and sentence particle indicator of attributives. Also. =mki [buy] =tian [sky]. yc will always be shown as yrst tone and bù as fourth tone.In speech. however. [to break in two] =fángzi [house] wánr [to have fun]. =nm [you]. the pronunciation of yc [one] and bù [not] varies according to their context. That is to say. Yc [one] is yrst tone in counting but otherwise is fourth tone yì. =jib [street]. [to enjoy oneself] =znulù [to go on foot] =pkobù [to run]. / / =ta [he/she/it]. The Chinese vocabulary The Chinese vocabulary A large number of words in everyday vocabulary are of one syllable: =wn [I]. [to jog] 5 =yáng [ocean] =jia [family] =duàn [to break] = =zi sufyx =er sufyx =lù [road] =bù [step] = = = = . they will not be indicated in our example sentences. =pko [run]. since these tonal adjustments are all rule-governed. the vocabulary is full of disyllabic words or expressions which combine monosyllables in one way or another. =hki [sea]. These words or expressions derive their meaning explicitly or implicitly from the words or syllables that make them up: =diàn [electricity] + =hki [sea] + =dà [big] + =dk [to hit] + =fáng [house] + =wán [to play] + =znu [to walk] + =pko [to run] + =tc [ladder] = = = =diàntc [lift]. bù [not] is fourth tone but changes to second tone bú when it comes before a fourth tone. [elevator] =hkiyáng [ocean] =dàjia [everybody] =dkduàn [to interrupt]. when a third tone precedes another third tone it changes to a second tone. However. adverbials or complements signiyer of general questions In general.

For example: 1 6 =hua [zower] + =yuán [plot (of land)] = is a modiYer + modiYed structure =huayuán [garden] .Introduction =tiào [to jump] + =sko [to sweep] + =tóu [to throw] + =hòu [behind] + =guó [nation] + =hun [yre] + =shnu [head] + =gao [high] =xìng [interest] =zc [funds] =lái [to come] =jia [family] = = = = = = = =tiàogao [high jump] =skoxìng [to disappoint] =tóuzc [to invest (money)] =hòulái [afterwards] =guójia [nation] =hunchb [train] =shnude [capital (of a country)] =chb [vehicle] =de [capital] Words or expressions of three or more syllables can also be formed: =yóu [postal] + + =dì [to pass on] = =yuán [person] =jia [expert] = = = = = = = =yóudìyuán [postman] =kbxuéjia [scientist] =dk diànhuà [to make a telephone call] =míngxìnpiàn [postcard] =zìxíngchb [bicycle] =Shèngdànjié [Christmas] ! cheze qìchb [taxi] !=bkihuò shangdiàn [department store] =kbxué [science] + =dk [to hit] + =diànhuà [telephone] =xìn [letter] =piàn [piece] =míng [open] + + =zì [self] + + =xíng [to walk] =chb [vehicle] =dàn [birth] =jié [festival] =shèng [saint] + + + + =cheze [to hire out] =qìchb [car] =bkihuò [hundred goods] =shangdiàn [shop] The lists above show how the majority of Chinese words are constructed in accordance with grammatical principles. Chinese wordformation is therefore in a sense Chinese syntax in miniature.

2 3 =tóu [head] + =tòng [to be painful] = is a subject + verb structure =tóutòng [headache] =xué [to learn] + =xí [to practise] = =xuéxí [to study] is a juxtapositional structure where two synonymous items are placed side by side chàng [to sing] + object structure =gb [song] = =chànggb [sing] is a verb + The Chinese vocabulary 4 5 chko [to make a noise] + =xmng [to wake up] = =chkoxmng [to wake (somebody) up (by making a noise)] is a verb + complement structure 7 .

Introduction 8 .

Part I Nouns Introduction In this section we discuss nouns and pronouns in Chinese. There is a general measure word gè. Adjectives or other qualifying elements also come before the nouns they qualify. but a measure word must be inserted between the numeral and the noun. Nouns do not change for number. feminine or neuter. though out of context it is likely to be plural. In particular we will look at the different types of nouns and those elements closely associated with them: numerals. Deynite and indeynite reference for Chinese nouns is not signiyed by articles like the or a(n) in English. and in particular circumstances with human nouns. though the demonstratives and the numeral yc [one] when used with a noun (with a measure) may indicate respectively deyniteness and indeyniteness. the particle de will come after the qualiyer and before the noun. but most measure words are speciyc to particular nouns or sets of nouns. -(e)r or -tou. Numerals are placed before nouns to specify number. it is usually placed directly before the noun. If the qualiyer is of two or more syllables. Pronouns are naturally of deynite reference. The plural sufyx -men is used with pronouns. demonstratives. a measure word must be placed between a demonstrative and a noun. If the qualiyer is monosyllabic. Some nouns are identiyable by the sufyxes -zi. The third person pronoun ta in its spoken form may signify any of the three genders: masculine. A few have three syllables. measure words and attributives. since a pre-verbal position is normally deynite and a post-verbal position indeynite. Nouns in Chinese generally have one or two syllables. An unqualiyed noun can therefore be singular or plural. but four-syllable nouns are quite rare. The written forms make the distinction clear: 9 . Similarly. Perhaps more important is the location of the noun in the sentence. but most are not obviously distinguishable from other word classes.

hair-pen) (lit . Nouns may be divided into the following categories: (a) 10 Proper nouns: Zhdngguó. they remain the same whether they are singular or plural (the distinction usually indicated by context or. Chángchéng. The Great Wall. Christmas . and [it].1 Nouns Noun features In Chinese nouns may consist of one or more syllables. and whether they are the subject or the object of a verb. more obviously. each syllable being represented by a written character. pen-examination) (lit . Shèngdànjié.I Nouns [he]. pen-note) (lit . Nouns with two syllables are by far the most numerous in the vocabulary. For example: yc zhc bM hln dud bM one/a pen a lot of pens !5 BM zài zhèr. round-pearl-pen) pen name. China. since its sense is usually understood from the context or cotext. [she]. For example: bm qianbM máobM yuánzhebM bMmíng bMshì bMjì bMjìbln pen pencil writing brush biro. though in everyday speech monosyllabic nouns are likely to be as frequent as disyllabic ones. That is. by use of numbers). pen-name) written examination notes notebook (lit . A noun of more than one syllable is usually formed by building meaningrelated syllables around a headword. 1 1. lead-pen) (lit . pen-note-book) Nouns do not change for number or case. The pen is here. I have got a pen. ball-point pen (lit . However. 5 Wn ynu bM. ta as a neuter pronoun indicating an inanimate entity is rarely present as the subject or object of a sentence. pseudonym (lit .

opinion. Zhào.2 Proper nouns Proper nouns are names of people. =méiqì. shì [city]. vehicles. gas yìjiàn. chbliàng. populaxìnjiàn correspondence (letters) 1. places. Hú. train. rénknu. zhèn [town]. etc. The names of places can also be followed by a status noun such as xiàn [county]. For example: 11 . zúqiú. Contrary to English practice. It would therefore be normal to address someone as Headmaster Gao. water. as well as Lm and Zhang. Lm Huìmíng. are Wáng. nénglì. some of the most common. etc. Sen. which can be either one or two syllables. = Huáng. dictionary yìnxiàng. cídikn. Wú. in which the chosen name Zhang Lán in which chosen name Lm is the surname and Zhang is the surname and Huìmíng Lán the Note: There is a relatively small number of surnames in Chinese. In forms of address. dìqe [district] or shlng [province]. impression. Nouns =sùliào. institutions. which is usually one syllable. the names of individuals in Chinese are in the order of yrst surname. hunchb. Qián. soccer. and then chosen name. Manager Zhào. nouns denoting title or status follow the surname: Wáng xiansheng Mr Wang Lm xikojie Zhdu znnglm Gao xiàozhkng Zhào jcnglm Miss Li Prime Minister Zhou Headmaster Gao Manager Zhao Note: People are addressed in Chinese by their occupational title far more than in English. Mk. plastics. ability =shum. Xú.(b) (c) (d) (e) Common nouns: Abstract nouns: Material nouns: Collective nouns: tion.

I Nouns Blijcng shì Hébli shlng Shùndé xiàn the City of Beijing Hebei Province Shunde County Similarly. in the names of institutions the place name is followed by a noun indicating institutional function: !"# !"# Shànghki Shcfàn Dàxué Gukngddngshlng Gdng]anjú Shanghai Normal University Guangdong Provincial Public Security Bureau In the case of postal addresses. the sequence of wording is the opposite of English with the largest entity coming yrst and the smallest last: Zhdngguó ( ( ) ) ! !"# !"/ Shanddng (shlng) Jmnán (shì) Jmnán Dàxué Zhdngwénxì Mr Ming Li [c/o Miss Huiming Zhang] Department of Chinese Jinan University Jinan [Zhang Huìmíng Shandong Province xikojil zhukn] CHINA Lm Míng xiansheng shdu/qm A direct translation of the Chinese address would be: CHINA Shandong (province) Jinan (city) Jinan University Department of Chinese [Zhang Huiming Miss to transfer] Li Ming Mr to receive/to open (formal) Note: ShDu [to receive] or qm [to open (formal)] is conventionally added after the name of the recipient. 12 . and = zhukn [to transfer] is generally used where the letter is c/o somebody else.

-jia [specialist]. Compare: xuésheng a student or students xuéshengmen the students háizi háizimen a child or children the children 13 . for instance. -(e)r.3.This principle of the large coming before the small is applied elsewhere in Chinese. Dates. unless otherwise speciyed: she bm xuésheng lkoshc 1. For example: háizi nikor zhuantou child bird brick píngzi huar mántou bottle zower bun yùndòngyuán athlete jìzhL zuòjiA journalist writer jiàshmyuán pilot/driver xuézhL huàjiA scholar painter Common nouns by themselves. etc. month and day.1 a book or books a pen or pens a student or students a teacher or teachers The plural suffix – men -men. particularly when they are grammatical objects. (See 10. or -tou.) Nouns 1.2. Some incorporate conventional monosyllabic sufyxes such as: -zi.3 Common nouns Common nouns make up a large part of the language]s vocabulary. others have more meaningful monosyllabic sufyxes such as: -yuán [person with speciyc skills or duties].1. they then Human nouns can be followed by the plural sufYx take on deynite reference. are in the order of year. singular or plural. -zhl [person concerned with an activity]. are indeynite.

Take.4 Nouns and conjunctions hé Two or more nouns may be joined together by the conjunctions [and] or huò [or]: dao hé cha bm hé zhm Lm Huìmíng hé Zhang Lán 4 14 xìnzhm. book + plural sufyx) *(lit . -men is used.2 *shemen *maomen *(lit . How are you. cat + plural sufyx) Nouns and definite or indefinite reference There are no deynite or indeynite articles like the or a(n) in Chinese. xìnfbng hé yóupiào knives and forks pen and paper Li Huiming and Zhang Lan letter-paper. mao [cat(s)] in the following sentences: !9 MAo zài nkr? (lit . nwshìmen . (lit . she like cat) She likes cats. ! NOT: * -men cannot be used with a number: likng gè xuésheng !" *likng gè xuéshengmen two students Neither can -men be used as a plural sufyx for non-human nouns: * * 1. .3. cat be-at where) Where is/are the cat(s)? !5 Ta xmhuan mAo. . for example. Deynite or indeynite reference is usually determined by the positioning of the noun before or after the verb. my friends? !8 Péngyoumen hko! However. A pre-verbal position normally denotes deynite reference. and a post-verbal position indeynite reference. .I Nouns There is usually some implication of familiarity when often occurs when groups of people are addressed: 3 Xianshengmen. it Ladies and gentlemen . envelopes and stamps . 1. .

yáshua. Note 3: The conjunctions hé ( gbn. 2 2. tóng (often used by southerners) and. she likes cats. yo: !" luóbo gBn báicài [turnips and cabbage]. towel and soap cats or dogs cash or cheque Numerals and nouns Xiko Lm huò Lko Wáng Little Li or Old Wang Note 1: There are other words in Chinese for [and] used in a similar way to hé. máojcn hé féizào mao huò gnu xiànjcn huò zhcpiào toothpaste. gbn (preferred by northerners).4 4 !" !" !" yágao.5 Common nouns: countability One feature of common nouns is that they can be counted. e. jiljie tóng mèimei [elder sisters and younger sisters]. Note 2: In familiar speech xiko [little] and lko [old] are preyxed to surnames or sometimes given names. and lko the reverse. *(lit.1 Numerals and nouns Cardinal numbers yc / èr/likng san sì wo one two three four yve liù qc ba jio shí six seven eight nine ten Numbers ranging from eleven to ninety-nine are combinations of members of the basic set one to ten: 15 . hé wn xmhuan gnu. and I like dogs) huò 1. This involves the use not only of numbers (see Chapter 2) but also measure words (see Chapter 3). tóng and yo) [and] and [or] may only be used to join words or expressions and NOT clauses: * !"# $5 *Ta xmhuan mao. more formally. toothbrush.g. ! gdngyè yO nóngyè [industry and agriculture]. Xiko generally indicates that the addressee is younger than the speaker.

three. If there is a nought (or noughts) in a ygure. . room. no.678. èr. .921 hundred thousand ten thousand hundred million ! èrshísanyì !"#$% sìqianwobkiliùshíqcwàn !"#$ baqiAn jiobKi èrshí yc Care must be taken with large numbers. líng [zero] must be added as a yller. or in telephone. etc.050 Two forms of the number two There are two forms of the number two in Chinese: èr and likng. room. For example: ! ! !" 2. Èr is used in counting.005 3. san. . èr hào one. four .: 4 16 4 4 yc. since the English number sets a thousand and a million differ from the Chinese wàn [ten thousand] and yì [hundred million]. A million in Chinese is ycbkiwàn. bus numbers.345. sì . two (house.427 58.1. NOT * =*shíqian. .631 2. ten thousand is ycwàn.I Nouns shí yc shí èr èrshí eleven twelve twenty sanshí sìshí yc jioshí jio thirty forty-one ninety-nine The system extends itself beyond the basic set with the following: bki qian wàn yì For example: !" !"#$ !"# sanbKi liùshí ba jioqiAn sìbKi èrshí qc wowàn baqiAn liùbKi sanshí yc 368 9. etc.1 sanbki líng wo sanqian líng wo sanqian líng woshí 305 3.) . two.

For example: yc one èr san two three > > > > > dì yc dì èr dì san ! yrst second third jioshí qc ninety-seven yc bki hundred dì jioshí qc ninety-seventh dì yc bki hundredth When used with nouns. etc. qian. èrbki [two hundred]. (British English) the second zoor san lóu Whereas the British convention is to number zoors ground.. (British English) the yrst zoor (American English) the third zoor. two mw person) 2. Likng is almost always used with measures (see Chapter 3): likng gè rén NOT: * *èr gè rén two people (lit. èrshí èr [twenty two]. Note: In the following cases Chinese uses ordinal numbers where English employs cardinals: (1) dates: ! ! (2) zoors/storeys: san yuè yC hào March 1st wo yuè liù hào May 6th èr lóu (American English) the second zoor. two bus ba jio èr san san liù 892336 (telephone number) Numerals and nouns Èr occurs in compound numbers: shí èr [twelve]. etc. in Chinese the ground zoor is dìxià (or less commonly yc lóu) and the 17 . like cardinals.2 Ordinal numbers =dì before Ordinal numbers in Chinese are formed simply by placing the cardinals. (though likng can also be used with bki. second. wàn and yì). yrst.èr hào chb !!" no. ordinals. need to be followed by measure words (see Chapter 3).

hundred parts] sixty) san fBn zhC èr ba fBn zhC wo 2/3 (lit .5 (lit . and ‘every’ Other forms of numbers in Chinese are: (1) Fractions: ! ! (2) Percentages: ! !" (3) Decimals: líng diKn wo yc diKn sì (4) Multiples: likng bèi 18 shí èr bèi 2 times 12 times 0. multiples. hundred parts} one) 60% (lit . third. percentages. Bàn may also come after the measure word when it follows a whole number: ! ! ! bàn gè pínggun bàn bbi píjio yc gè bàn lí half an apple half a glass of beer one and a half pears 2. etc.3 ‘Half’ Bàn [half] functions as a number and therefore requires a measure word. one point four) bKi fBn zhC yc bKi fBn zhC liùshí 1% (lit . (3) years of study (at an educational institution): yc niánjí yrst year san niánjí third year 2. two zoor) in Chinese. nought point yve) 1. decimals. three parts] two) 5/8 (lit . This means that [yrst zoor] in British English is èr lóu (lit.4 (lit . eight parts] yve) . [second zoor] is san lóu.4 Fractions. etc.I Nouns zoors above are second.

qian [thousand]. while dud may also occur after bki [hundred]. a few tens friends) a few thousand policemen shí [ten’ Jm can also mean [or so. and more’. lái is used only after bki: !" !"# ( ) / !" shí lái gè lkoshc èr shí duD gè xuésheng (yc) bki lái/duD gè gdngrén ten teachers or so over twenty students a hundred and more workmen likng qian duD gè rén over two thousand people Note 1: All these expressions of approximation with jm.5 Approximation Approximation in Chinese may take the following forms: (1) Jm [several]: ! ! ! !" !" jM gè pínggun jM gè jùzi jM gè shbngcí jM shí gè péngyou jM qian gè jmngchá a few apples a few sentences a few new words a few dozen friends (lit. placed like jm after =shí [ten] or its multiples. Also.(5) The inclusive mli [every]: mLi gè rén mLi tian everyone every day Numerals and nouns 2. yc [one] is not used before shí [ten]. lái and dud require measure words when used with nouns (see Chapter 3). in these cases. 19 . but is obligatory before qian [thousand] and wàn [ten thousand]. However. is optional before bki [hundred]. or wàn [ten thousand]. when used after or its multiples: ! !"# (2) shí jM gè rén san shí jM gè píngzi a dozen or so people thirty or so bottles lái [or so] and dud [just over].

wo suì duD !" ! shí liù gDng jCn duD san yCnglM duD over 5 (years old) over 16 kilo(gram)s over 3 miles (3) two consecutive numbers (from one to nine) in increasing order. height. apart from being a noun. !" sanshí suì shàngxià [around thirty years of age]. etc. can be used as a measure word itself. either alone or as part of larger numbers: !" ! ! ( ) sì wO gè kèren sì wO shí gè nán háizi shí qC bA gè nw háizi wO liù bKi (gè) rén four or yve guests forty to yfty boys seventeen to eighteen girls yve to six hundred people Note: As we can see in the last example. distance. . the measure word gè is optional before rén [person/people]. money. but its use is limited to approximation about age.g. weight. (4) ( ) (Dà)yub [about /around] and zunyòu [more or less].I Nouns Note 2: Dud must come after the measure when the number is not ten or a multiple of ten. height and weight: e. This is notably the case in expressions relating to age. used with any numbers and any of the above forms of approximation: (a) dàyub is placed before the [numeral + measure word + noun] phrase: ! dàyuB shí wo gè dàren about/around yfteen adults !"/ dàyuB sanshí lái/ about thirty or so visitors ! dud gè láibcn (b) Zunyòu comes after the [numeral + measure word + noun] phrase: ! èrshí gè háizi zuNyòu roughly twenty children 20 Note: Shàngxià functions in a similar way to zunyòu. This is because rén.

This contrasts with English where nouns can be divided into countables and uncountables. some of which have monosyllabic and disyllabic alternatives.1 Measures for nouns Measures and gè Measures for nouns When in Chinese a number is used with a noun. the occurrence of gè is decided with reference to rhythm: gè must be omitted before monosyllables but is present before disyllables. e.3 3. a measure word must be placed between the number and the noun. Gè is by far the commonest measure and can be used with almost all nouns. For example: yc nián/ yc gè yuè likng tian/ * * *yc gè nián one year one month *likng gè tian two days 21 . three students (countable) and three loaves of bread (uncountable). the former being used directly with numbers and the latter requiring a measure phrase after the number. with time nouns. including abstract nouns: ( ) ( ) ! ! ! ! ! yc (gè) rén shí (gè) rén likng gè jiljie san gè shnubiko yc gè huayuán sìshí gè zì wo gè yuè mli gè lwkè yc gè yìnxiàng one/a person ten people two elder sisters three watches one/a garden forty Chinese characters yve months every passenger an impression However.g. Chinese nouns on the other hand all take measure words: ! ! san gè xuésheng san gè miànbao three students three loaves of bread Note: Measure words are sometimes also called classiyers.

which can be divided roughly into the categories below. etc. with the time word xikoshí [hour]. gè is optional regardless of rhythm. [string]. yc yuè means [January].) (1) Shapes: the shape measure words are perhaps the most interesting because they evoke images of their associated nouns. though any number could appear in its place. shéngzi [rope]. etc.2 Other measure words In addition to gè. Also. Similarly. Other nouns used with tiáo include: kùzi [trousers]. xiàn [thread].) four weeks (colloq. qiang . (In the examples. the numeral yc [one] is used. This is because without the measure gè.) yve hours Note: The monosyllabic yuè [month] is nevertheless an exception.I Nouns san wkn/ ! ! likng gè shàngwo san gè xiàwo san gè wknshàng two mornings three afternoons ! sì gè xcngqc/ ! sì gè lmbài ( ) wo (gè) xikoshí three nights sì zhdu/ wo gè zhdngtou/ (colloq. (b) zhc (long and slender): yc zhc bm ! yc zhc (xiang)yan Also with zhc: [pistol. etc. san gè yuè [three months] and san yuè [March]. there is a wide range of commonly used measure words. jib [street]. rize]. 3. (c) 22 gbn (slender): ! ! yc gbn xiangjiao yc gbn xiangcháng a banana a sausage a pen a cigarette yágao [(tube of) toothpaste]. (a) tiáo (long and zexible): yc tiáo shé yc tiáo hé a snake a river qúnzi [skirt]. likng gè yuè means [two months] whereas èr yuè is [February].

míngpiàn [name card]. (e) kb (small and round): ! Also with (f ) yc kb zhbnzhe yc kb xcng kb: a pearl a star xcn [heart]. zhàopiàn [photograph]. birds and insects): yc zhc tùzi yc zhc niko yc zhc cangying a rabbit a bird a zy 23 . dìtú [map]. yàoshi [key].): ! ! (b) ! ! yc bln cídikn yc bln zázhì a dictionary a magazine zhc (for animals. etc. zhcpiào [cheque]. yóupiào [stamp]. táng [sweets]. etc. sun [lock]. skn [umbrella]. chmzi [ruler]. zhbn Measures for nouns yc zhang zhm yc zhang piào a piece of paper a ticket Also with zhang: bàozhm [newspaper]. etc. (d) zhang (zat): tóufa [hair]. tilsc [wire]. (b) (3) fbng (to seal): yc fbng xìn a letter Particular sets: (a) bln (for books. etc. zhudzi [table]. kb): lì (round and smaller than yc lì mm yc lì sha Also with lì: a grain of rice a grain of sand huashbng [peanut].Also with gbn: [needle]. ymzi [chair]. etc. zmdàn [bullet]. míngxìnpiàn [postcard]. chàngpiàn [gramophone record]. etc. chuáng [bed]. (2) Associated actions: (a) bk (to handle): ! yc bk dao a knife yc bk yáshua a toothbrush Also with bk: shezi [comb].

): yc jian wezi yc jian wòshì a room a bedroom sun (for houses. kb (for certain plants): yc kb cài yc kb cko Also with: shù [tree]. coats. institutions): yc sun fángzi yc sun xuéxiào a house a school ycyuàn [hospital]. etc. (g) jiàn (for shirts. etc. (for utensils): ! yc zhc xiangzi yc zhc wkn Also with: (c) a box/suitcase a bowl bbizi [cup]. etc. [mug]. [glass].I Nouns There are alternative measure words for some common animals: yc tóu niú [an ox]. etc. . yc liàng qìchb yc liàng hunchb a car a train =liàng (for vehicles): ! ! a vegetable a tuft of grass (d) (e) jià (for planes): ! yc jià fbijc a(n) (aero)plane a bomber a jet plane !" yc jià hdngzhàjc !" yc jià pbnqìjc (f ) tái (for machines): ! yc tái jcqì a machine a television féngrènjc !" yc tái diànshìjc Also with: diànnko [computer]. etc. [sewingmachine]. yc tiáo gnu [a dog]. yc pm mk [a horse].): ! ! (h) ! ! (i) ! 24 ! Also with: yc jiàn chènshan yc jiàn dàyc a shirt an overcoat jian (for rooms. etc.

yc shNu gb [a song]. They include: ! yc duN huar [a zower]. etc. mm [metre].(j) zuò (for buildings. =àngsc [ounce]. [tin]/[can]. and the Chinese measures jcn [catty]. (4) Containers: ! yc bbi kafbi yc wkn fàn yc tnng shum a cup of coffee a bowl of rice a pail/bucket of water guàn Other containers include: píng [bottle]. mountains. chm [foot].): ! Also with: yc zuò gdngdiàn yc zuò shan qiáo [bridge]. etc. etc. =gdnglm [kilometre]. cùn [inch]. yc chE xì [a play]. Note: Cultural artefacts can sometimes dictate different sets of container measures. bao [packet]. etc. likng [tael]. [mug]: yc bbi chá ! yc bbi píjio a cup of tea a glass of beer (5) Standard measures: !" yc gdngjcn pínggun yc mk bù !" yc jialún qìyóu a kilo(gram) of apples a yard of cloth a gallon of petrol Other standard measures include: Ycnglm [mile]. a ylm a soccer match Measures for nouns (k) chkng (for activities. etc. bàng [pound].): ! !" Note: The measures associated with particular sets of nouns are too numerous to list. hé [small box]. (6) Collections: yc qún rén ! yc tào kèbln yc dá zhm a crowd of people a set of textbooks a pile of paper 25 . pán [plate]. ! yc dMng màozi [a hat /cap]. [glass]. yc chkng diànymng yc chkng zúqiú(sài) a palace a hill/mountain chéngshì [city]. Take the case of bbi [cup].

a pair of scissors (7) Portion: ! ! yc kuài dàngao yc piàn miànbao yc dc shum Note: for a piece of cake a slice of bread a drop of water piàn kuài is also used for féizào [soap].g. dá [dozen]. and yc diknr with material nouns (e. However: a pair of trousers yc bK jikndao. [heap].3).4 below. =yc qún láng [a pack of wolves]. books) and material nouns (e. Note 2: Yc xib usually occurs with common nouns (e. yèzi [leaf].) 26 . ! yc tiáo kùzi. etc. =yc qún yáng [a zock of sheep]. duc [pile]/ Note 1: The collection measure qún [group]/[crowd] in Chinese is matched in English by a range of measures used with different nouns: ! yc qún mìfbng [a swarm of bees]. etc. etc.. zour) and abstract nouns (e. ! yc duì lrhuán [a pair of ear-rings]. time. Note 2: The notion of pair is usually expressed in Chinese by duì. etc. dc for xil [(drop of) blood]. some books some time a little zour yc [one] and with Note 1: Xib can only be used with the numeral demonstratives (see 4. etc. opinion). =yc qún niú [a herd of cows]. water). ! yc fù yknjìng [a pair of spectacles/glasses]. (8) Indeynite small numbers or amounts ( yc diknr [a little]): yc xib she ! !" yc xib shíjian yc diknr miànfln yc xib [some]. dì [land]. (See also 3. etc.g.g.I Nouns Other collection measures include: chuàn [cluster].g. shuang or fù: yc shuang xié [a pair of shoes]. !=yc shuang kuàizi [a pair of chopsticks].3 and 3. pc [batch]. ! yc fù shnutào [a pair of gloves].

5 yc diknr shum a jin (i. they are established expressions and new forms are rarely coined. For example.e. may only occur with standard measures. portion measures and indeynite small amount measures: yc jcn mm yc píng jio yc kuài bù yc xib shum ! 3.3 Abstract nouns Abstract nouns in Chinese also take measure words. on the other hand. However. For example: 27 . half a kilogram) of rice (standard) a bottle of wine/spirits (container) a piece of cloth (portion) some water a little water Collective nouns Collective nouns are formed by attaching a measure word as a kind of sufyx to their related nouns.3. ! !/ ! yc tiáo xiaoxi yc jiàn shì yc sC xiàoróng a piece of news a matter a smile Measures for nouns yc gè zhoyi/zhozhang an idea/a proposal The measure word abstract nouns: ! ! ! zhnng [kind. container measures. type] is regularly found with a skill a method a kind of thinking yc zhnng nénglì yc zhnng fangfk yc zhnng scxikng Abstract nouns may always be used with the indeynite small amount measures yc xib or =yc diknr [some]: / / ! ! yc xib/diknr jiànyì yc xib/diknr yìnxiàng some suggestions some impression 3.4 Material nouns Material nouns in Chinese.

zhmzhang [paper]. We don]t like them. there is no case inzection for pronouns. bcngkuài [cubes of ice]. Ta xmhuan wn. they remain the same whether they are the subject or the object: !5 !5 28 Wn xmhuan ta. The only excepion is: !" likngqianwàn rénknu [a population of twenty million] (no measure word is required). !"# 5 Wnmen bù xmhuan tamen. mkpm [horses]. shumdc [drops of water].1 Pronouns Personal pronouns Personal pronouns in Chinese are as follows: singular 1st person 2nd person 3rd person wn I nm ta ta ta you he she it plural wnmen we nmmen tamen tamen tamen you they As for nouns. Collective nouns. since they are notionally plural. rénqún [crowds of people]. etc. ships shebLn books rénkNu population Note 1: Other collective nouns include: chbliàng [vehicles]. !"# 5 Tamen bù xmhuan wnmen. I like him. xulpiàn [snowzakes]. xìnjiàn [correspondence (letters)].I Nouns yc zhc chuán a ship yc bln she a book sì knu rén a family of four > > > chuánzhC shipping. They don]t like us. Note 2: Knu is used as a measure word for the number of people in a family. She likes me. huadun [zowers/blossoms]. 4 4. . cannot be used with numerals and measure words.

The use of these personal pronouns is generally analogous to English. that mw person very proud. klshì wn hln xmhuan. nín.6). polite: you good) How do you do? Note: There is no corresponding polite form for the second person plural: *nínmen. for example. feminine and neuter genders. we [you and I] leave p) Let]s go! =Ba is a sentence particle indicating a suggestion (see 8. the distinction between zánmen and wnmen seems to be growing increasingly blurred. particularly when the reference is to (an) inanimate object(s). this mw novel very long. but I very like him) That person is very proud but I [still] like him very much. when a person is referred to.The spoken form of the third person singular is the same for masculine. you good) Hello. where jm means [several] and wèi is a polite measure word for people. Zánmen is particularly used by speakers from northern China. is used where the speaker intends to include the listener(s) in what is said: !8 Zánmen znu ba! Note: (lit. The yrst. Two other personal pronouns are widely used. there is no pronoun in the second clause: ! 3 !5 Zhèi bln xikoshud hln cháng. and ! wnmen znu ba [let]s go] is now common among northern as well as southern speakers. zánmen meaning [we]/[us]. the neuter third person singular or plural occurs only rarely.1(2)). ! (lit. To address a group politely one can use the phrase: nín jm wèi. the personal pronoun must be used: Nèi gè rén hln jiao]ào. is a polite form of second person singular: Nm hko! Nín hko! (lit . klshì wn !"5 hln xmhuan ta. 3 29 . but I very like) This novel is very long. Note: The neuter third person singular or plural form must still be used in a bk-structure (see last example under 20. However. how are you? Pronouns (lit . In the sentence below. The second. but I like it very much. In contrast. However. (lit. In other words. ta may mean he/she/it or him/her/it.

4. (lit. it]s a long way). 5 5 5 Lù hln jìn. !"5 ShíjiAn bù zko le. our. ours. time not early p) It]s late. Chinese.) or pronouns (e. distance. Zuótian tiAnqì hln hko. etc.g. wn hln xmhuan (ta). Note: See Chapter 16 for further discusssion of le at the end of a sentence. etc. whether adjectives (e. sky turn-yne p) It]s cleared up. unlike English. yours. For example: !"3 Wn ynu yc zhc !3 mao. instead it employs a relevant noun. (lit. It is a lovely cat. I very like (it)) I have a cat. (ta) hln !"5 kl]ài. your. the weather.g. yesterday weather very good) It was yne yesterday. way very near) It]s quite near.) are all formed by adding the sufyx de: singular 1st person 2nd person wnde my/mine plural wnmende zánmende our/ours our/ours nmde nínde (polite) tade your/yours your/yours his her(s) its nmmende tamende your/ yours their/ theirs 3rd person 30 . (lit. mine. the pronoun may be included or omitted. does not use the third person neuter pronoun in expressions about time. TiAn qíng le. (lit.2 Possessive pronouns The possessive forms of these personal pronouns in Chinese. (e.I Nouns When an animal is referred to. (lit. I like it very much.g. I have one mw cat. it]s late. (it) very lovely. my. etc.

Zhè and nà can also modify nouns as demonstrative adjectives. Wn yào mki zhèi bln dìtúcè.g. Wn xmhuan zhèi gè. (lit. This (polite form) is our teacher. Note: Where the context is sufycient (i. !"#5 Nà shì nmde chbpiào. when the noun has already been identiyed). (lit. e. With measures. as part of a possessive adjective.e. the former precedes the latter and de is usually present.g. I like this one. That is your train/coach ticket. e. regularly zhè becomes zhèi and nà becomes nèi. 31 . I want buy this mw atlas) I want to buy this atlas.: wn mama ! nm nw péngyou ta gbge my mother your girlfriend her elder brother Note 2: When a possessive adjective occurs with a numeral-measure phrase. That one is hers. This is mine. but like numerals they must normally be followed by a measure. may be omitted when the reference is to relatives or close friends. ! 5 !" 5 Nèi gè rén shì wn bàba.3 Demonstrative pronouns zhè [this] and nà The two demonstrative pronouns in Chinese are [that]: !5 Zhè shì wnde. that mw person be my father) That man is my father. my book(s) The book(s) is/are mine. Zhèi wèi shì wnmende lkoshc.: !"# !"# wnde yc gè tóngshì tade likng gè háizi a colleague of mine two children of his 4. Pronouns Note 1: De.For example: wNde she ! She shì wNde. the noun may be omitted: !"5 !"5 !" 5 Nèi gè shì tade. 5 Nà bù xíng. That won]t do.

This money is hers. !"#$5 Zhèi xiB xiangzi shì wnde.8): !"# !"# wnde zhè/zhèi san zhang piào nmde nà/nèi likng fbng xìn These three tickets of mine Those two letters of yours 4.4 Interrogative pronouns The main interrogative pronouns in Chinese are: shéi/shuí shéide/shuíde nk/nli + xib (+ noun) shénme who(m) whose which (plural) what nk /nli (+ measure word + noun) which Note: nà/nèi [that] and nk/nli [which] are differentiated in meaning by their tones and written forms. In other words. measure. noun: !"#$5 Zhè/Zhèi san zhang piào shì nínde. it always comes yrst (see 5. Those are yours. These three tickets are yours (polite).I Nouns Plurals of the demonstratives can be formed by using the measure xib (cf. !"#$5 Nèi xiB ycfu shì tade. !"#$5 Nà/Nèi likng fbng xìn shì nmde. When demonstratives are used with numbers. the inter- . 3. Nèi xiB shì nmmende. the word order of the question does not change from that of statement. Those clothes are his. number. the word order is demonstrative. These suitcases are mine. 32 When interrogative pronouns are used.2 (8)): zhèi xib [these] and nèi xib [those]: !"#5 !"#5 Zhèi xiB shì wnmende. If a possessive adjective is also present. !"#5 Zhèi xiB qián shì tade. These are ours. Those two letters are yours.

!"#9 Zhè shì shuíde xínglm? (lit. (lit. Q: Q: A: ( !) 5 (zheì chuàn yàoshi shì wnde. (lit. whether in a statement or question. I have match(es)/lighter) Who has a match/lighter? I have (a match/lighter).rogative word comes at the point in the sentence where the answer word is expected: Q: !"9 Nèi gè rén shì shéi? (lit. that mw person be who) Who is that person? Q: (A knock on the door) Nm shì shéi/shuí? 9 A: A: !"##5 Nèi gè rén shì wN bàba. (lit. who have match(es)/lighter) (lit. Q: !/ 9 A: ( / )5 Shéi ynu hunchái/dkhunjc? Wn ynu hunchái/dkhunjc. that mw person/Li Ming be my Chinese teacher) That person/Li Ming is my Chinese teacher. Similarly. a personal pronoun (as in the second example) is naturally of deynite reference and therefore comes yrst in the sentence. this be my luggage) This is mine/my luggage. this mw key(s) be whose) Whose keys are these/Whose is this bunch of keys? A: !( )5 Zhè shì wnde xínglm. (lit. 33 . The reason is that a noun of deynite reference in Chinese will normally come yrst as the subject or topic of a sentence. this be whose luggage) Whose luggage is this? !"#$9 Zheì chuàn yàoshi shì shuíde? (lit. !"#5 Wn shì nmde língje. Pronouns Note: It would be wrong to say * !"= [shéi shì nèi gè rén] in the yrst example because the answer will be !"## [nèi gè rén shì wn bàba] and not * !"#=[wn bàba shì nèi gè rén]. Q: !"#$%9 Shéi/shuí shì nmde zhdngwén lkoshc ? (lit. It would be wrong to ask * =[shéi shì nm] or answer * !"#=[nmde línje shì wn]. this mw key(s) be mine) They/These keys are mine/ This bunch of keys is mine. (lit. that mw person be my father) That person is my father. who be your Chinese teacher) Who is your Chinese teacher? A: / !"#$%&5 Nèi gè rén/Lm Míng shì wnde zhdngwén lkoshc.

(lit. !"#5 Wn rènshi zhèi xib zì. (lit. !"#$9 Nm rènshi nK/nLi likng gè rén? (lit. you like which mw painting) (lit. I like this mw painting) Which painting do you like? I like this painting. you look-for what) What are you looking for? !"9 Nm hb bbi shénme? (lit. !/ / / Wn hb bbi chá/kafbi/ júzishum/píjio (lit. you know which mw character) Which characters do you know? !9 Nm zhko shénme? (lit. (lit. I know this two mw people) I know these two people. I know these mw character) I know these characters.I Nouns Q: !"#9 A: !"#5 Nm xmhuan nK/nLi fú huàr? Wn xmhuan zhèi fú huàr. I look-for my purse/wallet) I]m looking for my purse/wallet. I drink mw: cup tea/ coffee/orange juice/beer) I]ll have tea/coffee/orange juice/beer. you drink mw: cup what) What will you have to drink? A: !"#$5 Wn rènshi zhè/zhèi likng gè rén. 5 Q: Q: A: Q: A: Q: A: 4. (lit.5 Other pronouns Other miscellaneous pronouns include: dàjia rénjia zìjm shéi/shuí 34 everybody (used before and after the verb) the other person (occurring before and after the verb) oneself (used before and after the verb or after a personal pronoun) everybody/nobody (placed before the verb and always with ddu [all] or yl [also]) . you know which two mw people) Which two people do you know? !"#9 Nm rènshi nK/nLi xib zì? (lit. !"5 Wn zhko wNde qiánbAo.

Any possible ambiguity may be removed by the use of emphasis.4 and 18. Ta shénme ddu/yl chc. !"#5Tamen hùxiAng bangzhù. [They help each other/one another. / !5 / Shéi ddu/ yl xmhuan ta. (lit.3. / 5TA shéi ddu/yl bù lm [she ignores everybody]) is found in 18. !"5 RénjiA bù lm ta.5. (lit. / !5 Ta shéi ddu/ yl bù xmhuan. wn zìjM bù chc ròu. she everything all/also not eat) She doesn]t eat anything. everybody also not like him) Nobody likes him. everybody all know this mw zhèi jiàn shì. matter) Everybody knows this. Their use is discussed in full in 14. (lit. she recognise everybody) She knows everybody. (lit. (lit. Note 2: To express [each other] or [one another] the adverb hùxiang [mutually] is placed after the subject: e. Normal stress will usually encode a straightforward question whilst emphatic stress will produce a rhetorical effect. she not bother-with others) She ignored the others. she everything all/also eat) She eats everything.] Note 3: We can see that shéi/shuí can be used either as an interrogative pronoun or to mean [everybody/nobody].g. !"5 Ta rènshi dàjiA. I self not eat meat) I don]t eat meat myself.shénme !" 5 everything/nothing (likewise placed before the verb and always with ddu [all] or yl [also]) Pronouns DàjiA ddu zhcdào (lit. (lit. others not bother-with her) The others ignored her. A discussion of the joint occurrence of both subject and topic in a pre-verbal position (e. everybody all/also like her) Everybody likes her.: 35 . he always stick-out self ) He always pushes himself forward. !"5 Ta bù lm rénjiA.g.g. (lit. (lit. (lit. e. / / 5 5 Note 1: Ddu [all] and yl [also] are referential adverbs used to reinforce the idea of [everybody]. she everybody all/also not like) She doesn]t like anybody. Shéi ddu/ !"5 yl bù xmhuan ta. (lit. ta lko teche zìjM. 5 5 ! Ta shénme ddu/yl bù chc.

relative clauses. such as ( gbn.6 Pronouns and conjunctions hé Pronouns. 5.1 Adjectives and attributives Attributives Attributives are words or expressions used to qualify nouns. see 10.I Nouns Note 4: 9 shuí shud nm? Who is criticizing you? or Nobody is criticizing you. They may either describe or delimit them. 5. a distinction can be made between monosyllabic adjectives and adjectives with more than one syllable. 9 Nm guaì shuí? Who are you blaming? or You can]t blame anyone.4): Nm hé wn ! zhèi gè huò nèi gè you and me this one or that one 5 5.1 Monosyllabic adjectives Monosyllabic adjectives are placed directly before the nouns they qualify: jiù she hKo péngyou !" !" !"#$ 36 yc tiáo hóng qúnzi yc gè dà jiatíng wnde yc fù hBi yknjìng old books good friends a red skirt a big family a pair of sunglasses of mine .2 Adjectives as attributives When adjectives are used as attributives in Chinese.g. all attributives precede the word they qualify. In Chinese. e.2. This contrasts with English where many attributives. like nouns.4 Note 1. tóng and yo) [and] and huò [or] (see 1. 4. Lko [always]. prepositional and participial phrases. may be linked by conjunctions. follow the noun.

5. scrén [personal]. gdngyuán [park] (lit.2 Polysyllabic adjectives and de If the adjective has more than one syllable. Adjectives and attributives !"#$5 Nà shì yc gè xCn shnubiko.2. Note: A monosyllabic adjective attached to a noun may often become an established word or expression and take on a distinctive meaning of its own: dàren [adult] (lit.3 Disyllabic adjectives and de However. a limited number of common two-syllable adjectives are used without de. small fee). Idiomatic phrases such as hln dud [many] and bù shko [quite a few] may be included with them: ! ! cKisè diànshì gBnbLn yuánzé hLn duD rén bù shKo shì ! bù shKo shíjian colour television fundamental principles a lot of people quite a few matters quite some time 37 .!"#$ !5 nmde nèi gè xiKo bèibao Zhè shì zhBn pí. private person). That is a new watch. the particle de is generally used between the adjective and the noun it qualiyes: !" !" !"#$ !" piàoliang de ycfu niánqCng de geniang yc gè cuòwù de juédìng ruKnmiAnmiAn de dìtkn beautiful clothes young girls a wrong decision soft carpet The same general principle applies when a monosyllabic adjective is preceded by an adverb of degree: !" !"# hLn xCn de ycfu very new clothes yc gè shífBn zhòng de a very heavy parcel baogun !"#$ yc sun jí dà de fángzi an extremely big house 5. [private] (lit. gratuity] (lit. etc. that small knapsack of yours This is real leather. public garden).2. big person). xikofèi [tip.

zhoyào [primary]. hundred-goods shop). ! yc do zhuAn qiáng [a brick wall]. 5.3. Note 2: Disyllabic attributives without de may often be used with disyllabic nouns to form idiomatic expressions: ! lwxíng zhcpiào [traveller]s cheque].1 Nominal attributives and de The particle de may be used between a nominal attributive and the noun it qualiyes. etc. xcnshì [new-style]. !" yc jiàn pí jiakè [a leather jacket]. / ! tAde wàzi [his/her socks/stockings]. !" yc tiáo jCn xiàngliàn [a gold necklace]. etc. ! bkihuò shangdiàn [department store] (lit. [modern]. etc. ! shèngdàn lmwù [Christmas present]. In some cases the resulting expressions have become established terms in the language. gèbié [speciyc]. Whether monosyllabic or polysyllabic. ! diànshì jiémù [television programme]. . as in the yrst three examples below: shE jià diànyMng yuàn > > shejià bookshelf diànymngyuàn cinema (lit. they do not generally require the particle de. but in these cases it indicates either possession or close association: ! bàba de lmngdài father]s tie the school]s sportsyeld wNde xié !"# xuéxiào de yùndòngchkng 38 Note: Compare this with the use of de in possessive pronouns: [my shoes].I Nouns Note 1: Other disyllabic adjectives which do not usually require de are: ycqiè [all].3 Nominal attributives Nouns may also act as nominal attributives. etc. 5. Ylm house) shíjianbiko grammar book timetable shíjiAn biko > yOfK she ! ! ! diànhuà hàomk telephone number shí bàng fákukn ten pound yne liKng yCnglM lù two miles distance Note: Material nouns are often used as nominal attributives: ! yc shàn tiL mén [an iron gate].

see Chapter 19) and postpositional phrases (e.5 Verbal phrases or clauses as attributives Attributives in Chinese become more complex when they contain verbs. when used as attributives. see Chapter 11).4 Prepositional and postpositional phrases as attributives Prepositional phrases (e.5. They always require the use of the particle de: (1) Verbal phrases: ! !" mài bàozhM de shangdiàn xCn lái de mìshe a shop that sells newspapers the secretary who has just come families which have money clothes which need washing !" yNu qián de jiatíng !" yào xM de ycfu (2) Verbal clauses: !" nM yào fù de qián ! nM jiào de cài !" tAmen qù ZhDngguó ( ) de nèi (yc) tian !" gémìng kAishM de dìfang the money you will have to pay the dish(es) you have ordered the day they went to China the place where the revolution started 39 . Below are some examples of verbal phrase or clause attributives.g. always require de: (1) Prepositional phrases: !" !" (2) kào qiáng de zhudzi yán lù de shangdiàn the desk/table against the wall the shops along the road Adjectives and attributives Postpositional phrases: !"# !" wEzi li de jiajù qiáng shàng de biaoyo furniture in the room slogans on the wall 5. zhudzi xià [under the table].g. kào chuáng [against the bed].

they must follow one of the following sequences: (1) An adjectival attributive will always precede a nominal attributive: hBi pí xié !"# (2) huCsè de róng dàyc black leather shoes [a] grey felt coat An adjectival attributive with de always comes before an adjectival attributive without de: !"# !"# gAnjìng de xiKo fángjian hLn gAo de bái fángzi [a] clean.6 The order of sequential attributives Where attributives of various types (adjectival.I Nouns 5. nominal or verbal) occur in one sentence. small room [a] very high white house (3) A verbal attributive invariably precedes all other attributives: !" ! huì huà huàr de xCn tóngxué dài yKnjìng de nW lkoshc [a] new coursemate who can draw/paint [the] woman teacher who wears glasses 5.7 Demonstrative and numeral phrases with other attributives Demonstrative and numeral phrases precede all attributives: !"# zhè liKng tiáo hóng qúnzi these two red skirts !" ! !" ! nà/nèi xiB kàn ZhDngwén zázhì de rén nà/nèi zhC nM xMhuan de xiKo huA mao those people who read Chinese magazines that little tabby cat (which) you like Note: The only exception is that with verbal attributives the demonstrative/ numeral phrase may come after the attributive: !" ! kàn ZhDngwén zázhì de nà/nèi xiB rén nM xMhuan de nà/nèi zhC xiKo huA mao those people who read Chinese magazines that little tabby cat (which) you like 40 !" ! .

11 Attributives in word-formation Finally. I like that mw new p) I like that new one. demonstrative/numeral phrase and attributives): !"#$ !"# ! wNde sAn gè hKo péngyou my three good friends nMde nèi jiàn xCn mKi de pí jiakè that newly-bought leather jacket of yours Adjectives and attributives 5. (lit. 5. (lit. Zhè shì wN !5 zuótiAn mKi de.5. though in these cases de must always be retained: Wn xmhuan !5 nèi gè xCn de.8 Possessive pronoun and other attributives A possessive pronoun will precede all qualifying phrases (e. in Chinese any grammatical category or construction may be attached without de to a following noun headword to become a word or idiom in the language: yKnglKojcn qCngycnyuè old-age pension (lit.9 Ér between adjectives When two similar adjectives qualify the same noun.g. light-music) 41 .10 Omission of the noun following an attributive If the context makes it clear. beautiful girl (a) clean and tidy room 5. they are usually joined together by the conjunction ér [as well as]: !" !" !" !" (yc gè) niánqcng ér piàoliang de geniang (yc jian) ganjìng ér zhlngqí de fángjian (a) young. this be I yesterday buy p) This is what I bought yesterday. the noun following the attributive can be omitted. support-old-money) light music (lit.

travel-society) double bed (lit. two-people-bed) tape recorder (lit. 42 .I Nouns lWxíngshè shuAngrénchuáng lùyCnjc travel agent (lit. record-soundmachine) Note: The italics mark out the attributives from the (non-italicised) headwords.

in that there needs to be some indication of whether the action has been completed. Everything that comes after the verb (apart from the object) we have put in the category of complement. modal verbs. Chinese verbs do have to be related to aspect. may express existence. usually with the reinforcement of a degree adverb. Action verbs without aspect markers usually express habitual action or intention. or zài directly before the verb. The time of the action speciyed by the verb is normally indicated by placing a time expression before the verb or at the beginning of the sentence. as well as indicating possession. Many such adjectives. causative verbs. 43 . dative verbs. Shì [to be] is used to introduce nominal predicates. since they signify state rather than action.Part II Verbs Introduction Verbs in Chinese (as in English) may be divided into three major categories: the verb shì [to be]. the verb ynu [to have] and a broad set of verbs that may be loosely called action verbs. however. if followed by the particle le. can acquire a function similar to verbs. This is achieved by introducing an aspect marker le. etc. or D zhe as a sufyx to the verb. Ynu [to have]. The various types of complement. which come directly after the (pro)nominal subject without any copula. intentional verbs. Expressions indicating location. It does not occur with adjectival predicates. like time expressions. guo. Analysis of these groups enables the characterisation of many verbal constructions and their functions. providing the structure for introductory phrases like [there is/are] in English. is ongoing. One feature common to all verbs in Chinese is that they do not conjugate for tense. Action verbs embrace a wide range of semantic groups including motion verbs. come before the verb. or is part of past experience. attitudinal verbs. This means that the action of a verb is always expressed against a previously established setting of time and place. we have called these state verbs.

this mw house p rent very !5 zejcn hLn guì. . (lit. 6. that mw person very reliable) That person is (very) reliable. etc. One interesting feature of result and direction complements is that they can be converted into potential complements. direction. 6 6. which is one of a substantial number of modal verbs in Chinese. frequency. consequential state.). manner. Such potential complements have a slightly different emphasis from néng [to be able]. as a verb-oriented language.2.1 Adjectival and nominal predicates. this mw matter very strange) This matter is (very) strange. most commonly hln [very]. In English such predicates would normally use the verb [to be] as a copula or link verb. when it carries little meaning: !5 5 44 5 Wn hLn nánguò. Chinese. Nèi gè rén hLn klkào. This is a distinctive feature of Chinese: 5 Ta hLn gAo. (lit. expensive) The rent of this house is (very) expensive.II Verbs indicating duration. the verb shì Adjectival predicates In this chapter we deal with predicates which describe or deyne the subject. 6. !" Zhèi sun fángzi de (lit. abstract nouns.. (lit.2 Adjectival predicates and the verb ‘to be’ In an adjectival predicate the verb [to be] is not normally used. Zhèi jiàn shì hLn qíguài. etc. she very tall) She is (very) tall. encodes most ideas in terms of verbs (instead of prepositions. I very sad) I am (very) sad. In Chinese they are slightly more complex. Hln is often unstressed. long attributives. result. follow logically from the action of the verb. (lit. It is therefore important to understand the central role of verbs in Chinese sentences and the various syntactic elements associated with them. particularly in the case of adjectival predicates.1 Adjectival predicates and degree adverbs The adjective used in such an adjectival predicate must always be modiyed by a degree adverb.

the verb shì Zhèi gè lmtáng This hall is extremely fBicháng kuanchang.2. (lit. unlike common are zhbn [really]. That school is really big. (lit. are normally stressed. Yesterday was cool (but today isn]t). !5 Zuótian liángkuài. 6. this mw problem not very important) This problem is not very important. fbicháng or Nèi sun xuéxiào zhBn dà. That child is fairly clever. this mw problem not important) This problem is not important. that mw chair very not comfortable) That chair is very uncomfortable. the word order becomes import- Zhèi gè wèntí bù hLn zhòngyào. This street is extremely busy. (lit. The most xiangdang [fairly]. Zhèi tiáo jib shífBn fánmáng. Nèi bk ymzi hLn bù shefu. spacious. Nèi gè háizi xiAngdAng cdngming. If both hln and ant to the meaning: ! !5 ! !5 bù are present. (lit. Adjectival and nominal predicates. Note: If a degree adverb is not used with an adjectival predicate. 45 . Nèi bk ymzi bù shefu. a contrast is implied: !"5 Zhèi bln she yNuyòng. there is no need for a degree adverb when the adjectival predicate is negated by bù [not]: ! 5 ! 5 Zhèi gè wèntí bù zhòngyào.2 Adjectival predicates in the negative However. This book is useful (but that one isn]t). shífbn [extremely]: ! 5 ! !5 ! !5 !5 hln.Other degree adverbs. that mw chair not comfortable) That chair is not comfortable.

(lit.II Verbs 6. jik [false]. either as antonyms (e. her English very difycultunderstand) Her English is difycult to understand. hkokàn [good-looking]. 5 Tade huà shì jik de.g. hkowán [enjoyable]. (lit. as in the yrst example. zhbn [true]. this be true p) This is true.g. commonly require the use of the copula shì in conjunction with the particle de: !5 Zhè shì zhbn de. Chinese grammar is easy to learn. this mw dish very good-eat) This dish is delicious.2. (lit. may be called non-gradable adjectives. nánkàn [ugly]. zhèngquè [correct] and cuòwù [false]) or as positives and negatives (e. etc. 5 ! 5 ! Zhdngwén yofk (lit. Adjectives which have a more deynite either–or quality (e. These non-gradable adjectives. when functioning as adjectival predicates. etc. his words be false p) What he said is untrue. nántcng [unpleasant to the ear]. Tade Ycngwén hLn nán dNng. ! Zhèi xib fúzhuang !5 shì xcnshì de. these clothes be new-type p) These clothes are fashionable. 46 . Chinese grammar very easy learn) !5 hLn róngyì xué. the adjectives may be described as gradable in that they can be modiyed by degree adverbs. 6. (lit. zhèngshì [formal] and fbi zhèngshì [informal]). nán= [male]. may be followed by a number of verbs to form established words or expressions: hkotcng [pleasant to the ear].) and are therefore not so readily modiyed. etc.3 Non-gradable adjectives as attributives In the examples above. Note: hko [good]. (lit..3 Adjectival predicates followed by verbs Adjectival predicates are often followed by a verb (phrase) to indicate the area in which the quality or property expressed in the adjective applies: Zhèi gè cài hLn hKochC. nán [difycult] can be used similarly to convey the opposite meaning: nánchc [unpleasant to the taste]. Most non-gradable adjectives exist in complementary pairs. nw [female].g.

sùliào [plastic]. That table is round. colour or material similarly tend to indicate an absolute either–or quality or property and as adjectival predicates follow the same . This zower is very red. gang [steel]. 47 . (lit. [redness] or [roundness]. tianrán [natural]. where they generally require the use of the copula or link verb shì [to be]: ! 5 Ta shì wnde bmynu. 6. Zhèi tiáo qúnzi shì bù de. the verb shì Terms of shape. she be my pen-friend) She is my pen-friend. bù klnéng [impossible]. that mw table be round p) shì yuán de.Note: Other common non-gradable adjectives and adjectival idioms are: sm [dead]. . Nèi gè pánzi bù tài yuán. (colour) hóng [red]. . rénzào [man-made]. etc. for example. colour or material Adjectival and nominal predicates. hucsè [grey]. Tade chènshan shì bái de. bikn [zat]. Note 2: Regarding terms of colour and shape. it is possible to have different degrees of. hèsè/ kafbisè [brown]. huáng [yellow]. That plate is not quite round. this mw skirt be cloth p) This skirt is made of cloth. cí [female] (animal). pí [leather]. his shirt/blouse be white p) His shirt/blouse is white. shì . de format: ! 5 ! 5 ! 5 Nèi zhang zhudzi (lit.3. 6. xióng [male] (animal). it is therefore possible to say: !"5 ! 5 Zhèi dun hua hLn hóng. (lit. nílóng [nylon]. [artiycial]. (lit. . hbi [black]. ynu klnéng [possible]. zm [purple].4 Nominal and pronominal predicates Nouns and pronouns can also act as nominal and pronominal predicates. yín [silver]. huó [alive]. til [iron].1 Attributives of shape. . mù [wood]. chángfangxíng [oblong]. cí [porcelain]. lán [blue]. (material) jcn [gold]. Note 1: Other terms in this category include: (shape) fang [square].

rabbit. in contrast with other verbs. the reference is indeynite. with each year named after a particular animal. my father be doctor) My father is a (medical) doctor. here be police-station) This is the police station. 48 !"5 . police bureau) in Chinese communities outside mainland China. Compare: ! 5 Zhè shì (yc gè) túshegukn. Zhè shì túshegukn. real or imaginary: i. Someone born in the year of the pig. rooster. I every mw month p income be one thousand more pound) My monthly income is over a thousand pounds. This is the library (you]re looking for). horse. !" Zhèr shì 5 pàichesun/ jmngchájú. (lit. and jmngchájú (lit. this mw city p mayor be who) Who is the mayor of this town? (lit. for example. dragon. this be what) What is this? (lit. snake. this-year be pig year) This is the year of the pig. Wn(de) fùqcn shì dàifu. dog. (lit. may be followed by a noun which is of either deynite or indeynite reference. (lit. sheep. monkey. Where shì is deyning something (or someone). my hobby be climbing-hills) My hobby is hill-walking/ mountain-climbing. dispatch-out-unit) and gdng]anjú (lit. This is a library. pig. tiger. (lit. may say 5Wn sho zhe [I belong to the pig]. the years are divided into cycles of twelve years. rat. where it is locating something (or someone) the reference is deynite. (lit. (as in an introduction) (lit. Note 2: It will be apparent from the above examples that shì. this be Wang mister) This is Mr Wang. !" Zhèi gè chéngshì !9 de shìzhkng shì shéi? !9 ! Zhè shì shénme? 5 Jcnnián shì zhe nián. Note 1: Paìchesun (lit.II Verbs !"5 Zhè shì Wáng xiansheng. public-security bureau) are used in mainland China for [police station]. ! 5 ( ) 5 / Wnde àihào shì pá shan. Note: In the Chinese lunar calendar. ox. ! ! !5 Wn mli gè yuè de shdurù shì yc qian dud bàng.e.

Zhèi gè háizi xiàng ta mama. nouns indicating nationality.3 and 6. Zhèi shuang xié shí èr bàng. not resemble his father) This child is like his mother. my younger-sister golden hair) My younger sister is a blonde. personal characteristics. (lit.4. may be used as nominal predicates without a copula or link verb: !5 Wn YCngguó rén.1) or a nominal /pronominal predicate (6. Wn mèimei jCn tóufa. etc. Wn jiào Àilíng. the verb shì (lit.4 and 6. (See note under 6.4. (lit.3.5 The copula shì in its negative form In the negative form of a non-gradable adjectival predicate (6. Wn shO lóng. 5 6. I England person) I am from England. Adjectival and nominal predicates. I surname Li) My surname is Li. the copula shì is always present with bù placed immediately before it: 49 . I belong dragon) I was born in the year of the dragon. this mw child resemble his mother. price.) 6.1 Verbs resembling shì shì: A number of verbs can be said to resemble the copula 5 !5 ! 3 5 5 Wn xìng Lm. this pair shoes twelve pound) This pair of shoes costs twelve pounds. (lit. (lit.6. today Monday) Today is Monday. (lit.2 Nominal predicates without a copula However.1).4. I call Ailing) My name is Ailing. (lit. (lit.. not his father. age. (lit. !"5 Jcntian xCngqC yC. bù xiàng ta bàba. or dates.4. I twenty-one years-of-age) I am twenty-one. 5 !"5 Wn èrshí yC suì.

! ( ) 50 Míngtian wn 5 yNu (yc) gè yubhuì. Note: Shì may also be used as an intensiYer for emphatic statements. 5 5 Zhczhe yNu ba zhc jiko. today not be week three) Today is not Wednesday. 7. tomorrow I have one mw appointment) I have an appointment tomorrow. his trousers not be black p) His trousers are not black.5). he not be American) He is not American. this mw cabinet have yve mw drawer) This cabinet has yve drawers. comparisons ˇ The functions of you ˇ The verb ynu has a number of functions. These curtains are not made of silk. this mw curtain not be silk p) !5 bù shì chóu de. (lit.II Verbs ! Tade kùzi !5 bù shì hbi de. Ta yNu hln dud qián. !" Zhèi gè guìzi !5 yNu wo gè chduti. ! 5 5 Jcntian bù shì xcngqc san. (lit. spider have eight mw foot) Spiders have eight legs. ! Zhèi xib chuanglián (lit. We start here with ( ) 5 Wn yNu (yc ) gè dìdi. (lit.1 Ynu indicating possession ynu as a verb of possession meaning [to have]: (lit. (lit. He have very much money) He has a lot of money.1 The verb you.1. . (lit. (lit. Ta bù shì Mliguórén. This is discussed in detail in Chapter 22. but it also appears in expressions of comparison. (lit. Primarily it indicates possession or existence (the latter is discussed in 11. 7 7. I have one mw younger-brother) I have a younger brother.

(lit. 7. Ycngguó de jcngjì zuìjìn yNu yc xib fAzhKn. I not have bicycle) I haven]t got a bicycle. méi in speech: 5 (lit. comparisons Tamen méi yNu diànshìjc.1.7.1. (lit. Britain p economy recently have some develop) There has been some development in Britain]s economy recently. 51 .3 Ynu indicating change or development Ynu often takes modiyed or unmodiyed verbal objects to indicate change or development: ! 5 !" !" 5 !" !" 5 Tade Zhdngwén yNu jìnbù. (lit. His Chinese have progress) He has made progress in his Chinese. Her family p living standard have very big p rise) The living standard of her family has greatly improved. Ta jia de shbnghuó shumpíng yNu hln dà de tígAo. (lit. The verb ynu. because in Chinese there is no need to quantify what one doesn]t possess: * !" 5 Wn méi ynu yC liàng zìxíngchb. the object of ynu is not normally qualiyed by the [numeral =yc (+ measure word)].2 Mli as negative of ynu méi (NOT bù) before it: Ynu is negated by placing Wn méi yNu zìxíngchb. Note: In a negative sentence. I now not-have work) I haven]t got a job at the moment. *I not have one mw bicycle) Méi ynu may often be abbreviated to Wn xiànzài méi gdngzuò. 5 ! 5 (lit. (lit. (lit. they not have television-set) They don]t have a television. here p situation have not-few change) There have been quite a few changes in the situation over here. !" Zhèr de qíngkuàng !"5 yNu bù shko biànhuà.

that mw actor/actress extremely have name) That actor/actress is extremely famous. this mw novel very have meaning) This novel is very interesting. This old man is extremely experienced. young person is really impolite. 7. For example: ! 5 ! !5 Nèi gè shangrén hln yNu qián. that mw young person really rén zhbn not-have politeness) That méi(yNu) lMmào. which may be equivalent to English adjectives. Note: Other commonly used idioms with ynu are ynu qián [rich].4 Ynu forming idiomatic expressions Ynu often takes abstract noun objects to form idiomatic expressions. méi(ynu): These expressions must be negated by !" ) 5 !" ( ) 5 Wn jcntian wknshang méi(yNu) kòng. (lit.1. !"# Zhèi gè lko rén 5 fbicháng yNu jCngyàn.1. Nèi gè yknyuán fBicháng yNu míng. That professor is very learned. (lit. ynu xuéwèn [learned]. ynu jcngyàn [experienced]. Nèi gè niánqcng (lit. I today evening not-have leisure) I am busy tonight. That businessman is (very) rich.II Verbs !" !5 Tade shdurù yNu yc xib zBngjiA. Her income have some increase) There has been some increase in her income. (lit. Nèi gè jiàoshòu hln yNu xuéwèn. These regularly function as gradable adjectival predicates and can be modiyed by adverbs of degree: !" 5 ! !5 Zhèi bln xikoshud hLn yNu yìsi. 7. ( (lit.5 52 Ynu introducing adjectival predicates Ynu may also be used to introduce an adjectival predicate which incorporates a number: .

etc. and follows the pattern X bm Y + gradable adjective. and so on: Nm dìdi yNu 9 duD gAo? Nm mèimei 9 yNu duD dà? 9 Nm jia yNu duD yuKn? (lit. *Chinese compare English very difycult) 53 . you(r) home have how far) How far is your home from here? 7. shífbn [extremely].2.) Wn bàba bM (lit. time. you(r) younger-sister have how big) How old is your younger sister? (lit. that mw road have two hundred mile long) That road is two hundred miles long. you(r) younger-brother have how tall) How tall is your younger brother? (lit. my father compare my mother thin) 5 wn mama shòu. My father is thinner than my mother. fbicháng. and it would be wrong to say: * Zhdngwén bm !5 Ycngwén hLn nán. The most common makes use of the preposition bm [compared with]. The verb ynu. Nèi tiáo lù yNu liKng bKi yCnglM cháng. The adjective in a comparison cannot be modiyed by degree adverbs such as hln [very]. (lit.2 Comparison Comparison in Chinese may be expressed in a number of ways. Láihuípiào bM danchéngpiào hésuàn. (We noted in 6. Chinese compare English difycult) Chinese is more difycult than English. comparisons 5 By extension ynu may be followed by dud (how) and an adjective to express questions about age. (lit.. (lit. 5 ! 5 Zhdngwén bM Ycngwén nán. (lit. return-ticket compare singlejourney-ticket yt-calculation) A return ticket is more economical than a single. metres high. this mw storey-building have twenty lóufáng yNu metre high) This building is twenty èrshí mM gAo.5 Zhèi zhuàng (lit. distance.1 that a gradable adjective unmodiyed by a degree adverb implies a contrast or comparison.

Wn mèimei bm wn jiljie gao yC diKnr. Chinese compare English difycult p much) Chinese is much more difycult than English.1 Emphatic or specific comparison The degree of comparison may be made clear. Wn gbge bm wn dà liKng suì. (2) 54 By using the formulation X ( ) méi(ynu) Y zhème [so]) adjective (i. (lit. today not compare yesterday cold) Today is not colder than yesterday.2 Negative comparison A negative comparison can be expressed in two ways: (1) By placing ! 5 bù before Jcntian bù bM zuótian lLng. than Y): (lit. however.2. Zhèr bm nàr hái anjìng. . my younger-sister compare my elder-sister tall one bit) My younger sister is slightly/a bit taller than my elder sister. (lit.6. here compare there even-more quiet) It is even quieter here than there. (lit.e.e. / (nàme/ ! Zhèi tiáo lù !5 bù bM nèi tiáo jìn. X is not so .II Verbs 7. (lit. 5 5 5 Note: For further discussion of degree complements see 13. bm (i. this mw road not compare that mw near) This is not a shorter way than that.2. today compare yesterday even-more cold) Today is even colder than yesterday. . as Y): . . my elder-brother compare me big two years-of-age) My elder brother is two years older than I am. either by using the adverbs gèng or hái meaning [even more]: !5 ! 5 Jcntian bm zuótian gèng llng. 7. (lit. or by tagging various kinds of degree complements to the adjectives: Zhdngwén bm Ycngwén nán de duD. (lit. . X is not more .

7.e.2. comparisons ) L 5 ) Note 1: As illustrated in the yrst example under (2). hé. ! Wnde wéijcn méi(yNu) nmde (nàme/zhème) hKokàn.4). tóng and yo [and] may be Note: We have seen earlier that used interchangeably (see 1. (lit my and your one-kind) Mine is the same as yours. (lit. their meaning overlaps with that of the ycyàng structure (see 7. X is the same as Y): Wnde gBn !5 nmde yCyàng. my scarf not-have your (so) good-to-look-at) My scarf doesn]t look as nice as yours The verb ynu. (lit.3 Comparison: equivalence or similarity ycyàng ycyàng Equivalence or similarity is conveyed by use of the adjective [the same] (lit. 55 . this mw have that mw cheap p) Is this as cheap as that? (lit. that mw luggage and this mw same light) That piece of luggage is as light as this one. Note 2: This formulation with a question is asked: ! 9 ! ! 9 Zhèi gè yNu nèi gè piányi ma? Shud Rìyo yNu shud Hànyo nàme róngyì ma? ynu may be used in a positive sentence when (lit.3). one kind) in the formulation X gbn Y (i. (lit. This structure can be extended by the addition of a further adjective: ! 5 5 Nèi jiàn xínglm gBn zhèi jiàn yCyàng qCng. it is not necessary to say ! zuótian de tianqì.( ( L ( ( ) L ! Jcntian de tianqì méi(yNu) zuótian ) (nàme/zhème) 5 nuKnhuo/liángkuài. speak Japanese have speak Chinese so easy p) Is speaking Japanese as easy as speaking Chinese? In fact these questions are asking about [equivalence]. (lit. Wn hé nm yCyàng lèi. i. gbn.2.e. I and you same tired) I am just as tired as you are. today p weather not-have yesterday (so) warm/cool) It]s not so warm/cool today as it was yesterday. Chinese like English can concentrate on the contrasting attributive rather than expressing the comparison in full.

5 Permanent or long-term characteristics: Wn yc jio san wo nián chEshì. 56 5 . this mw brand p honey comparatively cheap) This brand of honey is (relatively) cheaper.3 Comparatives and superlatives Where only one item is mentioned in a comparison. However.1 Verbs and aspect markers Action. state. when they describe one of the following: (1) Habitual action: Háizimen tiantian kàn diànshì. Apart from being used in imperatives (see 8. Nèi gè gdngyuán (lit. [strike]. One of the most prominent features of action verbs in narration is that they are almost always used in conjunction with an aspect marker. I one-nine-three-yve year come-out-into-world) I was born in 1935. state verbs and dative verbs. ! 5 ! (lit. children day-day see television) The children watch television every day. or zài (preceding the verb). (lit. (2) (lit. 5 Mk chC cko. we will now look at action verbs. they are generally employed for narrative purposes. guo or D zhe (sufyxed to the verb). [beat]. (lit.II Verbs 7. That park is the most beautiful [of all]. pko [run].6). le. hb [drink]). that mw park most beautiful) zuì mlilì. a simple comparative or superlative expression like bmjiào [comparatively] or zuì [most] is placed before the adjective: Zhèi gè páizi de mìtáng !5 bMjiào piányi. action verbs may also occur without any marker.2 Action verbs Action verbs signify movement or action (e. 8. dk [hit]. horse eat grass) Horses eat grass.g. 8 8. and dative verbs Having discussed shì [to be] and ynu [to have].

If the object is a single unmodiyed noun. the sentence is generally felt to be incomplete: * !5 Wn chCle fàn. I believe Christ-religion) I am a Christian. *I eat asp cooked-rice) This problem is resolved if the object is speciyed or the sentence is extended: Wn chCle liKng wKn fàn. 8. guo. I write asp three mw letter) I wrote three letters. I now go ofyce) I am going to the ofyce now.5 Wn xìn Jcdejiào.1 Le Le indicates the [completion of an action]: Wn xiLle san fbng xìn. 5 ( ) 5 As in these three examples. 5 57 . Note: Other religions (branches of religion): Fójiào [Buddhism]. I buy asp two mw come-return ticket) I bought two return tickets. (lit. D zhe and zài: The aspect markers 8. 5 Wn xMle (yc) gè zko. Verbs and aspect markers (3) Intended action: ! 5 5 Wn xiànzài qù bàngdngshì. (lit. (lit. I wash asp one mw bath/ shower) I took a bath/shower. ! Ycsclánjiào [Islam]. (lit. (lit. (lit. I eat asp two bowl rice) I ate two bowls of rice. the object of a verb with le is usually something speciyed or deyned. (lit.3 Aspect markers le. (lit. today I invite-guest) It]s on me today. Tianzhojiào [Catholicism]. Jcntian wn qMngkè. etc. Wn mKile likng zhang láihuí piào. Dàojiào [Taoism].3.

He before not inhale-smoke) He did not smoke before. Shéi méi(yNu) tCng zuótian de gukngbd? (lit. tomorrow tidy-up house) Yesterday I read a novel. I]ll go and see a ylm. To express the negative of completed action. or future: Ta méi(yNu) qù duzhdu. 58 5 . He not(-have) go Europe) He did not go to Europe. when I]d ynished class.e. I tomorrow ynish asp lesson xiàle kè ymhòu after-that go see ylm) Tomorrow qù kàn diànymng. Note: For a full discussion of composite sentences like this last extended sentence. who not(-have) listen yesterday p broadcast) Who didn]t listen to yesterday]s broadcast? ) bù is used for a habitual action. today I]m writing letters and tomorrow I will tidy the house. Wn zuótiAn (lit. to say what did not happen in the past or has not happened. (lit. ( ) méi(ynu) is used. today write letter. (lit. jCntiAn xil xìn. ! 3 3 !5 Wn zuótiAn kàn xikoshud. I eat asp rice-meal then return home) I]ll go home as soon as I ynish the meal. I yesterday ynish asp lesson xiàle kè ymhòu after-that go see ylm) Yesterday qù kàn diànymng. A completed action with ! ! !5 ! ! !5 le may take place in the past or future. whether in the past.II Verbs ! 5 Wn chCle fàn jiù huí jiA. Wn míngtiAn (lit. WITHOUT le: ( ) 5 ( 9 Note: However. i. Whereas in English the form of the verb changes to indicate tense. when I ynish class. I yesterday read novel. see Chapter 24. (lit. in Chinese time expressions specify the time of the action of the verb (compare Chapter 10). (lit. I went to see a ylm. present Ta ymqián bù chDuyAn. míngtiAn shdushi fángzi. It must be stressed that aspect markers are NOT indicators of tense.

! ! 5 (lit. ! Tamen jcnnián !5 qùle Táiwan. Zhèi gè rén cónglái bù shud zanghuà. that day we eat asp Beijing chCle Blijcng roast-duck) We had Beijing duck kkoya. (I therefore know what it tastes like. Wn hBguo máotái(jio).) (lit. (lit. Hence the colloquial enquiry !"# Nm chcguo fàn méiynu [Have you eaten?] is acceptable because the speaker has subconsciously in mind the immediate meal-time. (lit. we eat asp Beijing roast-duck) We have tried Beijing duck before.! 3 3 5 ! 5 Wn ycxiàng bù hb jio. they this-year go asp Taiwan) They went to Taiwan this year (but they are back now). consider the 5 ( )5 To illustrate the difference between following: ! Wnmen chCguo !5 Blijcng kkoya. future also not drink) I]ve never drunk before. (lit.) le and = guo. (lit. ! Tamen jcnnián !5 qùguo Táiwan. jcnnián [this year] (as well as experience up to the present). Verbs and aspect markers 8. (lit. 59 . (I therefore know what it is. now not drink. I don]t drink now.3.2 Guo Guo denotes that an action is a {past experience}: Wn kànguo Jcngjù. I see asp Beijing-drama) I have seen Peking opera. The sentence !"#$%5 Tamen jcnnián qùguo Táiwan shows that guo can be used to indicate experience within a deyned period of time. that day. Nèi tian wnmen (lit. I drink asp Maotai (wine/spirit)) I have tried Maotai. this mw person from-the-start not speak dirty words) This man has never used bad language. they this-year go asp Taiwan) They went to Taiwan this year (and they are still there). I up-to-now not drink wine. jianglái yl bù hb. and I won]t drink in the future. The deyned period can of course be any period including the immediate past. xiànzài bù hb.

they just rest p) They are just having a rest. but in this construction guo is retained: ( ( ) !5 Ta méi(yNu) qùguo Fbizhdu. zài and makes the sentence (lit. elder-sister asp: in-the-processof read university) (My) elder sister is studying at the university. Jiljie zài niàn dàxué. (lit. Note: The use of zài in this construction appears to derive from its function as a preposition (coverb). indicates an {action in progress}: ! ! 5 5 Jiaoxikng yuè tuán zài yKnzòu Bèidudfbn de yuèqo. which is placed before the verb. The sentence particle ne may be added to [action-in-progress] sentences to introduce a tone of mild assertion: ( ) !5 Ta (zhèng) zài shdushi kètcng ne. (lit. they just asp: in-the-process-of beat pingpong-ball) They are just playing pingpong/table tennis. (lit. who not(-have) drink asp Maotai) Who has not tried Maotai? ) Shéi méi(yNu) !9 hBguo máotái? Zài 8. Zhèng [just] is regularly used with slightly more emphatic: ! !5 Tamen zhèng zài dk pcngpangqiú. . employing Note: It is possible to express action in progress without zhèng and ne: 60 5 Tamen zhèng xiexi ne.II Verbs ( ) Méi(ynu) also functions as the negative in a past experience sentence. he not go asp Africa) He has never been to Africa. The fact that the sentences !5 ta zài xuéxí and !"#5 ta zài nàr xuéxí can be seen to be identical in meaning [He is (there) studying] would seem to conyrm this point. zài. (lit. The nàr in the second sentence.3. (lit. she (just) asp: in-the-process-of tidy-up lounge p) She is just tidying up the lounge. in fact. join-sound music-group asp: in-the-process-of play Beethoven p music-song) The symphony orchestra is playing Beethoven]s music. (lit.3 Zài. provides no precise indication of place.

I am talking to her. teacher smile asp say: thankthank) The teacher smiling/with a smile said. I asp: in-the-process-of with her talk) I am not talking to you. younger-sister wear asp one mw white skirt) (The) younger sister is wearing a white skirt. In negative [action-in-progress] sentences. ! !5 Ta ymqián mLi (lit. He used to be drinking every night. (lit. 8. you recently asp: in-the-processof do what) What have you been doing recently? (lit. [Xièxie!] Tamen zhànzhe liáotian. Verbs and aspect markers With a frequency adverb. they day-day asp: in-theprocess-of quarrel) They are quarrelling every day. (lit. (lit. He before every-day evening tiAn wKnshang all in-the-process-of drink wine) ddu zài hb jio. (lit. they stand asp chat) They stood chatting.4 Zhe D Zhe implies either that the action is an {accompaniment to another action}: D [ 8] D 3 Lkoshc xiàozhe shud. 61 . 5 or a {state resulting from an action}: D Mèimei chuAnzhe !"5 yc tiáo bái qúnzi.Zài can refer to deyned periods of time other than the immediate present: ! 9 ! 5 Nm jìnlái zài zuò shénme? Ta qùnián zài xué qí mk. I not asp: in-the-process-of with you talk. [Thanks!] (lit. it can also express continuing or persistent [action in progress]: ! 5 Tamen tiAntiAn zài chkojià. the negator bù comes before zài: ! 3 5 Wn bù zài gbn nm shud.3. wn zài gbn ta shud. He last-year asp: in-the-processof learn ride-horse) He was learning to ride (a horse) last year. which rarely occur. (lit.

Note: Most verbs expressing the wearing of articles of clothing may be sufyxed with D zhe: D / chuanzhe píxíe/wàzi [wearing leather shoes/socks]. Chuang kAizhe. Ta chuAnzhe dàyc. (lit. D dkzhe lmngdài [wearing a tie]. they high-spirited p asp: in-the-process-of sing-song) Both the above sentences mean [they are/were singing happily]. the yrst emphasises a persistent state while the second implies an ongoing action. D wéizhe wéijcn [wearing a scarf]. 8. It is also possible for D zhe to be used in action-in-progress sentences: D ( ) 5 Tamen (zhèng) (lit. couplet) On the door was posted/pasted a couplet. they just asp: in-the-process-of zài tkolùnzhe discuss asp that mw question) They nèi gè wèntí. If there is any distinction. (lit.II Verbs D5 D5 D Mén guAnzhe. (lit. (lit. etc. window open asp) The window is open. door-on paste asp one mw yc fù duìlián.4 State verb 62 The aspect marker le may be used with adjectival predicates (see Chapter 6) to create state verbs. (lit. they high-spirited p sing asp song) (lit. door closed asp) The door is closed. D / dàizhe màozi/shnutào [wearing a hat/gloves]. ( ) (Zhèng) zài and D zhe have similar meanings. 5 Note: There is some similarity between the use of = zài and D zhe when a verb-zhe phrase is modiyed by an adverbial expression: D !! Tamen gaogaoxìngxìng 5 de chàngzhe gb. !! Tamen gaogaoxìngxìng !5 de zài chànggb. but the following sentences illustrate the difference between them: ( ) 5 D Ta (zhèng)zài chuAn dàyc. Whereas adjectives indicate existing or . she wear asp big-coat) She is wearing an overcoat. she right-now put-on big-coat) She is putting on an overcoat. are just discussing that question. !5 Mén shang tiBzhe (lit.

5 Ta hln pàng. (lit.5. sky very black) It is (very) dark.permanent properties. Compare the following pairs: State verb Adjective Verbs and aspect markers !"#5 !"#5 Wn zhòngle likng gdngjcn. gangbm. 5 Tian hBile. 5 !5 5 Ta sòng wn yc zhc He gave me a pen [as a gift].5 Dative verbs There are a few dative verbs which take two objects in the order indirect object followed by direct object. she very fat) She is very fat. (of weight). 5 Nm pàngle. state verbs express changed or changing features. I heavy asp two kilo) (lit. 63 . 5 Tian hln hBi. this mw box/suitcase really heavy) I have put on two kilos This box/suitcase is really heavy. you fat asp/p) You]ve put on weight. (lit. aspect marker le can generally be omitted with dative verbs indicating completed actions. Certain action verbs with pattern: ! !5 gli [to give] as a sufyx follow the same She handed in a composition to me. I gave him back [his] two pounds. (The) elder sister gave (her) younger sister a box of sweets. (lit. Note: As we can see from the examples above and also those given below. (lit. (lit. Ta jiAo gLi wn yc pian zuòwén.2. Zhèi gè xiangzi zhbn zhòng. But see also 8. Wn huán ta likng bàng qián. sky black asp/p) It has gone dark. Note 1: This use of le at the end of a sentence is linked with the function of le as sentence particle (see Chapter 16). Jiljie gLi mèimei yc hé táng. Note 2: To say nm pàngle in a Chinese context is a compliment since it implies that the person you are addressing looks to be in good health. 8.

!"#$5 Ta gàosù wn yc jiàn shì. I receive her one mw letter) I received a letter from her. see 21.5. I get them very much help) I got a lot of help from them. Tamen dài gLi wn yc shù hua. (lit. !" Wn dédào tamen !5 hlndud bangzhù. They call me Old Li.2 Dative verbs and aspect markers ) (zhèng) zài The aspect markers le. guo and occasionally ( may occur with dative verbs but not D zhe. This dative construction may be reversed with the subject of the verb becoming the recipient: ! 5 Wn shDudào ta yc fbng xìn. (lit.5. they give asp me one mw cloisonné vase) They gave me a cloisonné vase. she (just) asp: in-theprocess-of teach us English) She is teaching us English now. Lkoshc wèn wn yc gè wèntí. ! 9 Ta jièguo nm qián méiynu? (lit. (lit.] 8.4. 8. [My father sends you his regards. !"5 Note: An idiom with wèn in the dative construction is Wn bàba wèn nm hko. . ( ) !5 Ta (zhèng) zài jiao wnmen Ycngyo. I passed him two letters. He borrow asp you money not-have) Has he ever borrowed money from you? (lit. The teacher asked me a question. !" Tamen sòngle !" wn yc gè jmngtàilán 5 huapíng.1 Dative verbs relating to spoken activity Some verbs relating to spoken activity may also be used in a dative construction: !"#5 ! !5 Tamen jiào wn Lko Lm. They brought me a bouquet of zowers. 64 Note: For a further discussion of dative constructions.II Verbs ! 5 ! !5 Wn dì gLi ta likng fbng xìn. He told me something.

(dative verb) (lit. progressive. These verbs take objects which are usually human or animate beings and can therefore engender further actions on their own under the verbal or physical instigation or manoeuvre initiated by the subject (for details. teacher teach (asp) us one mw song) The teacher taught us a song. 65 . she want me help her) She wants/wanted me to help her. (lit. Verbs and aspect markers 5 5 !" !5 / !5 Ta yào wn bangzhù ta. We can see from these examples that causative verbs themselves do not normally incorporate aspect markers whether they indicate past. (lit. but if the second verb in the construction indicates completed action. elder sister pull/push me get on asp bus/train) (My) elder sister pulled/pushed me on to the bus/train. (dative verb) Tamen bang wn bànle hlndud shìr. Jiljie lA/tuC wn shàngle chb. they help me do asp a lot things) They helped me deal with a lot of things. etc.5): Gbge cuC wn qù bàomíng. Xuéxiào yAoqiú wnmen chuan xiàofú. school require us wear school uniform) The school requires us to wear school uniform. (lit. completed or habitual action. mìnglìng [order]. (causative verb) Lkoshc jiao(le) wnmen yc shnu gb. (lit. they help (asp) me a lot busy-ness) They gave me a lot of help.6 Causative verbs There are a number of causative verbs like cuc [urge] jiào [tell]. dàilmng [guide]. [lead]. in the language.8. see 21. Note also that in some cases an action verb may be used as either a dative or a causative verb: ( ) !5 ! ! 5 ( ) 5 Tamen bang(le) wn hlndud máng. it can take the aspect marker le. elder brother urge me go register/put one]s name down) (My) elder brother urged me to go and register/put my name down. (lit. (lit.

8. imperatives are more like commands: (lit. ( ) 5 ! !5 ! 5 ! !5 ! 5 Tíxmng ta qù dbngjì (lit.2 (6). don]t tell lie) Don]t lie/tell lies. (lit. (lit. (action verb) GLi wn yc bbi júzishum ba. one mw song) The teacher (causative verb) taught us to sing a song. we hit (a) game basketball p) Let]s have a game of basketball. don]t confusion come) Don]t do/touch it [because I know you]ll make a mess of it]. teacher teach us sing asp chàngle yc shnu gb. remind him go register p) ba. (causative verb) (lit. . (dative verb) Jiao wnmen dk tàijíquán ba. ba.7 Imperatives Action verbs. (lit. and the particle ba is often added at the end to connote suggestion: ( ) !5 ChC (yc) diknr rolào (lit. dative verbs and causative verbs may also be used in imperatives. give me one glass orangejuice p) Give me a glass of orange juice.II Verbs ! 5 Lkoshc jiao wnmen (lit. eat (a) little cheese p) ba. (causative verb) Remind him to go and register. (lit. across come) Come (over) here! (lit. give-as-a-gift him one bottle wine/spirit p) Give him a bottle of wine/spirits. Without the particle 8 8 8 8 Guò lái! Zhàn qm lái! Bié sa hukng! Bié luànlái! 66 Note: For negative commands. In these sentences the subject (apart from zánmen [we] inclusive or wnmen [we]) is generally omitted. see 15. teach us hit shadow-boxing p) Teach us (to do) shadow boxing. (dative verb) Sòng ta yc píng jio ba. stand up-come) Stand up! (lit. (action verb) Have a bit of cheese. Zánmen dK (yc ) chkng lánqiú ba.

5.7. (lit. please (you) speak English (p)) Ycngwén (ba). carry asp p) Bring [it] with you. please sit) Please sit down. guo or zài) may be used in imperatives to imply that the action is expected to be continued in some way. 67 lái [come] and .8.1): ( ) ( )5 !5 ( ) 8 8. !5 Tamen bù lái. Dàizhe ba. QMng gbn wn lái. Qmng dlngzhe. please (you) excuse) Please forgive me. Tamen qù. (lit. Please speak English. (lit. QMng (nm) yuánliàng. I]ll come. 5 5 Wn bù qù. They may be used transitively or intransitively and they fall naturally into two groups: (1) The yrst group consists of the two basic verbs qù [go]: 5 Wn lái. (lit.1 Motion verbs and direction indicators Motion verbs and simple direction indicators There are a number of common motion verbs in Chinese. (lit. 9 9. Motion verbs and direction indicators Imperatives and aspect markers The aspect marker D zhe (not le. put asp p) Keep it. In these cases the verb is generally monosyllabic: D D D 5/ 5 5 D5 Fàngzhe ba/ Liúzhe ba. qmng zuò! (lit. They]ll go. I won]t go. please wait asp) Please wait. They won]t come.7.1 Polite requests Polite requests may be expressed by using qmng [please] at the beginning of the imperative with or without the second person pronoun and the particle ba (see 21.2 5 QMng (nm) shud (lit. which express not only motion but also direction. please follow me come) Please follow me.

(b) =xià [downwards]: !"5 Tamen xià lái le. (c) =guò [across or over a distance]: 5 5 ! Qmng guò lái. Qmng guò qù. She]ll come to my place.II Verbs Used transitively. !"5 Tamen xià qù le. They came down. these can take location objects: !"5 !"5 (2) Ta lái wN zhèr. The car has come over the bridge. If used transitively. They went downstairs. Note: The particle le which comes at the end of these sentences has the simultaneous functions of aspect marker and sentence particle (see 16. the location object is always placed between the verb and =lái or =qù: !"5 Ta shàng lóu lái le. She came up. We are going to Beijing. Qìchb guò qiáo lái le. Tamen xià lóu qù le. Wnmen qù BLijCng. Please go over (there). They went down. The second group comprises a number of verbs which regularly precede lái and qù to express movement in particular directions. Linked with lái they indicate movement towards the speaker. He went up. He went upstairs. !"5 Ta shàng lóu qù le. 68 5 . They came downstairs. Ta shàng qù le.2). and with qù movement away from the speaker: (a) shàng [upwards]: !5 !5 Ta shàng lái le. ! 5 ! 5 Tamen xià lóu lái le. Please come over (here).2. She came upstairs.

Grandmother has gone to town. 69 .5 (d) Chuán guò hé qù le. Qmng jìn qù. Please go in. huí [returning to a place]: !5 Mama huí lái le. =jìn [entering]: 5 5 !5 5 Qmng jìn lái. Kèren jìn wezi lái le. It is also rarely used transitively with an object. The hostess came out. My younger brother has got up. Motion verbs and direction indicators 5 !" 5 (e) Bàba huí jia lái le. Note: Qm does not occur with qù in spoken Chinese. (f) =che [exiting]: 5 Nw zhorén chE lái le. Mother has come back. Father has come home. (g) qm [directly upwards]: !5 Dìdi qM lái le. Spring has arrived. Dàshm huí Lúnden qù le. The ambassador has gone back to London. !5 Yéye huí qù le. Please come in. The boss has gone out. Note: che is seldom used transitively with there are established phrases such as: !"5 Ta chE mén qù le. The boat has gone across to the other side of the river. but !"5 Lkobkn chE qù le. lái or qù. Grandfather has gone back. (h) dào [arriving]: !"5 Chentian dàolái le. The guest(s) came into the room. (lit. She out door go p) She is away. Nkinai jìn chéng qù le.

(lit.1. (lit. cigarette. but it can occur with =qù with a location object. NOT.) 9. He took out a Ta ná chE yc zhc yan lái. Hki]du !5 fBi huílái le. ! Gdnggòng qìchb !5 kAi guòlái le. guò. the object may be placed either after the whole verb phrase or before lái or qù: !" 5 ! !5 !"#$5 !"#$5 Tamen dài lái le yc bao yan. but also serve as direction indicators for other action verbs. Ta ná chElái yc zhc yan. However. gull zy back p) The gulls zew back (to where the speaker is). or. policeman/policewoman run across go p) The policeman/ policewoman hurried across (away from the speaker). Note: Dào is not used with qù on its own. xià. (See 19. She ran upstairs. Again. Tamen dài le yc bao yan lái. 70 .1 (2) where dào is classiyed as a coverb. jìn. (lit. public car drive across come p) The bus drove up. Jiljie dào jùyuàn qù le. it must go between the yrst part of the direction indicator and lái or qù: !"#5 Ta pKo shàng lóu qù le. lái or qù imply motion towards or away from the speaker. or. (My) elder sister went to the theatre. if the object is a location. and their partner verbs shàng. They have brought a packet of cigarettes.2 Motion verbs and compound direction indicators These motion verbs not only function as independent verbal expressions. * !"#5 Ta pKo shàngqù lóu le. che and qm express more precise directions.II Verbs ! 5 !5 Xiàozhkng dào wn jia lái le. The headmaster came to my house. If the action verb is used transitively. huí. Jmngchá pKo !5 guòqù le.

Xiko mao pá shàngqù le. The nurse came out of the ambulance. Father jumped out of bed. The pedestrian has crossed the road (to the other side). The balloon zoated up into the sky. Qìchb kAi guòqù le. The doctor came over. Jiljie zNu jìn shangdiàn qù le. Yùndòngyuán pKo chElái le. 71 . The kitten has climbed up (away from the speaker). The guests all sat down. shBng qMlái. The car has gone past. Yéye gKn huí jia lái le.Further examples: (1) intransitive: ! 5 ! !5 5 !5 5 5 (2) transitive: !5 Mama mKi huí yc tiáo yú lái. Ycshbng zNu guòlái le. Qìqiú piAo shàng tiankdng qù le. Grandfather came hurrying home. bought and come back with a ysh) Tàiyáng zhèngzài The sun is rising. Hùshi zNu chE jiùhùchb lái. (The) elder sister walked into a shop. Mum has bought a ysh. Motion verbs and direction indicators ! Yóudìyuán dì guò The postman handed over a !5 jm fbng xìn lái. 5 !5 ! !5 ! !5 ! !5 ! !5 5 Bàba tiào xià chuáng lái. The manager has gone (or hurried) back to the company. Kèrenmen ddu zuò xiàlái le. Xíngrén héng guò mklù qù le. Jcnglm pKo huí gdngsc qù le. (lit. The athlete ran out (towards the speaker). few letters.

Winter has passed. may convey various meanings: (a) qmlái (i) mentioning or recollecting something: ! 5 ! 5 (b) Ta tí qM zhèi jiàn shì lái. For example: (1) The motion verb !"5 guò qù may indicate the passsage of time: Ddngtian guò qù le. xiàlái and xiàqù.II Verbs 9. Dàjia ddu jìng xiàlái le.3 ! !5 Yazi yoú dào duì]àn qù le. =qmlái (ii) initiating an action or a state: !"5 Ta chàng qm gb lái. 72 !5 . (d) xiàqù continuation or resumption of an action: !5 Qmng shuD xiàqù. The car has gradually come to a stop. xiàlái gradual diminishing of an action or state: 5 !5 Qìchb tíng xiàlái le. Stick it out/keep at it. He started singing. The child started to cry. Jianchí xiàqù! Please go on (with what you were saying). She brought this matter up. which can be used with both state and action verbs. Everybody became quiet. (2) The direction indicators qmlái. The weather is getting warmer. !"#5 Háizi kE qMlái le. She recalled that incident. ! 5 (c) Tianqì nuKnhuo qMlái le. Ta xiKng qM nèi jiàn shì lái. Motion verbs with metaphorical meaning Motion verb expressions may carry meanings beyond simply physical movement. The duck(s) swam to the opposite bank.

She closed her eyes. without lái or qù. Ta guAn shàng le chuanghu. (d) making an addition: !"5 Qmng jiA shàng san gè. He put on a blue shirt/blouse. che and guò may occur alone with action verbs. 5 Suàn shàng wn.e. Count me in. Please add three more. Lko jiàoshòu dài shàng tade yknjìng. They then have speciyc meanings. !" 5 Ta zhAi xià yc dun huar. (c) implying success: 5 Ta kKo shàng dàxué le. Ta tiB shàng likng zhang yóupiào. detaching: !"5 Ta tuD xià máoyc. xià. He has passed the examination for university. She took off her sweater. depending on the verbs they are associated with. He closed the window. Some of the most common usages are: (1) (a) shàng putting on the body or the surface of something: !" 5 !" !5 !" 5 (b) Ta chuAn shàng yc jiàn lán chènshan. He plucked a zower. Motion verbs and direction indicators closing something: ! 5 ! 5 Ta bì shàng le yknjing.4 Direction indicators with specific meanings shàng. (2) (a) xià removing. i.9. She stuck two stamps on [the envelope]. The old professor put on his glasses. 73 .

In the mind of the Chinese speaker. 10 10. (lit. we tomorrow afternoon go Tokyo) We are going to Tokyo tomorrow afternoon. ! Ta xiKng chE le !"5 yc gè hko bànfk. He made a note of these words. time expressions invariably occur in an early position before the verb. (lit. Thursday see) See [you] on Thursday. (lit. Ta jì xià le zhèi jù huà. often at the beginning of the sentence. in that they provide a time reference or context for the action of the verb. Wn míngtiAn jìn chéng qù.II Verbs (3) (b) noting down: ! 5 che revealing: ! 5 Ta shuD chE le zhèi jiàn shì. ! 74 5 Wnmen míngtiAn xiàwO qù Ddng jcng. He came up with a good plan. (lit. The following sentences illustrate the point: Wn zuótiAn jìn chéng qù. the time reference has to be made clear before the action is stated.1 Verbs and time Time expressions We have seen in Chapter 8 the importance of time expressions in the Chinese sentence. Wn chángcháng jìn chéng qù. He revealed this matter. (lit. I yesterday into city go) I went to town yesterday. I tomorrow into city go) I]ll go to town tomorrow. 5 5 5 Because of their signiycance. . He went past the stop/station. I often into city go) I often go to town. which will almost certainly have the time reference towards the end of the sentence: !5 XCngqC sì jiàn. which does not change tense. (4) guò doing in excess: !"5 Ta zuò guò zhàn le. This means that the word order of a Chinese sentence is likely to contrast with its English translation.

#$5 Qùnián chEntiAn wn qù Zhdngguó. it is likely to come after the subject: Wn zKoshàng qC diKn (zhDng) qm chuáng. next-year I up-to Beijing go) I am going to Beijing next year. !" Month The months in Chinese are formed simply by placing the cardinal numbers one to twelve before yuè [month]/[moon]: ycyuè (also zhbngyuè) ‘January’. My parents are coming in March. =yc nián hòu ‘a year later’.10. etc. I next-year up-to Beijing go) I am going to Beijing next year. qietian ‘autumn’. ! yc jio jio wo nián ‘(in) 1995’. Season chentian ‘spring’. ! 5 Wn míngnián shàng Blijcng qù. If the time expression is more speciyc. ( ) 5 Note: The following are examples of some of the most common point-of-time expressions. !"#5 !" 5 Wn jCnnián shíjio suì. jcnnián ‘this year’. Wn yéye sAn nián qián qùshì le. xiàtian ‘summer’. (lit.2 Point of time expressions Verbs and time Time expressions indicating a point of time for an action can be placed either in front of the subject or after it: ! 5 or. (lit. sanyuè ‘March’. 75 . My grandpa died three years ago. Míngnián wn shàng Blijcng qù. ! qùnián chentian ‘spring last year’. (lit. She graduated in 1995. I morning seven hour (clock) get-up bed) I get up at seven in the morning. míngnián ‘next year’. which normally appear before the verb: Year qùnián ‘last year’. !"#5 Wn fùmo sAnyuè lái. qiánnián ‘the year before last’. I]m nineteen this year. I went to China in the spring of last year. èryuè ‘February’. san nián qián ‘three years ago’. ddngtian ‘winter’. !"#$5 Ta yC jiO jiO wO nián bìyè.

II Verbs

For days of the month hào, or more formally !/ shíyuè èr hào/rì ‘2nd October’. !"# 5 Tamen shíyuè èr hào lái wn jia.

rì, follows the number:

They will come to my place on the second of October.

Other expressions include: shàng gè yuè ‘last month’; zhèi gè yuè ‘this month’; xià gè yuè ‘next month’; ! likng gè yuè qián ‘two months ago’; ! san gè yuè hòu ‘three months later/in three months’; ! qùnián ycyuè ‘in January last year’; ! jcnnián èryuè ‘in February this year’; ! míngnián sanyuè ‘in March next year’. !"# !"5 !" 5 !" !5 Week ( ) Shàng (gè) xcngqc ‘last week’; ( ) zhèi (gè) xcngqc ‘this week’; ( ) xià (gè) xcngqc ‘next week’; ( ) ( ) likng (gè) xcngqc (ym)qián ‘two weeks ago’; ( ) ( ) san (gè) xcngqc (ym)hòu ‘three weeks later/in three weeks’. ( ) 5 ( ) ( ) !"5 Wnmen xià (gè) xCngqC kkoshì. Zhang tàitai liKng (gè) xCngqC (ym)qián láiguo zhèr. We]ll have an examination next week. Mrs Zhang was here two weeks ago. Wn shàng gè yuè mki le yc liàng xcn qìchb. Ta sAn gè yuè hòu jiéhen. Wn jCnnián èryuè líkai zhèr. I bought a new car last month. He]s getting married in three months} time. I]ll leave this place in February this year.

Days For days of the week apart from Sunday the cardinal numbers one to six are placed after xcngqc or lmbài [week], and for Sunday either =tian or rì is used instead of a number: =xcngqc yc ‘Monday’; xcngqc èr ‘Tuesday’; = xcngqc san ‘Wednesday’; xcngqc rì/ = xcngqc tian ‘Sunday’; ( ) shàng (gè) xcngqc yc ‘last Monday’ (lit. Monday last week); !"= zhèi gè xcngqc èr ‘this Tuesday’; ! xià xcngqc san ‘next Wednesday’ (lit. Wednesday next week). !" 5 Wnmen xCngqC sAn kaihuì. We are holding a meeting on Wednesday.

76

Other expressions for days include: zuótian ‘yesterday’; qiántian ‘the day before yesterday’; jcntian ‘today’; = míngtian ‘tomorrow’; hòutian ‘the day after tomorrow’; ( ) ba tian (ym)qián ‘eight days ago’; ( ) =jio tian (ym)hòu ‘nine days later/in nine days’.

!"5 !"5 Time of day

Ta qiántiAn húi jia. Wn hòutiAn xiexi.

She came back the day before yesterday. I]ll take a day off the day after tomorrow.

Verbs and time

Zkoshàng ‘(in) the morning’; shàngwo ‘(in) the morning (i.e. forenoon)’; xiàwo ‘(in) the afternoon’; zhdngwo ‘(at) noon’; wknshang ‘(in) the evening’; yèlm ‘(at) night’; =bànyè ‘midnight/in the middle of the night’. ! 5 ! 5 !"5 ZKoshang tianqì bù cuò. XiàwO tianqì biàn le. Ta bànyè xmng lái. The weather wasn]t bad in the morning. The weather changed in the afternoon. She woke up in the middle of the night.

( ) Likng dikn (zhdng) ‘two o]clock’; likng dikn bàn ‘half past two’; ! likng dikn yc kè ‘a quarter past two’; ! likng dikn san kè (lit. two hour three quarters) ‘a quarter to three’; !" yc dikn líng wo fbn ‘yve minutes past one’; !"# sì dikn èrshí wo fbn ‘twenty-yve minutes past four’; !" yc dikn chà wo fbn ‘yve minutes to one’; ( ) zkoshang jio dikn (zhdng) ‘nine o]clock in the morning’. ! 5 !" !"5 ! ( ) General Shàng (yc) cì ‘last time’; ( ) xià (yc) cì ‘next time’; ( ) !" (zài) sì dikn yo sì dikn bàn zhCjiAn ‘between four and four thirty’; ( ) (zài) jiàqc li ‘during the holidays’; zhdumò ‘(over) the weekend’; sì tian nèi ‘within four days’. !" 5 ! 5 Wn xià cì zài lái kàn nm. JiàqC li wn qù lwxíng. I]ll come and see you again next time. I went travelling during the holidays. ( ) Wn liKng diKn bàn xiàban. Tamen yC diKn chà wO fBn chc wofàn. Wnmen zKoshang jiO 5 diKn (zhDng) chefa. I came off work at half past two. They have lunch at Yve to one. We]ll set out at nine in the morning.

10.2.1

Detailed time expressions 77

In detailed time expressions giving years, months, dates, etc., the larger always precede the smaller. For example, 2.35 p.m. on 31 August, 1995 is:

II Verbs

!"# yc jio jio wo nián ba (lit. 1995 year 8 month !"# yuè sanshí yc hào xiàwo 31 day afternoon !"# likng dikn sanshí wo fbn 2 hour 35 minute)
Note 1: Lengthy expressions of time and date are more likely to be placed at the beginning of a sentence before the subject. Note 2: The descending order of scale for these time expressions is similar to that for location expressions, e.g. addresses (see Chapter 1).

10.3

Point-of-time expressions incorporating verbal phrases

More complex point-of-time expressions in the form of verb phrases also go before the main verb. In these phrases the verb is followed by . . . . . . de shíhou or shí [when/while], ymhòu or zhchòu [after], or ymqián or =zhcqián [before]: ! Wnmen shàngkè )3 (de) shí(hou), . . . lkoshc shud . . . ! Wn xià le bAn ! yMhòu jiù qù !5 tc zúqiú le. ! Huí jiA yMqián !5 ta lái zhko wn. (lit. we have-class p time, teacher say) When we were in class, the teacher said . . . (lit. I ynish asp work-shift after immediately go kick football p) After I came off work, I went to play football. (lit. return home before she come look-for me) Before she went home, she came to see me.

( )

(

The last two examples illustrate that if the time phrase and the main verb have the same subject, the subject may go before either verb.
Note 1: The adverb jiù [then] is regularly found in the second clause of such sentences. It is placed immediately before the verb (and after the subject, if there is one). (See Chapter 24.) Note 2: These time expressions may be preceded by the preposition zài [in/during]. Expressions with ( ) ( ) (de) shí(hou) may also be linked with the preposition dang [when] if a subject is present: !" zài xmzko ymqián before having a bath while I was getting up

78

!( ) ( ) dAng wN qmchuáng (de) shí(hou) NOT: * ( ) dAng qmchuáng (de) ( ) shí(hou)

Note 3: Other complex point-of-time expressions are: !"#$ !"#$ !"# !5 zài Zhdngguó dòuliú qC jiAn while staying in China

Verbs and time

zài Ycngguó fkngwèn qC jiAn while visiting England Wn zài ZhDngguó dòuliú qCjiAn bìng le. I fell ill during my stay in China.

10.4

Imprecise points of time

Adverbs expressing imprecise points of time are generally placed after the subject: !"#5 Ta yMjing bìyè le. !" 5 !5 One cannot say: * * !"#5 YMjing ta bìyè le. Jiùhunchb lìkè dào le. Ta xiAn hb tang. He has already graduated. The yre engine arrived at once. She drank the soup Yrst.

!"#$5 Lìkè jiùhunchb dào le.
= mkshàng ‘immediately’; ( ) cóng(lái) bù ‘never’; I]ll be with you immediately. He]s always bringing up this matter. I have never smoked. He]s been helping me all along.

Note 1: Common adverbs of this kind include: =chángcháng ‘often’; / znng/lko ‘always’; ( ) yczhí (ddu) ‘all along’. !"5 ! 5 !"#5 ! !5 Wn mKshàng jiù lái. Ta lKo tí qm zhèi huí shì. Wn cónglái bù chduyan. Ta yCzhí dDu zài bangzhù wn.

Note 2: There are however some adverbs which can occur both before and after the subject: / jianglái/ymhòu ‘in future’; xiànzài ‘now’; guòqù ‘in the past’; qmche ‘at yrst’; =shnuxian ‘yrst of all’; ymqián ‘formerly’; hòulái ‘later/afterwards’; D jibzhe ‘next’; zuìhòu ‘ynally/ in the end’; zuìjìn ‘lately’; jìnlái ‘recently/lately’. !"#5 Wn xiànzài qù yínháng. I]m going to the bank now. At Yrst I didn]t believe him.

!"#$5 QMchE wn bù xiangxìn ta.

79

II Verbs

! !"5 !"#5 !"#9

Wn hòulái qù Àodàlìyà le. Zuìhòu ta tóngyì le. Nm jìnlái zlnme yàng?

I went to Australia later on. She Ynally agreed [to it]. How have you been lately?

10.5

Indefinite points of time

Phrases indicating indeYnite points of time (often with ynu) are invariably placed at the beginning of a sentence, as they set the time for a narrative: !"#5 YC tiAn wn qù ta jia. One day I went to his place. !" 5 YNu yC nián nàr xià dà xul. One year that place had a heavy snowfall.

Note: Many expressions of this type can be formulated. For example, ( ) = (ynu) yc gè xcngqc tian ‘one Sunday’; ( ) !"#$= (ynu) yc gè xcngqc tian wknshang ‘one Sunday evening’. ( ) !"5 ! YNu (yC ) gè xCngqC tiAn wnmen qù pá shan. One Sunday we went mountain-climbing.

10.6

Frequency expressions with mei ˇ

Frequency expressions with mli [every] may be placed before or after the subject. They are usually followed by the adverb ddu [all]: ! !5 ! !5 Wn mLi tiAn dDu duànliàn shbntm. Ta mLi cì dDu mkshàng huí xìn. (lit. I every day all temper body) I do physical exercises/I work out every day. (lit. He every time all immediately reply-to letter) He replies immediately to letters every time. (lit. every mw Saturday morning I all go market buy things) I go shopping in the market every Saturday morning.

80

!" MLi (gè) xCngqC !" liù zKoshang wn !"5 dDu qù shìchkng mki ddngxi.

just-now leave asp one mw train) A train left just now. see 11. Place and time have to be made clear before the verb is expressed to establish the context for the action. always precede the verb. In contrast. See 11.1 Verbs and location Location expressions Like the time expressions described in Chapter 10. (lit.5. next Saturday also there-is basketball/badminton contest p) Is there a basketball/badminton match next Saturday too? (lit. parallel English sentences usually begin with [there is/are]. immediately come asp one mw ambulance) An ambulance arrived immediately. tomorrow there-isn]t public car to town-in go) There aren]t any buses to town tomorrow.10. today evening there-is one mw concert) There will be a concert this evening. (lit. location phrases.6. 10. which identify the locus of an action or event. 11 11. Xià xCngqC liù yl yNu lánqiú/ yomáoqiú bmsài ma? MíngtiAn méi(yNu) gdnggòng qìchb dào chéng li qù. Note: Location phrases occur in a similar construction.7 Time expressions in existence sentences Verbs and location Time expressions may also introduce existence sentences with ynu [there is/are] in the pattern: time expression + ynu + (qualiyer) + noun. !5 ! MKshàng láile yc !"5 liàng jiùhùchb. 81 . (lit.7. ( ) 5 ! !/ 9 ( ) ! !5 ( ) JCn(tiAn) wKn(shang) yNu yc gè ycnyuèhuì.1 Time expressions in emergence or disappearance sentences Time expressions can also introduce emergence or disappearance sentences in which the verb is marked by the aspect marker le: GAnggAng znule yc liàng hunchb. (lit. Note: For similar use of location phrases.

they yesterday at library study) They were studying at the library yesterday. (lit. below in front of Postpositional phrase wezi li chéng wài zhudzi shang shù xià mén qián in the room outside the town on the table under the tree in front of the door 82 . that is. before the subject: !" !"5 Tamen zuótiAn zài túshEguKn xuéxí. above. over under. !"#5 Qmng zài zhèr dlng wn. As illustrated in the above examples. túshegukn [library]). = Xianggkng [Hong Kong]. perhaps more common form of location phrase uses zài with what we will call a postpositional phrase. it may come right at the beginning of the sentence. (lit.2 Zài and postpositional phrases Another. Postposition li wài shang xià qián in(side) out(side) on. 11. the time phrase normally precedes the location phrase. Where a location phrase and a time phrase are both present. They are working in Xi}an. at] with a simple location pronoun ( zhèr [here]. Please wait for me here. nàr [there] or nkr [where]) or with a place name or location noun E Xi]an.II Verbs !" 5 Tamen zài XC}An gdngzuò. last-year I at Hong Kong do business) Last year I was doing business in Hong Kong. location phrases may take the form of zài [in. Qùnián wn zài !"#5 XiAnggKng zuò shbngyi. which consists of a noun followed by a postposition.

wài. Note 2: Inevitably there are some idiomatic differences between Chinese postpositions and English prepositions. etc. dmxia [underneath].Postposition hòu L L bian/ pángbian at the back of/behind by the side of Postpositional phrase shaf a hòu lù biAn dàtcng zhDngjiAn xuéxiào duìmiàn lvshc nàr behind the sofa by the side of the road in the middle of the hall opposite the school at the lawyer]s place = zhcjian gébì [next Verbs and location zhdng/ in the zhdngjian middle of duìmiàn L nàr/ zhèr opposite At a place (where sb or sth is) Note 1: Other postpositions include: [between]. =bào shang (lit. e. . [among]. key be-at door-on) [the key is in the door]. -miàn/-mian lmmiàn wàimiàn shàngmian xiàmian qiánmian hòumian -bian lmbian wàibian shàngbian xiàbian qiánbian hòubian -tou lmtou wàitou shàngtou xiàtou qiántou hòutou in(side) out(side) on. !" tàiyáng xià sànbù (lit. fùjìn [nearby].1 Disyllabic postpositions Li.=-miàn/-mian. qián and hòu take the sufyxes . newspaperon) [in the newspaper]. sìzhdu [around].=-bian/-bian or more colloquially .g.2. sun under stroll) [stroll in the sun]. above.=-tou to form disyllabic postpositions. xià. !" yàoshi zài mén shang (lit. 11. door to]. shang. over under. below in front (of) at the back (of) Note: Other disyllabic postpositions with - -miàn or - -bian are: 83 .

II Verbs / / / / / / zunmiàn/zunbian yòumiàn/yòubian ddngmiàn/ddngbian nánmiàn/nánbian xcmiàn/xcbian blimiàn/blibian to the left (of) to the right (of) to the east (of) to the south (of) to the west (of) to the north (of) Such disyllabic postpositions usually follow disyllabic nouns to maintain a matching rhythm: !/ !/ ! ! chuanghu qiánmian/ qiánbian dàmén hòumian/ hòubian mklù pángbian huayuán zhdngjian in front of the window behind the door/gate by the side of the road in the middle of the garden There is also a tendency to match monosyllabic elements.: !/ !/ !/ /* !/ /* 84 / péngyou zhc jian/ péngyou jian hkitan shàngmian/ hkitan shàng wezi lmmiàn/wezi lm/ welm/we lmmiàn amongst/between friends on the beach in the room / dàhki shàngmian/ on the sea dàhki shàng/hki shàng/ hki shàngmian .g. and the above examples could be reformulated as: chuang qián mén hòu / lù páng (written)/lù bian (colloq. e.) yuán zhdng (written) The general rule to remember is that a disyllabic noun can be followed by either a disyllabic or monosyllabic postposition whereas a monosyllabic noun is only followed by a monosyllabic postposition.

Zuì jìn de yóutnng zài nkr? Háizi ddu zài wàitou. Ta zài Zhdngguó li. zài Blijcng li. !"5 Ta zài huayuán li. Where is the nearest pillar-box? The children are all outside. With nouns indicating location. !"5 Shefáng zài zhdngjian.2. She is in the garden. !5 She zài shejià shang. The toilet is on the yrst zoor. The study is in the middle. or a postpositional phrase: !"5 Cèsun zài èr lóu. !" !5 Wn jia zài Hkidé gdngyuán fùjìn. !"#5 Wn péngyou zài Blijcng. !" 5 !" 9 ! 5 Nm de zuòwèi zài dì san pái. Your seat is in the third row. The book is on the bookshelf. My home is near Hyde Park. the postposition =li [in] is optional: 85 . rather than objects.3 Simple location sentences Simple location sentences are formed by using the verb zài [to be in/at] followed by a location noun or pronoun.11.2 Disyllabic postpositions as location pronouns Disyllabic postpositions can also act as location pronouns and form location phrases with zài: zài hòubian zài lmtou zài shàngmian at the back inside on top Verbs and location 11. My friend is NOT: * !"#$5 Wn péngyou in Beijing. Postpositions should not be attached to place names: !5 NOT: * !"5 Ta zài Zhdngguó. She is in China.

11. elder-sister at outside takeout-to-dry clothes) My elder sister was hanging out clothes to dry (outside). see Chapter 19 on coverbs. (lit. tkng must have the aspect marker D zhe (which almost functions as a rhythm yller). I at bank open asp one mw account) I have opened an account at the bank. 86 In the last example. 5 !" Wnmen zài hKitAn (lit. I was in the library. !" Tamen zài kètCng !5 li tcng ycnyuè.II Verbs or. He at garden in cut grass) He is cutting the grass in the garden.1. !"#5 Wn zài túshegukn li. in a location phrase used adverbially to modify the main verb of the sentence. zài functions as a preposition (or coverb) meaning [in] or [at]. (lit. !! Nm zài dàxué xué !9 shénme kbmù? ! ! 5 5 Wn zài yínháng kai le yc gè zhànghù. (For further discussion of zài and other similar prepositions. 5 D5 !" Ta zài cKodì shang tkngzhe. we at beach on bask sun) !5 shang shài tàiyáng. ! Jiljie zài wàimiàn liàng ycfu. !"5 Wn zài túshegukn. she at grass-land on lie asp) She was lying on the grass.) !" Ta zài huAyuán li gb cko. We were sunbathing on the beach. Note: It must be made clear that zài has two functions: (1) location verb [to be in/at] and (2) a location preposition (coverb) [in]/[at] (see 11. (lit. (lit. since the verb that comes at the end of a statement must have more than one syllable: .4 below). you at university study what subject) What subject are you studying at the university? (lit. mother at market buy food) Mum is buying food at the market. ! Mama zài shìchKng mki cài.4 Location phrases modifying main verbs As illustrated by the yrst set of simple sentences in 11. (lit. (lit. they at lounge in listen music) They listened to music in the lounge.

Ta xiexi/dkgon/shài tàiyáng zài ckodì shang. However. 11.. She rested/rolled/ sunned herself on the grass. Sdngshù dmxia yNu yc zhc tùzi. (lit. mirror beside have one mw pot zower) There is a pot of zowers beside the mirror. 87 . tíng [stop/park/ alight] jiàngluò [land/descend]. . . Verbs and location NOT: * / / Note: The verb zhù [live/lodge] is the main exception to this rule.5): / * * / 5 / / !"#5 / / !"5 Ta tkng/zuò/den/zhàn zài ckodì shang. (lit. the structure is only acceptable with verbs like tkng [lie]. pine-tree under there-is one mw hare [or rabbit]) There is a hare under the pine tree. where the action terminates on arrival at the location. She sang/ate on the grass. This construction is similar to the time expression existence sentences discussed in 10. She lay/sat/stood on the grass. Ta zài cKodì shang tkng/zuò/zhàn. She lay/sat/crouched/ stood on the grass. She rested/rolled/sunned herself on the grass. Again. etc. Ta chàng/chc zài ckodì shang. (For more about zài phrases see 13.]: !" !5 !" !5 !" !5 Jìngzi pángbian yNu yc pén huar.5 Location phrases in existence sentences Sentences expressing the existence of someone or something in a particular locality usually have a phrase indicating location plus the verb ynu [there is/are] as follows: phrase indicating location + ynu + (qualiyer) + noun(s). when the location phrase with zài comes at the end of the sentence. (lit. den [crouch]. zhàn [stand]. zuò [sit]./ !"#$/ 5 ! 5 Ta zài cKodì shang xiexi/dkgon/ shài tàiyáng.7. Wotái shang zhm yNu likng gè yknyuán. stage on only there-are two mw actor) There are only two actors on the stage. there is a contrast with English in which parallel sentences usually begin with [There is/are .

the noun following always of indeynite reference. The last two examples could therefore be rephrased as: !"9 Cèsun zài nkr? !5 Rén zài lmbian. bedroom) Opposite the sittingroom is the bedroom. zoo in there-is that mw panda) There is that panda in the zoo. here nearby there-is laundry p) Is there a laundry near here? (lit. 88 Note: See also the last note under 6. colloquially. [s/he]/[they]) is/are inside. It would not be natural to say: * 5 Dòngwùyuán li yNu nèi tóu xióngmao. (lit. shì is followed by a noun of indeynite reference: ! 5 Jùchkng gébì shì yc gè zhknlkngukn. inside there-are people) There is somebody inside. (lit.1 Shì in existence sentences The verb shì may also be used in existence sentences which start with a phrase indicating location. When the emphasis is on [locating] where something is. guest-hall opposite be shì wòshì. (lit. As illustrated by the above examples.5.II Verbs 9 !" Zhèr fùjìn yNu !9 xmycdiàn ma? Nkr yNu cèsun? !5 Lmbian yNu rén. When the emphasis is on [deyning] what exists at a location.4. theatre next-door be one mw exhibition-hall) Next door to the theatre is an exhibition hall. ynu is 11. where there-is toilet) Where is there a toilet? (lit. Where is the toilet? The person/people (or. The function of shì in these sentences is more complex than that of ynu. Note: We have already pointed out (see Chapter 1) that the subject of a verb tends to be of deynite reference. the noun after shì is of deynite reference: ! 5 Kètcng duìmiàn (lit. .

gymnasium in (just) asp: in-theprocess-of conduct gymnastics competition) A gymnastics contest is going on in the gymnasium.5. these verbs indicate a [state resulting from an action]: D 5 Qiáng shang guàzhe yc fú huà. theatre entrance queue asp one mw:queue people) There was a line of people queuing at the entrance to the theatre.2 Zhe in existence sentences Like ynu and shì. (lit. D 5 D 5 D ! 5 Xìyuàn rùknuchù páizhe yc duì rén. ice-box inside all be fruit) Inside the fridge there was nothing but fruit. square on (just) asp: in-theprocess-of hold handicraft exhibition) A handicraft exhibition is being held in the square. rùknuchù [entrance]) which themselves indicate some form of location are commonly used without a postposition. Dì shang quán shì shum. zoor/ground on all be water) There is water all over the zoor/ ground. ) (zhèng)zài is used (lit. As in 8. Note: Some nouns (e. If the action verb denotes persistent activity. (lit.3. (lit. (lit.g.Shì can also be modiyed by ddu or quán [all] to mean that a location is ylled or covered with identiyed objects or people: ! !5 5 Bcngxiang lmbian dDu shì shumgun. Gukngchkng shang (zhèng)zài jObàn gdngyìpmn zhknlkn. Zhudzi shang fàngzhe likng bbi chá. ( instead of D zhe: ! ( ) !5 Tmyùgukn li (zhèng)zài jìnxíng tmcao bmsài. Verbs and location 11. Fángzi li zhùzhe bù shko rén. action verbs sufyxed with the aspect marker D zhe may be used in location-related existence sentences. (lit. wall on hang asp one mw painting) There is a painting hanging on the wall. (lit. ( ) 5 89 . house in live asp not few person) There are quite a lot of people living in the house. table on put asp two mw:cup tea) There are two cups of tea (placed) on the table.4. (lit.

1 Verbs: duration and frequency Duration expressions 90 Unlike deyned point-of-time expressions. 11. or. For example: ! !5 Wn jia láile hln dud kèren.6 Le in emergence or disappearance sentences In the same way. (lit. (lit.) For instance: ! ZuótiAn wKnshang !" chéng li ynu yc gè !5 shìwbi yóuxíng. a phrase indicating location may be followed by a verb with the aspect marker le to express the emergence or disappearance of something or somebody at or from that location. in a Chinese sentence. duration and frequency expressions usually come after the verb. As observed above.1 in which the time expression must come yrst. my house come asp very many guest) Many guests came to/turned up at my place. duration and frequency on the other hand.II Verbs 11. town in yesterday evening there-was one mw demonstration parade) There was a demonstration in (the) town yesterday evening. (This differs from the adverbial use of location and time phrases. discussed in 11. as .7. 12 12. setting in time and space is established before the action of the verb is expressed. 5 Note: Compare the similar structure for time expressions (10. Chéng li zuótiAn ! wKnshang ynu !" yc gè shìwbi 5 yóuxíng. library lost asp not few book) The library has lost quite a few books.1). (lit. Túshegukn diEle bù shko she.7 Order of sequence of time and location phrases Where a location phrase and a time phrase occur in an existence or an emergence/disappearance sentence. either phrase may come yrst. yesterday evening town-in there-was one mw demonstration parade) (lit. The pattern is: phrase indicating location + action verb + le + (qualiyer) + noun(s).

1 Wn zài Ycngguó zhùle liKng nián. I prepare at Britain stay six mw month) I am preparing/ intend to stay in Britain for six months. Wnmen tánle hLn jiO. Duration expressions naturally take the form of a numeral followed by a time word. In other cases the time word is itself a measure word. which take gè). With xikoshí [hour] and xcngqc [week] the measure gè is optional. and numerals may therefore be placed immediately before it (e. (lit. 91 !" Wn dkle bàn !"5 gè zhDngtóu yOmáoqiú. the duration phrase is placed between the verb and the noun: !" !5 Wn xuéguo sì gè duD yuè ZhDngwén.g. sì tian [four days]). In some cases the time word requires a measure (e. are delineated after the action of the verb has been described. I hit asp half mw hour badminton) I played badminton for half an hour. (lit. I sleep asp eight mw hour) xiKoshí/zhDngtóu.consequences of the verb. (lit. (lit. (lit. Verbs: duration and frequency ! !5 ! L 5 !" 5 5 12.1. care must be taken to distinguish. I slept for eight hours. I at Britain live asp two year) I lived in Britain for two years. I study asp four mw more month Chinese) I studied Chinese for more than four months (at one stage). yuè [month]. Duration expressions and noun objects If the verb in the sentence has a noun object as well as a duration phrase. Another more general duration expression is / ! hln jio/hln cháng shíjian [a long time]. zhdngtóu [hour].g. for example san yuè [March] and san gè yuè [three months]. The duration phrase may also be regarded as attributive and used with or without de: . / Wn shuìle bA gè (lit. yc nián [one year]. Wn zhonbèi zài Ycngguó dai liù gè yuè. we talk asp very long) We talked for a long time. Note: Since numerals up to twelve are used with yuè to denote the calendar months (see Chapter 10 above). lmbài [week].

piano teacher require me every day practise three mw hour de piano) The piano teacher told me to practise the piano three hours a day.3 Duration expressions and pronoun objects When there is a pronoun object. (lit.II Verbs !" Wn xuéguo (lit. (lit. ( ) 5 12. I wait asp him half mw more hour) I waited for him for over half an hour. (lit. I study Chinese study asp four year) I studied Chinese for four years. 92 .1. I study asp four mw month !"5 sì gè duD yuè de p Chinese) I studied Chinese for Zhdngwén. 12. (lit. judge sentence thief sit one year prison) The judge sentenced the thief to one year in prison. Tamen liáotian liáole yC gè wKnshang. (lit. I tomorrow afternoon will talk two mw hour p lesson) I am going to lecture for two hours tomorrow afternoon. In this construction the repeated verb is usually one of completed action with aspect marker le. !" Wn míngtian !" xiàwo yào 5 jikng liKng gè zhDngtóu de kè.2 Repetition of the verb in a noun-object-duration structure An alternative pattern when a noun object is present is to repeat the verb after the object and then place the duration phrase after the repeated verb: ! !5 ! ! 5 Wn xué Zhdngwén xuéle sì nián. they chat chat asp one mw evening) They chatted the whole evening. Fkguan pàn xikotdu zuò yC nián láo. (lit. the duration phrase always follows the pronoun: !" Wn dlngle !5 tA bàn gè duD zhDngtóu. four months (at one stage). This is the case whether the sentence is a simple or causative construction: ! !" !" 5 Gangqín lkoshc yaoqiú wn mlitian liàn sAn gè xiKoshí (de) qín.1.

the duration phrase comes after the indirect object and precedes the direct object as an attributive (see 12. biko dì. terms for cousins.5 Duration expressions and definite reference If the duration expression alludes to a period of time in the past within which something has or has not happened. (lit. Wn bàn nián méi qù kàn diànymng le. biko jil. Duration expressions of this type are often followed by / li/nèi [within (the last) . like other time expressions. teacher teach asp me two mw likng gè xikoshí hour de Chinese) The teacher (de) zhdngwén. before the verb. Wn zhèi sAn nián lái ddu méi jiànguo wnde biko dì. (lit. (lit. etc. like other family relationships.] or (ym)lái [since . I this three year within all not see asp my cousin) I haven]t seen my cousin for the last three years.1.1. . I half year not go see ylm p) I have not been to see a ylm for the last six months.4 Duration expressions in dative construction In a dative construction. (lit.1. táng dì. where both direct and indirect objects are present. it then takes on deynite reference and is placed. 93 . she owe asp bank half year de debt) She was in debt to the bank for six months. are very precise. biko mèi. 5 ( ) 5 ! ! 5 ! ! 5 ! Note: In Chinese.1): !" ! 5 ( Lkoshc jiao le wn (lit. On the mother]s side they are biko gb. Wn yC nián (yM)lái ddu zài shíyànshì gdngzuò. taught me two hours of Chinese.]: ! / !5 Wn sAn gè yuè nèi/li kànle wo cì diànymng.12. . Verbs: duration and frequency ( ) !" Ta qiàn le ) 5 yínháng bàn nián (de) zhài. I Christmas so-far all not go-on asp shift) I have not been back to work ever since Christmas. I one year so-far all at laboratory work) I have been working in the laboratory for the whole of the past year. . . I three mw month within see asp yve times ylm) I have been to the cinema yve times in the past three months. 12. (lit. (lit. and on the father]s side =táng gb. Wn Shèngdànjié yMlái ddu méi shàngguo ban.

Where the verb has an object. come before the object: !"#$5 Wnmen tiàole yC xià wo. or by using phrases like yc xià [a moment] or yc huìr [a short while] after the verb: (1) Repetition of verbs: (a) Monosyllabic verbs: kànkàn kàn yc kàn kànle kàn (b) have a look have a look had a look yc or le): Disyllabic verbs (cannot be used with jièshào jièshào NOT: * * give a brief introduction jièshào yc jièshào give a brief introduction jièshàole jièshào gave a brief introduction (c) Verb object constructions (only the verb is repeated): xm shnu xm (yc) xm shnu sko dì skole sko dì NOT: * or * xm shnu xm shnu sko dì sko dì yc huìr: Let me have a look.II Verbs 12. 94 !"#$5 Wn kànle yC huìr she.2 Brief duration Brief duration can be conveyed by repeating the verb. We danced for a while. sometimes after yc [one]. like other duration phrases. We]ll rest for a while. wash hands wash one]s hands sweep the zoor swept the zoor (briezy) (2) With yc xià or !"5 Ràng wn kàn yC xià. !"#$5 Zànmen xiExi yC huìr. brief duration phrases. . I read for a while.

! 5 Wnmen (lit. coach look asp everybody one eye) The coach cast a glance at everybody. come after the verb. huí and tàng. often part of the body. biàn implies [from beginning to end]. They consist of a numeral combined with one of a number of common frequency measure words such as cì.1 Brief duration and instrumental objects Brief duration may also be expressed by employing an instrumental object. 95 . like duration phrases. (lit.3 Frequency expressions Frequency phrases. While cì simply indicates an occurrence. we see asp one face) jiànguo yC miàn. the frequency phrase is generally placed between the verb and the object. !"5 Wn niànle yC biàn. Ta zuòguo sAn tàng fbijc. ! 5 Wnmen jiànguo ta liKng huí. I kick asp him one foot) I gave him a kick. (lit.2. and tàng [back and forth from a place]: 5 Tamen láiguo sAn cì. They]ve come/been here three times. We have met him/her twice. huí [to and fro]. I have been [there] several times. biàn. !5 !5 Wn kànguo liKng cì gbjù. If the verb has a noun object. Verbs: duration and frequency ! Jiàoliàn kànle !5 dàjia yC yKn. Note: The last example may be reformulated as a dative construction: 5 Wn jiànguo ta yc miàn. (lit.] 12. We met once. [I met him once. !"5 Wn qùguo jM tàng. Wn tCle ta yC jiKo. which follows the indirect object in a dative construction: ! 5 ! 5 Ta dKle wn yC quán. (lit.12. (lit. He hit asp me one yst) He dealt me a blow. I see asp two times opera) I have been twice to see an opera. I read [it] through once (from beginning to end). He sit asp three trip (air)plane) He has been on a plane three times.

or. by time and location expressions) or complemented in some way. As with duration phrases. I went to !"#$5 Wn qùle Blijcng liKng tàng. Father take me go asp one-trip Europe/father take me go asp Europe one-trip) On one occasion. the frequency phrase is placed after the pronoun: !"#5 Wn zhkoguo ta yC cì. 13 13. (lit. my father took me on a trip to Europe. (causative) Skosao quàn wn zhko ta yc cì. sister-in-law persuade me look for him one-time) My sister-in-law persuaded me to at least go and see him once. (dative) Bàba dài wn qùle yc tàng iuzhdu. him once.1 Verbs and complements Complements 96 As we have seen. (causative) (lit. however.II Verbs If the object is a location phrase.g. (lit. They are regularly modiyed (e. if the object is a pronoun. Complements in Chinese are those elements of a sentence which come after the verb (apart from the object) and which either describe the action of the verb or express its result. She has been to my place once. or. I looked for/visited NOT: * !"#5 Wn zhkoguo yC cì ta. Chinese verbs are seldom used without some form of marker or attachment. . The above-mentioned rules regarding the position of the frequency phrase in relation to noun or pronoun objects always apply whatever the construction: ! 5 ! !"/ ! !"5 !5 Ta bangguo wn yc cì máng. she help asp me one-time busy) She helped me once. !"#$5 Ta láiguo wn jia yC cì. the frequency phrase may be placed either between the verb and the location object or after the location object: !"#$5 Wn qùle liKng tàng Blijcng. !"#$5 Ta láiguo yC cì wn jia. Beijing twice.

as in kàn jiàn [to see] (lit. They indicate the direct result of an action. (lit. you listen understand asp p) Did you understand (what was said)? 9 97 . !" Ta xiE hKo !5 le nèi liàng mótudchb. He repair good asp that mw motorbike) He has repaired that motorbike. ! !5 Ta nòng zAng le tade qúnzi. I already do ynish asp my homework/coursework) I have already done my homework. look-see) and tcng jiàn [to hear] (lit. Here we introduce a further range of complements. He not listen clear my words) He didn]t hear clearly what I said. as in tcng cuò [to mishear] (lit. direction indicators and duration/frequency markers. !" Ta méi tCng 5 qCngchO wnde huà. (lit. look-wrong). location/ destination and degree. (2) Verbs: !" Wn ymjing zuò wán le 5 wnde zuòyè. some of the adjectival ones are disyllabic (e. listen-apprehend). manner.2 Complements of result Complements of result are adjectives or verbs which follow immediately after the main verb. either what it achieves or what happens unintentionally. He make dirty asp her skirt) He has dirtied her skirt. the verb complement jiàn [to see] implies successful seeing or apprehension.). listenwrong) and kàn cuò [to misread] (lit. (1) Adjectives: !5 Nm cAi cuò le. aspect markers. those indicating result. Nm tCng dNng le ma? (lit. you guess wrong p) You have guessed wrong.A number of complements which occur with action verbs have already been encountered. (lit. Although most complements of result are monosyllabic. qcngchu [clear]. (lit.g. etc. while the adjective complement =cuò [wrong] indicates a mistaken result. For example. Verbs and complements 13. (lit. for example. ganjìng [clean]. potential.

(lit. they pull separate asp two mw asp yght p person) They pulled apart two people who were yghting. (purpose) She]s found her purse/wallet. !5 Nm cAi duì le. . Many verb-and-complement expressions in fact are established terms in the language: ! 5 ! !5 Rénmín de shbnghuó shumpíng tígAo le. (lit. people p life level raise-high p) The people]s living standards have improved. (lit. !5Wn chC bKo le. You guessed right. 98 attain. you six o]clock call wake me) Wake me up at six. Note: The most common complements of result. Ta dKduàn le wnde fayán. apart from the above. (b) Verbs pò dào break !"#5Wn dK pò le yknjìng.II Verbs ! 5 !" ! !5 Nm liù dikn zhdng jiào xMng wn. My friend is/was drunk. are: (a) Adjectives huài =duì bko zuì bad right full (with eating) drunk !"#$%&'(5Zhèi gè háizi nòng huài le wnde diànnko. (lit. !"#$5Wnde péngyou hB zuì le. I have eaten my yll/I]m full. ! "#$5 achieve Ta zhKo dào le tade qiánbao. I broke my glasses. Tamen lA kAi le likng gè zhèngzài dkjià de rén. He hit-broken-in-two asp my speech) He interrupted my speech.

She listen can understand my words) She could understand my words. He eat not full) He couldn]t eat his yll. !"#$5Jmngchá zhuA zhù le xikotdu. Try and remember this. (This contrasts with the use of the modal verb ( ) néng(gòu) [can]. etc. that is that the outcome is to some extent dependent on external circumstances beyond the speaker]s control. The athlete fell over. not strongly accented.) 99 .e. there wasn]t enough food to go round. he is such a big eater. He]s dropped that bad habit. !"#5Yùndòngyuán shuAi dKo le. Nm zhàn de wLn ma? (lit. Verbs and complements dko zhù fall over stop. !"5Jì zhù zhèi jiàn shì.e.diào drop !"#$%&5 Ta gKi diào le nèi gè huài xíguàn.2 (5). (because they were not too profound. you stand can stable p) Can you stand up (without falling)? (i. see 15. somebody has had too much to drink. implies that the result of the action can (or cannot) be achieved or happen. which is a distinctive feature of Chinese. (lit. etc. This is formed by placing de (positive) or bù (negative) between a verb and a complement of result.3 Potential complements Ability or inability to do something is regularly expressed by a potential complement. etc.) (lit. The policeman (has) caught the thief. (i. make yrm 13.) (1) Adjectival potential complements: 5 Ta chC bù bKo. this mw jeans wash can clean p) Can these jeans be washed (clean)? 9 ! 9 (2) Zhèi tiáo niúzkikù xM de gAnjìng ma? Verbal potential complements: ! 5 Ta tCng de dNng wnde huà. has been ill. The potential complement.) (lit.

e. Similar metaphorical usages are found with potential complement of direction: ! 5 100 ! 5 Zhèi gè lmtáng zuò de xià yc qian rén. too tired.e. this mw auditorium sit can contain one thousand person) This hall can seat one thousand people. (lit. the work isn]t ynished yet.) She yào 9 de huílái ma? 13. (lit. 5 ! 9 Wn zNu bù dòng le. zat. (i. (lit. etc.) (lit. this mw person rely de fast p) Is this person reliable? ! ! 5 Dàjia ddu kàn bù jiàn hbibkn shang de zì. everybody all look not see blackboard-on p words/characters) Nobody can see the words/ characters on the blackboard. leave not achievable) I can]t (possibly) leave. .2) can also be used in the potential form: Wn chC bù xià le. there are no more trains. etc. has not been vacated yet. (i.g. Zhèi gè rén kào de zhù ma? 13. someone will or won]t return them.3. the 5 bù jìnqù. the weather is too bad.). etc. the words/characters are too small.) (lit.e.3 that direction indicators/complements may carry meanings beyond simply physical movement. (i. I buy not up camera) I can]t afford a camera. the blackboard is too far away. etc. too full. I walk not move p) I can]t walk any further (i.e. Wn mKi bù qM zhàoxiàngjc.) 5 Wnmen (lit. (i. having already eaten too much. etc.) (lit.3.2 (lit.e. (lit.) Metaphorical meanings of potential complements We have seen in 9. etc. etc. I eat not down) I can]t eat any more.1 Potential complements using direction indicators Directional complements (see direction indicators discussed in 9.e.II Verbs 5 Wn zNu bù liKo le. into a zat. etc. we today move not into-go) We can]t jcntian bAn move in today (e. book get can come-back p) Can I/you get the books back? (i.

(i. etc. etc. (lit. 101 ! Gbynngduì !5 chàng de hko jí le. that mw horse run p comparatively/most fast) That horse ran faster [than the others]/the fastest [of all]. (lit.5 Mama xiKng bù qM zhèi jiàn shì. the adjective in the adjectival phrase must be either adverbially modiyed or followed by a degree complement (see 13. she speak not continue p) She can]t carry on talking any more. having a sore throat. mother think not up this mw matter) Mum can]t recall this matter. (i.6 below): ! 5 ! / 5 Ta shud de bù tài qcngchu.e. The adjectival phrase in a complement of manner describes the way in which an action is seen to be carried out. chorus/choir sing p good extreme p) The chorus/choir sang extremely well.e.4. Ta shuD bù xiàqù le. 13.1 Modification of complement of manner In the complement of manner. I today get-up p early much-more) I got up much earlier today. (lit. It depicts an observed situation which arises from an action or an ongoing state but which is not necessarily an intended outcome. Nèi pm mk pko de bMjiào/ zuì kuài. .) The complement of consequential state can follow either an adjectival or a verbal predicate. Zhànshìmen !5 zhàn de hLn zhí. it happened a long time ago. ! Wn jcntian qm 5 de zko de duD. (lit.) (lit. she speak p not too clear) She did not put it too clearly. choked by emotion.4 Complements of manner and of consequential state The complements of manner and of consequential state involve placing de after a verbal or adjectival predicate followed by either an adjectival phrase (normally indicating manner) or a verbal phrase or clause (usually indicating consequential state).) Verbs and complements 5 13.1 for further comment on this point. being shouted down. (lit. her memory lets her down. (lit. soldiers stand p very straight) The soldiers stood very straight. (This contrasts with adverbial modiyers which emphasise more the intention or demeanour of the initiator of the action – see 14.

that mw girl dress-up p very beautiful) That young girl is dressed up very beautifully. (lit.4. (lit. she run p non-stop pant) She ran till she was out of breath. (lit. (lit. He smile/laugh p mouth all/also close not together p) He grinned broadly. In addition. Wn kùn de (lit. 13. For instance. the second example above may be rewritten as: !"#$%&'5 TA xiào de lián zuM dDu hé bù lNng le. the preposition or coverb = lián [even] may precede the subject in the clause. Note: For emphasis these complemental clauses often make use of the adverbs / ddu/yl [all]/[also]. Note: The last two examples illustrate that with some verbs the manner complement borders on expressing consequential state.4.II Verbs ! ! 5 Nèi gè geniang dkbàn de hLn piàoliang.3 Complements of manner or consequential state with a ‘verb + object’ verb 102 When a complement of manner or consequential state occurs with a [verb + object] verb. 13. that my eyes refused to open. I tired-and-sleepy p eye both also / yKnjing dDu/yL open not separate p) I was so sleepy !5 zhBng bù kAi le. she cold p shiver p) She was so cold that she began to shiver. Ta pko de zhí chuKnqì. the verb is repeated after the object and then followed by the complement: . He walk p leg all/also weak p) He walked till his legs were very weak. (lit. Ta llng de fAdNu le.2 Complement of consequential state The complement of consequential state is either a verbal phrase or a clause: (1) Verbal phrase: 5 5 (2) Clause: / 5 / 5 Ta znu de jiKo dDu/yL ruKn le. Ta xiào de zuM dDu/yL hé bù lNng le.

. Wn pKobù pKo de húnshBn dDu rè le.4. 5 !" ! 5 or. this mw horse run p and de gBn nèi pM that mw horse same fast) This mK ycyàng kuài. [ gbn + (pro)noun] or [ ( ) méi(ynu) + (pro)noun] phrase located either before the repeated verb or before the adjective in the complement: 103 . (lit. with the [ bm + (pro)noun]. horse runs as fast as that one. etc. Verbs and complements Adjectival complements of manner in comparisons Adjectival complements of manner may express comparison (note the general discussion of comparison. he type-words type p very quick) He types very fast. Wn kko de méi(yNu) tA nàme hko.2.5 Complement-of-manner comparison with a ‘verb + object’ verb Where the complement-of-manner comparison occurs with a [verb + object] verb. in 7. this mw horse and that mw horse run p same fast) (lit. ( 5 ) Wn méi(yNu) tA kko de nàme hko. ( ) 5 or. Ta dKzì dK de hLn kuài.5 5 ! 5 13. I run-step run p whole-body all hot p) I ran (so much) that I was hot all over. I jump p compare he high) I jump higher than he does. (lit. Zhèi pm mk pko (lit. I compare he jump p high) 5 or. 13. (lit. Wn bM tA tiào de gao. she dance-dances dance p very well) She danced very well. (lit. (lit. or before the adjective in the complement: Wn tiào de bM tA gao. (lit. the same rule applies. In such complements the [ bm + (pro)noun]. (lit.2 and 7.4.3). [ gbn + (pro)noun] and [ ( ) méi(ynu) + (pro)noun] expressions are placed either before the main verb. equivalence.4 Ta tiàowo tiào de hLn hKo. I examine p not-have he so good) I did not do as well as he did in the examination. I not-have he examine p so good) Zhèi pm mk gBn ! nèi pM mK pko !"5 de ycyàng kuài.

(lit. (lit. the location/destination phrase as complement indicates where the subject ynishes up after the action has taken place. Wn shud Zhdngwén méi(yNu) tA shud de nàme liúlì. * !"!#$%5TA bM wN chànggB chàng de hKotCng. I speak Chinese not-have s/he speak p (so) zuent) or. I speak Chinese speak p not-have he (so) zuent) I don]t speak Chinese as zuently as he does. (lit. mother return to home in) Mother came home. ! !5 ! !"5 ( ! ) !5 ! ) !5 Ta chànggb chàng de bM wN hkotcng. (lit.5 Complement of location or destination Complements of location/destination occur with motion verbs and indicate the location where the subject ends up through the action of the verb. Qìchb tíng zài chBfáng. It would be more natural to use an adverbial modiyer before the verb: !" 5 Ta zài túshEguKn xuéxí. Ta chànggb bM wN chàng de hkotcng. i. .II Verbs or. Wn shud Zhdngwén shud de méi(yNu) tA nàme liúlì. In contrast. ( Note: The [ bm + (pro)noun] and other comparative phrases cannot precede the yrst verb: e.e. s/he sing-songs compare me sing p good-to-hear) (lit. he at library study) He studied at the library. one must get to the library before one can settle down to study there. 104 The location phrase as an adverbial placed before the verb indicates where the subject was before the action of the verb took place. car stop at garage) The car was parked at the garage. s/he sing-songs sing p compare me good-to-hear) She sings better than I do. Mama huí dào jiA li. 5 5 It would not be normal to say: * ! 5 Ta xuéxí zài túshEguKn. he study at library) because xuéxí [study] does not express any spatial motion. (lit.g. (lit. 13. (lit.

e. gòu [enough].2. (i.Compare the following two sentences: Ta znu dào gDngyuán qù.1 (e.6 Degree complements Degree complements follow and intensify adjectives. The most common degree complements are: (1) (2) de hln llng de hln de dud hko de dud dud le guì dud le ! (4) (5) (6) ! (7) ! (8) other jí le gaoxìng jí le tòu le shc tòu le sm le è sm le de yàomìng rè de yàomìng very very cold much much much much more better more more expensive (3) extremely extremely happy thoroughly wet through extremely. (lit.terribly terribly hungry terribly terribly hot de bùdeliko exceedingly huài de bùdeliko exceedingly bad de + adjective/verb expressions: ! ! de cìykn liàng de cìykn de cì]lr xikng de cì]lr eye-dazzling dazzlingly bright ear-piercing ear-piercingly loud 105 . They are generally stronger in meaning than the degree adverbs and expressions introduced in 6. she set out with the park as her destination. etc. ynu diknr [a bit].e.). (i.g. she got to the park yrst and then took a walk there.) (lit. she get-to park go walk-walk) She went for a walk in the park. Ta dào gDngyuán qù znuznu. hln [very]. xiangdang [rather].) 5 ! 5 Verbs and complements 13. tài [too]. she walk to park go) She went to the park [on foot].

(lit. (i. he extremely enchanted p listen asp) He listened with great fascination. He was intent on running fast) !"#$D5 Ta shífBn chEshén de tcngzhe. 14. etc. [intention]. of the subject.. manner and attitude indicators. he very quick p run asp) He ran very fast. consequential state and degree complements is different from the attributive de we have met earlier. as apparent to an onlooker) !"#$5 Ta tcng de shífBn chEshén. (lit.e. he listen p extremely enchanted) He listened with great fascination.e. usually placed immediately before the verb or sometimes at the beginning of a sentence. Ta yúkuài de xiàole xiào. as could be observed) 106 . here the focus is on adverbial modiyers of manner and attitude. he run p very fast) He ran very fast. she speedy p run across) She came over swiftly. which give additional information concerning the action or state expressed in the verb.4) is that the adverbial is concerned mainly with the [demeanour]. manner. (i. followed by the particle de: ! 5 ! 5 Ta xùnsù de pko guòlái. The difference between an adverbial of manner and a complement of manner (see 13. she happy p smile asp smile) She smiled happily. (lit.e.II Verbs Note: de as used throughout this chapter in potential. 14 Verbs and adverbials Adverbial modiYers are words or expressions.1 Adverbials of manner Adverbials of manner consist of adjectives. Compare: Adverbial !"D5 Ta hLn kuài de pkozhe. Complement !"5 Ta pko de hLn kuài. We have already discussed background indicators such as time and location expressions (see Chapters 10 and 11). The character for the de which appears in Chapter 14 in adverbial modiyers is different again. (lit. (lit. They fall into three main categories: background. (lit. (i. normally two-syllable. while the complement is more concerned with the manner and result of the verb as observed by a third party.

She looked at me silently. Note: Some disyllabic repetitions are established adverbial expressions and do not derive from monosyllabic adjectives: quietly qiaoqiao de furtively tdutdu de silently mòmò de gradually jiànjiàn de !"#5 Ta qiAoqiAo de gàosù wò .2 Adverbials of manner with marked verbs As in the above sentences illustrating adverbials of manner. the verb preceded by an adverbial modiyer usually has to be marked in some way. (lit. !"#$%5 Ta tDutDu de kànle wn yc ykn. !D 5 Ta mòmò de qiáozhe wn.14.1. snow hard-and-fast p fall asp) The snow came down thick and fast. . he very quick p turn around body come) He quickly turned round. She stole a glance at me. e.1. . In the following examples zhàn is marked by qmlái and xià by D zhe.g. !"#$%5 Tcanqì jiànjiàn de nuknhuo qmlái. . by a direction indicator or an aspect marker. my friend slow-slow p stand up) My friend stood up slowly. 107 D5 . ! !5 Ta hLn kuài de zhukn guò shbn lái. (lit. !!" 5 ! Wn péngyou mànmàn de zhàn qMlái. (lit. Xul fBnfBnyángyáng de xiàzhe. . she quiet-quiet p sit p) She sat (there) quietly. (lit.1 Monosyllabic adjectives as adverbials of manner A monosyllabic adjective must either be repeated or made disyllabic by the addition of a degree adverb to become an adverbial of manner: D5 Verbs and adverbials Ta jìngjìng de zuòzhe. The weather gradually got warmer. 14. He told me quietly that .

!8 !5 8 8 14. quick get-up (waking somebody in the morning) lit.1. much thank (an expression of gratitude) lit. !" Mìfbng zài huacóng zhdng wBng wBng de fbizhe. (lit.5 take care up you get many thanks look after yourself lit. wind onom p blow asp) The wind was howling. (lit. slow go (a polite expression when seeing guests off) lit. much take-care (a good wish at parting) Particular types of adverbials of manner Adverbials of manner are also formed from some particular types of phrase: (1) Onomatopoeic coinages: D5 Fbng hEhE de chuczhe. bee in zower-cluster middle onom p zy asp) The bees were humming amongst the zowers.1. slow-slow come) Take it easy! Monosyllabic adverbial modifiers without de de occur in certain estab- Monosyllabic adverbial modiyers without lished expressions and imperatives: màn znu kuài qmlái duD xiè duD bkozhòng 14.3 Adverbials of manner with unmarked verbs Adverbial modiyers may occur with unmarked verbs in expressions such as imperatives. and the monosyllabic adverbial usually either reduplicated or extended by words such as diknr or =xib [a bit]/[a little]. good-good sleep) Go to sleep nicely! (parent to a child) (lit. quick a-bit come) Come here quickly! (lit. HKohKo shuì! Mànmàn lái! (lit.II Verbs 14. 108 D5 . De is generally omitted.1. (lit. early a-little return-come) Come back a little earlier.4 Kuài diKnr lái! ZKo xiB huílái.

(lit. (lit. if they are phrases. (4) Parallel constructions: Ta yC bù yC bù de xiàng qián znu qù. she one step one step p towards front walk go) She went forward step by step. at the beginning of the sentence: Ta dAngrán bù tóngyì. she of-course not agree) She naturally disagreed. in which a repeated syllable comes after an adjective. 109 5 . (lit. she smile-phon p nod asp nod head) She nodded with a smile. They occur either immediately after the subject or. verb or noun to extend its descriptive quality through an association of sound and meaning: D5 Verbs and adverbials ! Ta lKnyAngyAng de tkngzhe. (lit. (3) Quadrisyllabic idioms: !" 5 Ta wúkL nàihé de snngle snng jian. (lit. Ta yC gè zì yC gè zì de xilzhe. (lit. D ! Wn bù zhC 5 bù jué de shuì zháo le. !" Wn qíng bù ( ) zì jìn de tànle 5 (yc) knu qì. she without-able-do-what p shrug asp shrug shoulder) She shrugged her shoulders helplessly. (lit. I feeling-not-self-forbid p sigh asp one mw:mouthful breath) I sighed despite myself. !5 ! ! D5 14. he lazy-phon p lie asp) He idly lay there. (lit. ! Ta xiàomCmC de 5 diknle dikn tóu. (lit. he spirit-phon p walk in) He entered in high spirits. she one mw character one mw character p write asp) She is writing [it] down character by character. 5 ! Ta xìngchDngchDng de znu jìnlái. I not-know-not-feel p sleep achieve p) I fell asleep without realising it.(2) Phonaesthetic expressions.2 Attitudinal adverbial expressions Attitudinal adverbial expressions are words or idioms used by the speaker to bring a tone of judgement or evaluation to the sentence.

(lit. They can probably understand Cantonese. klndìng [deynitely]. klnéng [probably]. they last-year only-then begin learn Chinese p) They did not begin to study Chinese until last year. (lit. ylxo [perhaps]. Tamen hLn wKn cái lái.3 Referential adverbs There are a number of monosyllabic adverbs which are placed directly before the main verb and have an important linking function in the meaning of the sentence. 14. (lit. they very late only-then come) They didn]t come till very late. ta shì duì de. (lit. according-I-see. !" Tamen yLxO tcng de !"5 dnng Gukngzhduhuà. Since they refer forwards and/or backwards. they last-year then begin learn Chinese p) They began to study Chinese (as early as) last year. while cái indicates that something ensued only at a particular time or under particular circumstances: ! 5 ! 5 ! ! 5 ! ! 110 5 Wnmen hLn (lit. (lit. We arrived very early. Note: Other common expressions of this type include: shènzhì [even]. 3 !5 YC wN kàn. ! 5 Wnmen zNngsuàn xil wán le.II Verbs !"5 Wn bùyCdìng qù. ! háowú yíwèn [no doubt]. we very early then arrive p) zKo jiù dào le. she is right p) As far as I can see. Tamen qùnián jiù kaishm xué Hànyo le. Tamen qùnián cái kaishm xué Hànyo. she is right. . hln bù xìng [unfortunately]. These referential adverbs also function as conjunctives linking clauses or predicates/comments in composite sentences (see Chapter 24). We]ve ynished writing [it] at last. but here we deal with their place in simple sentences. Some are best discussed in pairs: (1) Jiù [then] and cái [only then]: jiù emphasises a direct consequence. ! zài wn kàn lái [as I see it]. ! duì wn lái shud [as far as I am concerned]. znngsuàn [after all]. I not-certain go) I can]t say for sure that I will go. we will call them referential adverbs.

jiù in this Verbs and adverbials Jiù can also emphasise immediacy: ( )5 ( )5 Wn jiù lái (le). the tone is more reassuring. ShànghKi all go asp) We]ve been to 5 dDu qùguo. (lit. (lit.g. (lit. particularly in the written language. ! 5 Nèi liKng gè diànyMng wn dDu bù xmhuan. Zhèr mLi nián dDngtiAn dDu xià xul. the sentence sounds somewhat abrupt. However. Xi]an and Shanghai. Note 2: Biàn [then] may be used interchangeably with sense. (2) Ddu [all]/[both] always refers back to a preceding phrase. Wn qùqù jiù huí lái (le). we only talk asp one time) We talked [about it] only once.Note 1: Sentences with jiù. I go-go immediately back-come (p)) I]ll be right back. we Beijing. Wnmen zhM tánguo yC cì.g. Note: Le here is optional: without it. everybody all go eat lunch p) Everybody has gone for lunch. ddu. (lit. those two mw ylm I both not like) I don]t like either of those two ylms. !4 Wnmen BLijCng. ! 5 ! 5 4 Tamen liKng gè rén dDu huí lái le. I immediately come (p)) I]m coming. Xi]an. generally refers to what (lit. I only go Hong Kong) I]m only going to Hong Kong.3 (9). with mli [every]). le is not generally used with cái – see 16. the subject.4). It never relates to what follows it or follows the verb: ! DàjiA dDu qù !5 chc wofàn le. with it. here every-year winter all come-down-snow) It snows here every winter. regularly end with le. (lit. e. as above. object transposed to a pre-verbal position – see 18. a posed topic (i. a frequency expression (e. (lit. since they almost certainly express a change in circumstances (see Chapter 16 for discussion of sentence le). (lit. they two mw people both back-come p) Both of them have come back. Beijing. in contrast with follows in the sentence: 5 ! 5 Wn zhM qù XiAnggKng. 111 (3) Zhm [only]. . (or I]ll be right with you) (lit.e. Shanghai XC }An.

5 ! 5 Note 1: 5 5 Hái also has the meaning [still]: Ta hái zài zhèr. Yl generally refers back to the subject. (i. He even knows the prime minister. WN yL (lit. (lit. they still not return home) They haven]t gone home yet. (lit. lián [even] is used with ddu or yl in the pattern: subject + lián + noun or verb phrase + =ddu or yl + verb (or with [ lián + noun or verb phrase] preceding the subject): ! / 5 Ta lián shnuxiàng (lit. she still at here) She is still here. in addition to other things) (lit. and is generally preferred when the sentence is negative: / 5 ! !5 Zhèi jiàn shì shéi dDu/yL zhcdao. I also not-have money) 5 méi (ynu) qián. he even prime-minister all/also know) 5 dDu/yL rènshi. Ta lián dòng yL bù dòng. (lit. this mw matter everybody all/also know) Everybody knows this. (lit. (lit. even one cent money she also not have) She doesn]t (even) have a cent.II Verbs (4) Yl [also] and hái [additionally] have similar meanings. yl can be used interchangeably with ddu. 112 ! !5 . this mw matter everybody also not know) Nobody knows this. on the other hand. Dàxué hái yNu ZhDngwénxì. Hái. she also start-burn p) She has a fever too. always refers to the following verb or object of that verb. I haven]t got any money either. thief in-addition steal asp television-set) The thief also stole the television. Lián yc fbn qián ta yL méi ynu. though it may also point forward to the following verb and/or object: 5 ( ) TA yL fashao le. implying an additional action or situation: Xikotdu hái tdule diànshìjC.e. he even move also not move) He did not so much as move. Zhèi jiàn shì shéi yL bù zhcdao. Tamen hái méi huí jia. university additionally have Chinese-department) The university has a Chinese Department as well. (lit. (lit. Note 2: In sentences with shéi/shuí [everybody]/ shénme [everything] as the subject. (lit. Note 3: In another construction.

Similarly.e. they yesterday again come p) They came again yesterday.e. (lit. That is why = zài occurs naturally in negative sentences where the anticipated repetition does not take place: ! ! 5 3 ( ) 5 Hòulái wnmen bù zài qù zhko tamen le. this mw question again consider p) We]ll consider this question in future. next mw month we again have-to start-holiday p) Our holiday comes round again next month. (i. zài may also imply the Verbs and adverbials 5 As an indicator of projected repetition. postponement of an action: ! 5 ! 5 Wnmen míngtian zài tán. but there is a subtle distinction between them. not now) It is possible for =zài to be used in the past when repetition is anticipated rather than realised. 113 . (lit. (lit. afterwards we not again go look-up them p) Afterwards we did not go and look them up again. while zài indicates projected repetition. not today) (lit. méi(ynu) zài huí lái. he go p. This means that often yòu is used in a past or continuous present context. Nèi gè háizi yòu zài kàn diànshì le. that mw child again asp watch television p) That child is watching television again.(5) Zài and yòu both mean [again]. = yòu may occur in future contexts where repetition can be seen as part of a predetermined plan or course of action: ! ! 5 Xià gè yuè wnmen yòu yào fàngjià le. Zhèi gè wèntí ymhòu zài kkolv ba. I tomorrow again come) I]ll come again tomorrow. Ta znu le. (lit. (lit. (i. (lit. ! 5 ! 5 Tamen zuótian yòu lái le. not-have again backcome) He left and did not come back again. (lit. Yòu expresses actual repetition. whereas zài is used in a future context: Wn míngtian zài lái. we tomorrow again talk) We]ll discuss [it] tomorrow.

II Verbs ! 5 Wn hòutian yòu dli qù jiàn dkoshc le. they in-contrast again also bù/méi mányuàn not complain us p) After that they 5 wnmen le. (lit. 5 14. Xiko Lm què bù xmhuan chc shecài. (6) Dào and què both mean [but]. Little Li however not like eat vegetables) Little Li. [however]. (lit. or [on the contrary]. (lit. the sequence is as follows: / or / dào/què zài zhm =yl / ddu/jiù / ( ) bù/méi(ynu) dào/què zài =yl / ( ) bù/méi(ynu) zhm / 114 !" Tamen dào zài yl (lit.5 Order of sequence of referential adverbs When two or more referential adverbs occur together or with negative adverbs. 14. [on the other hand]. doesn]t like (to eat) vegetables. ! Nèi cì ymhòu !( ) tamen cái 5 méi(yNu) qù diào yú. Little Li caught a cold. (lit. tomorrow I then not come p) I won]t come tomorrow then. I day-after-tomorrow again must go see tutor p) I]ll have to go and see my tutor again the day after tomorrow. little Li however catch-cold p) However. however. though què occurs more often in negative sentences: 5 Xiko Lm dào gknmào le. didn]t complain about us any more. (lit.4 Referential adverbs with negatives bù and Referential adverbs generally precede the negative adverbs ( ) méi(ynu): !5 Míngtian wn jiù bù lái le. They are almost interchangeable. that time after they only-then not-have go yshing) It was only after that that they did not go yshing again. .

). which we refer to loosely as attitudinal verbs. dksuàn [plan]. However. 15 15. everybody then not again only consider oneself p) Nobody thought only about themselves after that. tóngyì [agree].Note: In the above sentence. ( ) !"#$ Ta zhèi (gè) shíhou hLn kLnéng !!""#$%&'5 yL zài bówùguKn rènrènzhBnzhBn de kàn zhknpmn ne.6 Gbge yl jiù bù chduyan le. dli [must]. there are also intentional verbs (e.g. etc. (lit. [time]. she very possible this (mw) time also conscientiously at museum see exhibit p) It is most likely that at this moment she is also looking conscientiously at the exhibits in the museum. and intentional verbs In this chapter we focus on verbs which precede the main verb in a sentence. Chief among these are modal verbs (e. xmhuan [like]. [manner]. néng [can]. 5 ! 5 ! ! 5 14. etc. = bù implies an intention (in this case a past rather than future intention) whereas =méi is simply factual.g. elder brother also then not inhale smoke p) My elder brother didn]t smoke again after that either. the general order is: [attitude]. (lit. (lit.g. zhonbèi [prepare].). [location]. children also all not again tell lies p) The children also didn]t tell lies any more. [time] may change places with [attitude]. etc. we have discussed a whole range of adverbials.). attitudinal. Háizimen ylddu bù zài sahukng le. Where a number of adverbials occur in sequence before a verb. yào [want]. Other verbs of this type are those that express attitude in some way (e. Ta hLn kLnéng zhèi (gè) shíhou yL rènrènzhBnzhBn de zài bówùguKn kàn zhknpmn ne. and [location] with [manner]: ! ( ) ! ! 5 or. [referential]. (lit.1 Modal and similar verbs Modal. Modal 115 . Dàjia jiù bù zài zhm kkolw zìjm le. Modal and similar verbs Order of adverbials in sequence In this chapter and Chapters 10 and 11.

(lit.2 Modal verbs Modal verbs express obligation. though they occur less commonly with shì [to be] or ynu [to have]. etc. (1) Ycnggai or. I hope can again see polite:you) I hope to see you again. necessity. ability.2 below. you should go sleep p) You ought to go to bed. you not can not come) You must come (you cannot but come). more colloquially. (lit. (lit. I should leave p) I must be off. Wn gAi/ dLi znu le.II Verbs verbs./It]s time you went to bed. 5 ! 9 5 Wn jcntian (lit. or occasionally after it. Note: Modal verbs may be preceded by verbs expressing hope or aspiration. klwàng.3. (3) they are never immediately followed by a noun or pronoun object (though yào [want] can be used as a full verb when it may take an object). Nm bù yCnggAi (lit. [should]. attitudinal verbs and most intentional verbs regularly appear with the negator bù but never with ( ) méi(ynu). ! !5 Wn xCwàng néng zài jiàn dào nín. As we will see later (18. 116 . I today can not come p) néng bù lái ma? Can I not come today? Nm bù néng bù lái. permission. sentences with modal verbs are topiccomment rather than subject-predicate sentences. Note that: (1) they can precede any type of verb including attitudinal and intentional verbs. attitudinal or intentional verb. I today not can come) I can]t come today. See also note on gaoxìng [happy] at 15. 15. chduyan/xcyan.3.1). pànwàng. desire. The negator bù usually comes before the modal. [have to]): ! 5 ! / / 5 5 Nm yCnggAi qù shuìjiào le! dli indicate obliga- (lit. as required by meaning or emphasis: Wn jcntian bù néng lái. admonition or daring. gai or tion ([ought to]. such as xcwàng. (lit. (2) they are almost never preceded by another verb (see note below). possibility. you not should at here inhalezài zhèr smoke) You shouldn]t smoke here.

(lit. The negation of bìxe is bùbì ([there]s no need]): / Nm bùyòng/ !"5 bùbì qù jib ta. you not need go meet her) There]s no need for you to go and meet her. [can]): Wn xiànzài kLyM/ néng znu le ma? (lit. but it cannot be used in an afyrmative-negative form: * bìxe bù bìxe. (lit. you must answer my question) You must answer my question. Like modal verbs it is placed before the verb. (lit. !/ Nm bù kLyM/néng !"5 zài zhèr tíng chb. Modal and similar verbs Bìxe conveys necessity or compulsion ([must]): ! 5 !" !5 Nm bìxE qù dkzhbn. Nm bìxE huídá wnde wèntí.5 ! ! 5 (2) Nmde xcn shnubiko dLi bàoshuì. I now may/can leave p p) May I leave now? (lit. you must go hit-needle) You must go and have an injection. (lit. you not may/can at here stop car p) You may not park your car here. Note: Bìxe may be considered an adverb. I may/can look-look your kànkàn nmde jiàshm driving licence p) May I have zhízhào ma? a look at your driving licence? (lit. your new watch should report-tax) You will have to declare your new watch [at customs]. (lit. ! !5 (3) =Klym and !"/ !9 Wnmen bùyòng gàosù tamen. bùyòng or more formally (lit. Lwkè ddu dLi tiánxil zhèi zhang bikogé. I may/can raise one mw question) May I ask a question? 117 / Wn kLyM/néng tí !"9 yc gè wèntí ma? . / ! !9 Wn kLyM/néng (lit. passengers all should yll-write this mw form) All passengers should yll in this form. we not need tell them) There]s no need for us to tell them. néng express permission ([may].

Nm huì dk tàijíquán ma? (lit.II Verbs (4) Huì indicates either possibility/probability ([may]. you want go visit factory p) Do you want to go and visit a factory? (lit. !5 ! ( ) 5 Note: In contrast to the potential complement. (lit. determine ability (or inability). (lit. (6) Xikng and like to]): ( ) 5 yào expresses wish or desire ([want]. tourist-guide can speak English) The tourist guide can speak English. today I not can go on-shift) I can]t go to work today. (lit. [is likely to]): 9 ! 5 Jcntian huì gua fbng ma? Tamen míngtian bù huì lái. (lit. Nm xiKng qù canguan gdngchkng ma? Ta yào xué kai chb. s/he want learn drive-car) S/he wants to take driving lessons. ( ) néng(gòu) tends to imply that personal attitude. [would (lit. you can hit shadow-boxing p) Can you do shadow-boxing? 5 ! 9 (5) Néng and ( ) néng(gòu) also convey ability but in the sense of physical strength or capability ([can]): ( ) Wo yc tian néng(gòu) pko shí ycnglm lù. rather than external circumstances. capacity or judgement. I one day able run ten miles road/way) I can walk/run ten miles a day. Jcntian wn bù néng(gòu) qù shàngban. I want buy some food and drink) I]d like to buy some food and drink. Wn bù huì tán gangqín. Wn xiKng mki (yc) xib shípmn hé ymnliào. or. 9 118 5 . (lit. I not can play piano) I cannot play the piano. today likely blow wind p) Is it likely to be windy today? (lit. they tomorrow not likely come) They won]t come tomorrow. ability in the sense of an acquired skill (‘can’): 5 Dkoyóu huì shud Ycngyo. (lit.

Xiàozhkng yuànyi tuìxie. he not willing talk religion or politics) He is not willing to talk about religion or politics. yuan) I would like to change yve hundred yuan. to go by car. Ta bù yuànyi tán zdngjiào huò zhèngzhì. Note 2: dai and dai can be used interchangeably to mean ‘stay’. not must move) Don]t move! Note 1: With yào in this sense the pronoun subject is normally present. headmaster willing retire) The headmaster is willing to retire.Ta yào zài ( ) Gukngzhdu dai !5 likng gè lmbài. Note 1: The yuán (or more colloquially kuài) is the basic unit of Chinese currency. I want tea. It is divided into 10 jiko (more colloquially máo) and 100 fbn. (lit. However. when it takes a noun or pronoun object: 3 !5 !" !5 Wn yào chá. not coffee. Bié can be used as an alternative to 8 8 8 (7) Bié dòng! Bié xiào wn! Bié jìn lái! Don]t move! bù yào for [don]t]: Don]t laugh at me! Don]t come in! Yuànyi and ! 5 ! ! 5 kln indicate willingness ([be willing]): (lit. I want change yve-hundred wobki yuán. she want at Guangzhou stay two mw week) She wants to stay in Guangzhou for two weeks. 119 . you must small-concern) You must be careful! (lit. Zuò chb qù zhm It takes only an hour yào yc gè xikoshí. Modal and similar verbs Wn xiKng huàn (lit. bù yào kafbi. Note 2: =Yào may also be used by itself as a transitive verb to mean [want] or [need]. in imperative sentences yào and its negative form bù yào mean respectively admonition ([must]) and prohibition ([don]t]): !8 Nm yào xikoxcn! 8 Bù yào dòng! (lit. but with bù yào it is optional. 5 (lit.

! 5 Wn bù dà gkn chc shbng háo. fbicháng. who dare hit him) Who dares to hit him! (i.g.1 Modal verbs and adverbs of degree Modal verbs do not generally take adverbial modiyers. he not too willing support me) !5 yi zhcchí wn. hln. adverbs of degree (e. !8 Nm gKn mà rén! !8 Shéi gKn dk ta! (lit. tomorrow not too likely fall-rain) It is not too likely to rain tomorrow. manager not willing see me) jiàn wn. (lit. they extremely willing help you) fBicháng yuànyi They are extremely willing to help bangzhù nm. (lit. (lit. 5 5 Tamen (lit. he not dare jump enter water in go) He did not dare to jump into the water. nobody dares to hit him) 15. etc. you.2 for comparison structures): .2 Modal verbs and comparison 120 Comparisons can be expressed using modal verbs.2. with the [ bm + (pro)noun] phrase preceding the modal verb (see 7. However. negative expressions are regularly softened by the addition of / tài/dà [too]: ! 5 Míngtian bù dà huì xià yo. Ta kLn jiao nm ma? (lit. you dare scold people) How dare you use abusive language (to people)! (lit.II Verbs ! 5 9 (8) Jcnglm bù kLn (lit. He is not too willing to support me. I not too dare eat raw-oyster) I]m a bit of a coward when it comes to eating raw oysters. (lit. I very want go spend-holiday) I want very much to go away for a holiday. The manager is not willing to see me.2. Also.e. ! Ta bù tài yuàn (lit. 15.) naturally occur with xikng [want] and yuànyi [be willing]: Wn hLn xiKng qù dùjià. she willing teach you p) Is she willing to teach you? Gkn indicates either bravery or audacity ([dare]): ! Ta bù gKn !5 tiào jìn shum li qù.

(lit. that person. (lit. I agree your opinion) I agree to your idea. (lit. Wn hln tóngyì xuKn ta. Wn pà guM. . you compare me can eat) You can eat more than I can. Westerners very like dog) Westerners like dogs very much. (lit. ddngxi. they extremely hate that tKoyàn nèi mw person) They really loathe gè rén. Modal and similar verbs 5 15.3 Attitudinal verbs Attitudinal verbs may. they oppose this mw proposal) They are opposed to this proposal. Westerners like raise dog) Westerners like keeping dogs. like modal verbs. Tamen hln !5 fKnduì chC ròu. I fear sit cable-car) I am afraid to ride in a cable-car. Ta bM wN huì shudhuà. Unlike modal verbs. Tamen fbicháng (lit. Ta bM shéi ddu yuànyi bangzhù wn. but they can also be followed by nouns or pronouns. ! Tamen fKnduì !5 zhèi gè tíyì. she compare me able speak) She can speak better than me. they very oppose eat meat) They are opposed to eating meat. (lit. (lit. (lit. I fear ghost) I am afraid of ghosts. 121 ! Wn hln tóngyì !5 nMde yìjiàn. precede verbs.5 ! 5 Nm bM wN néng chc. Tamen fbicháng (lit. ! 5 ! 5 ! 5 5 5 ! 5 Xcfangrén hln xMhuan gNu. Wn pà zuò lknchb. (lit. (lit. (lit. (lit. they extremely hate buy thing) tKoyàn mKi They really hate shopping. she compare anybody all willing help me) She is willing to help me more than anybody else. I very agree elect him) I agree to vote for him. they regularly take adverbial modiyers of degree: Xcfangrén !5 xMhuan yKng gnu.

1 Wàngle and Jìde Two commonly used verbs which may be categorised as attitudinal verbs are wàngle [to forget] and jìde [to remember]: ! 5 Bié wàngle dài yàoshi. Note: Gaoxìng like ! ! 5 xcwàng [to hope] may precede a modal verb: (lit. we extremely happy have opportunity come here visit) We are extremely happy to have the opportunity of coming here for a visit. don]t forget asp bring key) Don]t forget to bring [your] keys [with you]. 15.II Verbs 15.3. (lit. (lit. (lit. Wnmen fbicháng gAoxìng yNu jchuì lái zhèr !5 fkngwèn. Wn hln gaoxìng néng lái Zhdngguó liúxué. 5 ! 5 122 .3. I very happy can come China study-abroad) I am very happy to be able to come to study in China. (lit. our factory calculate install air-conditioning) Our factory is planning to install air-conditioning. (lit.4 Intentional verbs Intentional verbs are always followed by verbs and do not take adverbial modiyers of degree: Wn dKsuàn qù lWxíng. Wnmen de gdngchkng dKsuàn zhuAng kDngtiáo.2 Gaoxìng The adjective gaoxìng [happy] can take on the function of an attitudinal verb and precede another verb: ! 5 ! Wn hln gAoxìng rènshi nín. Qmng jìde suN mén. I very happy know polite: you) I am pleased to meet you. 5 Note: Wàngle [to forget] invariably incorporates the aspect marker le. (lit. please remember lock door) Please remember to lock the door. 15. I calculate go travel) I am planning to go travelling.

(lit. 15.g. juédìng [decide] can only be followed (not preceded) by the negator bù: ! Wn juédìng bù !5 canjia bmsài. The negator =bù can come either before or after the intentional verb. (lit. I decide not take-part-in contest) I have decided not to take part in the competition. !"#5Ta zài zhonbèi gdngkè [She is preparing (for) the lesson]) but they are then full verbs and carry no meaning of intention. I still not-have decide take-partin not take-part-in contest) I haven]t yet decided whether to take part in the competition or not. Zhonbèi. usually preceded by =hái [still]. For instance. I not plan take-part-in contest) I am not planning to take part in the competition. (lit. jìhuà [plan]. you decide eat what) What have you decided to eat? Modal and similar verbs Note: Some of these verbs can be followed by nouns (e.. ! Wn bù dKsuàn !5 canjia bmsài. can be used before juédìng. Wn bù juédìng canjia bmsài. I plan not take-part-in contest) I am planning not to take part in the competition. The action verb which follows juédìng may then take an afyrmative-negative format: ( ) Wn hái ( ) méi(ynu) juédìng can(jia) 5 bù canjia bmsài. (lit. etc. follow this pattern. NOT: * !"#$%5 (lit.4. without there being any signiycant difference in meaning.! 5 9 Ta zhOnbèi shBnqMng yC fèn gDngzuò. The negator ( )méi(ynu). she prepare apply one mw job) She is planning to apply for a job. 123 . .1 Negation of intentional verbs Negating intentional verbs is slightly more complicated than negating modal or attitudinal verbs. ! Wn dKsuàn bù !5 canjia bmsài. Nm juédìng chC shénme? (lit. however. Exceptionally.

II Verbs 124 .

Part III

Sentences

Introduction
A distinctive characteristic of many Chinese sentences is the inzuential role of the particle le in their formulation. The addition of le at the end of a statement introduces an assertiveness of tone implying change, updating, etc. The presence of le may therefore convert a subjectpredicate sentence into a topic-comment sentence (see Chapter 18). Other sentence particles, ma, ne, ba, etc., transform statements into various forms of question; imperatives may be signalled by ba; and exclamations are indicated by a and its variants. Prepositional or coverbal phrases are a regular feature of Chinese sentences. The location phrases introduced in Part II are coverbal, and other coverbal phrases provide background information on method, direction, destination, etc. The coverb bk, which expresses intentional manipulation or unintentional intervention, has the important function of moving an object to a pre-verbal position, leaving the post-verbal space clear for the complement. The coverb bèi, rarely used except in narration, introduces the agent in a passive construction. (Passives are more readily formed, however, through topic-comment structures where sentence le is generally indispensable.) Serial constructions occur frequently in Chinese sentences. They bring together verbal elements through meaning relationships such as timesequence, purpose, etc., rather than through syntax. Composite sentences, on the other hand, consist of more than one clause or predicate/ comment, usually linked by conjunctions and/or conjunctives. As a non-morphological language, Chinese relies heavily on its speakers]/listeners] knowledge of the real world. This makes for not only standard constructions like notional passives in the form of topiccomments but also frequent abbreviations and omissions in sentences so that sense depends on reference to non-linguistic contexts and verbal cotexts.

125

III Sentences

Emphasis is regularly generated by the use of the intensiyer shì which can focus stress on almost any element in the sentence. In addition, topicalisation may emphasise an object by transferring it to a topic position in a topic-comment sentence. The subject-predicate and topic-comment dichotomy we have proposed offers insights into the organisation of Chinese sentences. The shift from subject-predicate to topic-comment through the introduction of sentence particle le, modal verbs, the intensiyer shì, etc., represents a move by the speaker from a narrative to a descriptive, explanatory, or argumentative stance.

16
16.1

Statements and the sentence particle le
Le as a sentence particle

We have earlier discussed the function of le as an aspect marker sufyxed to a verb of action to indicate the completion of the action (see 8.3.1). A second, important use of le is as a sentence particle placed at the end of a sentence and inzuencing its meaning as a whole. By adding le to a sentence, the speaker introduces some form of comment on the action or the situation, implying a commitment or involvement on his/ her part. The speaker may be suggesting that circumstances have changed or are about to change, that things are not as the listener expects, or that circumstances have reached a particular point. When using le in this way, the speaker readily lets his/her enthusiasm, interest and involvement be known. Sentence le does occur in written Chinese, especially in letters, but its function makes it particularly common in speech. In effect, adding sentence le updates the situation; thus, underlying all such statements with le is the fundamental notion of change. For example, 5 Wn bù chduyan. Wn bù 5 chduyan le. (lit. I not inhale-cigarette) I don]t smoke. (lit. I not inhale-cigarette p) I don]t smoke any more. (i.e. I have given up smoking)

The yrst statement is simply a statement of fact, whereas the second implies a change in habit from [smoking] to [non-smoking].

16.2

Functions of sentence le

126

In the examples below, sentence le conveys to the listener (or reader) a sense of updating, change, reversal, etc. of the previous situation.

(1)

Sentences containing result or direction complements which in one way or another signal new situations or conditions:
D

5

Ta shuì zháo le. Bàba hb zuì le.

(lit. she sleep achieved p) She has fallen asleep. (lit. father drink intoxicated p) Father has got drunk. (lit. she out go p) She has gone out. (lit. sun rise up-come p) The sun has risen.

Statements and the sentence particle le

5 !5

Ta che qù le. Tàiyáng shbng qMlái le.

5 (2)

Sentences with verbs or indicators which mean [begin], [end], [start], [ynish], [emerge], [disappear], [change], etc., which by deynition introduce new circumstances: !"5 Tánpàn kAishM le. (lit. negotiation begin p) The negotiations have begun. !"5 Huìyì jiéshù le. !5 Tianqì biàn le. (lit. meeting end p) The meeting has ended. (lit. weather change p) The weather (has) changed. (lit. she cry/weep start p) She (has) started to cry.

!"5 Ta kE qMlái le.

Similarly, an adverbial in the sentence may indicate that something is about to take place: ! 5 5 (3) Fbijc kuài yào qmfbi le. Tian jiù yào xià yo le. (lit. plane quick about take-off p) The plane is about to take off. (lit. sky soon about fall-rain p) It is about to rain.

Sentences with a monosyllabic action or state verb which naturally poses a contradiction to a previous action or state: !5 5 5 Hunchb dào le. Ta bìng le. Tian liàng le. (lit. train arrive p) The train has arrived. (lit. she ill p) She has fallen ill. (lit. sky bright p) It is light (now). 127

III Sentences

!5 Huar kai le. (lit. zower open p) The zowers have come out. !5 Ddngxi guì le. (4) (lit. things expensive p) Things are getting more expensive.

Sentences which have nominal predicates indicating age, height, weight, etc., and register change or updating: Wn jcnnián !5 liùshí suì le. Xikohunzi !5 yC mM bA le. Háizi liù !5 gè yuè le. ! 5 Wn kuài qCshí gDngjCn le. (lit. I this-year sixty years-old p) I am sixty (years old) this year. (lit. young-man one metre eight p) The young man is one metre eight tall (now). (lit. child six mw month p) The child is six months old (now). (lit. I almost seventy kilogram p) I am almost seventy kilograms (in weight) (now).

16.2.1

Summing-up function of le

Since the primary function of sentence le is to emphasise updating or change of situation, a speaker narrating and commenting on a series of events will tend to delay le to the end of the statement, thereby summing up the situation: ! !5 ! 3 !5 ! 3 3 !5 Ta bk ycfu xm ganjìng le. Ta bk ycfu xm ganjìng, liàng cheqù le. Ta bk ycfu xm ganjìng, liàng cheqù, ránhòu jì xìn qù le. (lit. she grasp clothes wash clean p) She washed the clothes (clean). (lit. she grasp clothes wash clean, hang out p) She washed the clothes and hung them out to dry. (lit. she grasp clothes wash clean, hang out, then post letter go p) She washed the clothes, hung them out to dry and then went to post a letter.

16.2.2

Le as both sentence particle and aspect marker

128

When le follows a verb phrase at the end of a sentence, it often functions both as aspect marker indicating completed action and as sentence particle:

!5

Tamen lái le.

(lit. they come asp+p) They]ve come. (i.e. they have arrived [completed action] and they are here now [updating, change of situation, etc.]) (lit. winter pass go asp+p) The winter is over. (lit. they knot-marriage asp+p) They have got married.

5 5

Ddngtian guò qù le. Tamen jiéhen le.

Statements and the sentence particle le

Note: Jiéhen le could also be expressed as jiéle hen le with the yrst le indicating completed action and the second le as a sentence particle.

16.3

Cases where sentence le is not used

Sentence le is usually not used where the indication of [change] is not the speaker]s primary concern. For example, in: (1) Sentences which indicate habitual actions, where the emphasis is more on persistence than change: 5 5 (2) Ta chángcháng dK wKngqiú. Wn tiantian diào yú. (lit. she often-often hit net-ball) She plays tennis very often. (lit. I day-day hook-ysh) I go yshing every day.

Sentences with verbs marked by a continuous aspect marker or brief duration indicator, where the focus is on the continuity or brevity of the action: ( ) 5 Ta (zhèng)zài tCng guKngbD. Ta diKnle diKn tóu. (lit. she (just) asp: in-the-processof listen broadcast) She is listening to the broadcast. (lit. he nod asp nod head) He nodded.

5 (3)

Sentences with verbs complemented by duration or frequency indicators or used with objects qualiyed by numeral and measure word phrases, where the interest is in what took place: Ta xuéle sì nián (lit. he study asp four year !5 Zhdngwén. Chinese) He studied Chinese for four years.

129

(lit. situation.: 5 5 Ta zuò zài dì shang. Yo xià de hLn dà. Chinese for four years. which by deynition (6) Sentences using the verbs present a state of affairs: !5 Ta shì huàjia. (lit. that mw middle-aged-person very fat) That middle-aged man is very fat. etc. where the interest is in the object or entity that exists. ! 5 ! 5 Zhèi zhc mao shì xióng de. (lit. emergence or disappearance.). emerges or disappears: . (lit. (7) 130 Sentences expressing existence. He has drunk eight glasses of beer (and he does not look well. Ta yNu hln dud zhebko. (4) Sentences with location or manner complements. where the interest is in the present state or situation of the subject: 8 ! 5 Wn zhBn bèn! Nèi gè zhdngniánrén hLn pàng. (lit. Ta chcle san !5 piàn miànbao. she eat asp three mw bread) She ate three slices of bread. etc. where attention is usually focused on the resulting location. she be painter) She is an artist. (lit. Ta hb le ba bbi píjio le. shì or ynu. this mw cat be male p) This cat is a tom(cat). Note: Le can naturally be added to sentences like these where the speaker is providing updated or signiycantly changed information: !" 5 !" 5 Wn xuéle sì nián I have been studying Zhdngwén le. (5) Sentences using adjectival predicates. rain fall p very big) The rain came down heavily.III Sentences Ta qùguo !5 Zhdngguó likng cì./How stupid I was! (lit. she go asp China two times) She has been to China twice. (lit. she have very many pearl-jewel) She has got a lot of jewellery. I really foolish) I was really stupid. she sit at land on) She sat on the zoor/ground. should not have done so. (lit.

balloon slow-slow p zoat up sky go) The balloon rose slowly into the sky. Naturally sentence le occurs in some circumstances more than others. auditorium-in sit full asp people) The auditorium is full (of people). vase-in insert asp rose) méiguìhua.4 Ultimate versatility of sentence le Nevertheless. but it is possible to ynd it added to unlikely sentences if the situation demands. Statements and the sentence particle le !5 (8) Sentences in which a manner adverb is the centre of interest: ! Qìqiú mànmàn !"5 de piao shàng tiankdng qù.3 (3) above). 16. Ta hB zuì le cái xil de che hko shc. There are roses in the vase. mother tight-tight p embrace yrm child) The mother held the child yrmly in her arms. Lmtáng li zuò mkn le rén. (lit. For example: 131 . (lit. (lit. she very late until-then return home) She returned home very late. carpet-on all be dust) There is dust all over the carpet. (lit. last-year fall asp one mw big snow) There was a heavy snowfall last year. Qùnián xiàguo yc cháng dà xul. le may be used with almost any sentence if the speaker wishes to impart his/her awareness of development or difference in a situation (see note under 16.! 5 ! 5 ! !5 Dìtkn shang ddu shì hucchén. D Huapíng li chazhe (lit. s/he drink intoxicated p only-then write p out good poem) Only when s/he is drunk can s/he produce good poems. cái which emphasise the (9) Sentences with the referential adverb time or condition referred to: ! 5 ! ! 5 Ta hLn wKn cái huí jia. (lit. (lit. ! !5 Moqcn jMnjMn de bào zhù háizi. (lit.

(lit. (i. but I have changed my habits. garden in grow full asp vegetable p) The garden is now full of vegetables. surmise questions (with ba). .e. rhetorical questions.4. etc.) (lit.) (lit.III Sentences 5 Wn tiantian xmzko le. etc. I day-day wash-bath p) I take a bath every day nowadays. of which the following are the most obvious examples: shéi (or shuí) shéide (or shuíde) shénme !/ Who or whom Whose What shénme shíhou (or jm shí) When jm dikn (zhdng) nkr (or shénme dìfang) What time (of day) Where How Which Why / zlnme3zln(me)yàng nk/nli + (numeral) + measure word wèi shénme Note: See earlier reference to interrogative pronouns in 4. afyrmative-negative questions.e. etc.e. 17 Questions Questions in Chinese take a number of different forms: question-word questions. general questions (with ma). There is no change in word order as in English. Huayuán li zhòng mkn le cài le. alternative questions. that mw person be male p p) That person is now a man.) 5 ! 5 Nèi gè rén shì nán de le. (i. (i. I didn]t use to. it used to be overgrown with weeds.1 Question-word questions Question-word questions make use of question words or expressions. 17. he has undergone a sex change. etc. 132 Question words or expressions occur in the sentence at the point where the answer is expected.

you want drink a little what) !9 diknr shénme? What would you like to drink? ( ) Wn xikng hb !5 (yì) diknr kLlè. (lit. Zhang Mr come asp) láiguo. she be my fellow student) She is my fellow student. I see achieve asp Li Miss) I bumped into Miss Li. Shéi láiguo? (lit. Zhè shì shéide gnu? (lit. this be whose dog) Whose dog is this? (lit. 133 . Q: A: ( ) Nm xikng hb (yc) (lit. Q: 9 A: Zhè shì wN !5 línjE de gnu. who come asp) Who has been? Questions Q: A: 5 Q: 9 A: 9 ZhAng xiAnsheng (lit. I want drink a little coke) I would like to have some coke. Nm jiàn dào le shéi? ! 5 Wn jiàn dào le LM xiKojie. you today attend what class) shénme kè? What classes do you have today? Wn jcntian shàng wénxué kè. Nm jM diKn (zhDng) huí lái? Q: ( ) Wn bA diKn !5 (zhDng) zunyòu huí lái. you what time back-come) What time are you coming back? (lit. (lit. Q: A: Nm jcntian shàng (lit. you when go China) When are you going to China? (lit. Nm shénme shíhou qù Zhdngguó? (lit. Q: 9 A: ! 5 ! 9 A: Wn xià gè yuè qù Zhdngguó. ! 9 ! 5 (lit. (lit. I today attend literature class) I have literature classes today.Q: A: 9 5 Ta shì shéi? Ta shì wN tóngxué. she be who) Who is she? (lit. I next month go China) I]m going to China next month. you bump into asp whom) Who did you bump into? (lit. (lit. this be my neighbour p dog) This is my neighbour]s dog. Mr Zhang has been. I eight o]clock about back-come) I]m coming back around eight.

I at train-station wait you) I]ll wait for you at the (railway) station. which mw novel most interesting) Which novel is the most interesting? !"5 Wn juéde hLn hKo. you feel this mw jacket how) What do you think of this jacket? (lit. you at where wait me) Where will you wait for me? (lit. Q: 9 A: 5 ! Ta wèi shénme méi lái? Ta yNu shì méi lái. forty one route stop at where) Where is the 41 bus stop? (lit. !" 9 NK/nLi bln xikoshud zuì ynuqù? Q: 134 . he have business not come) He didn]t turn up because he had something to do. (lit. Q: A: 5 Q: ! (lit. I plan sit coach go) I am taking a coach. (lit. I feel very good) I think [it is] very nice. see Chapter 19. you plan how go London) How are you going to London? (lit. Nm zhonbèi zLnmeyang qù Lúnden? Wn zhonbèi zuò chángtú qìchB qù. forty one route stop at front) The 41 bus stop is just ahead. (lit. (See Chapter 4. (lit. 9 A: 5 Note: For discussion of coverbs like zuò [travel by].III Sentences Q: 9 A: ! ! 5 ! 9 Nm zài nKr dlng wn? Wn zài huNchBzhàn dlng nm. he why not come) Why didn]t he turn up? (lit. Note: Wèi shénme [why] is asking for an explanation rather than an identiycation.) Q: ( A: ! ) 9 Nm juéde zhèi jiàn wàitào zLn(me)yàng? (lit. Sìshí yc lù chbzhàn zài nKr? Sìshí yc lù chbzhàn zài qiánmian. and the most common responses to it are therefore clauses beginning with ycnwèi [because].

(lit.6 below).1.2 Dud in questions dud [how]. ylm very moving) The ylm was very moving. many-few) [how many]/[how much]. (lit. . Q: A: !"9 Diànymng zLnmeyàng? !"5 Diànymng hLn dòngrén. Kafbigukn de fúwùyuán zLnmeyàng? Tamen hLn yNuhKo. (lit. Q: A: !"5 17. ylm how/what like) How was the ylm?/What was the ylm like? (lit. price very reasonable) The price was very reasonable.A: 5 !" Nà/nèi bln xikoshud zuì ynuqù. they very friendly) They are very friendly.1 Zlnmeyàng Zlnmeyàng [how] can be used as a predicate by itself without a verb (see also 17. price how/what like) What about the price? Q: A: !"9 Jiàqián zLnmeyàng? !"5 ! 9 Jiàqián hLn gDngdào.1. [to A number of question expressions are formed with what extent]: dud jio (or dud cháng shíjian) dud yukn dud dà how long how far how old ( !) dud + gradable adjective how + gradable adjective There is also the common question word dudshko (lit. (lit. that mw novel most interesting) That novel is the most interesting. [How many] (but not [how much]) in pragmatically smaller numbers or quantities can also be represented by jm. café p assistant how/what like) What are the waiters at the café like? (lit. Questions 17. 135 . (lit.

your younger sister this-year how big p) How old is your younger sister this year? (lit.III Sentences As above. you want have how-many) How many do you want? (lit. you wait asp how-long p) How long have you been waiting? (lit. Nm dlngle duD jiO le? Q: 9 A: (lit. Wn yòngle ( )5 sAnshí bàng (qián). (lit. you use asp how-much money) How much (money) did you spend? (lit. Nm yòngle duDshKo qián? (lit. (lit. your younger-brother how tall) How tall is your younger brother? (lit. these question expressions are placed in the sentence where the answer is expected: Q: 9 A: 5 Q: 9 A: Nm xikng yào duDshKo? Wn xikng yào liKng gè. my home from here twenty !5 èrshí yCnglM. Nm mèimei jcnnián duD dà le? Ta jcnnián shí bA suì le. !9 Nm jia lí zhèr duD yuKn? Q: A: !" Wn jia lí zhèr (lit. (lit. mile) My home is twenty miles from here. she this-year eighteen yearsof-age p) She is eighteen years old this year. he one metre seven yve) He is one metre seventy-yve. you home from here how-far) How far is your home from here? !" Wn dlngle yC 5 gè xiKoshí le. I wait asp one mw hour p) I have been waiting (for) an hour. (lit. I want have two mw) I would like (to have) two. you in Shanghai stay asp how many days) How many days did you stay in Shanghai? Q: 9 A: !5 Q: 9 A: 5 Q: 136 ! !9 Nm dìdi duD gAo? Ta yC mM qC wO. (lit. I use asp thirty pound money) I spent thirty pounds. Nm zài shànghki daile jM tiAn? .

you buy asp how many pounds apple) How many pounds of apples did you buy? Wn mkile wO (lit. Questions Q: !9 A: ( Q: ( ) 9 A: ( ) 5 Q: ! ( A: ( 17. (lit.1. Nm dìdi jcnnián dú (xikoxué) jM niánjí? Wn dìdi/ Ta jcnnián dú (xikoxué) sì niánjí. my younger sister/she this year eight years-of-age (p)) She]s eight.3 )9 / )5 / ! (lit. I buy asp yve pounds (apple)) )5 bàng (pínggun).A: ! !5 Wn zài shànghki daile sAn tiAn. I in Shanghai stay asp three days) I stayed there three days. (lit. Nm mkile jM bàng pínggun? (lit. Ne in questions The particle ne can be added to the end of a question-word question usually to convey a slightly quizzical tone: !9 !"9 !"#9 She zài nkr? She zài nkr ne? Where is the book? Where can the book be? Ta wèi shénme Why didn]t he come? méi lái? 137 !"#$9 Ta wèi shénme Why didn]t he come then? méi lái ne? . your younger brother this year read (primary school) how many year-grade) What year is your younger brother in at primary school (this year)? (lit. your younger sister this year how many years-of-age (p)) How old is your younger sister (this year)? (lit. my younger brother/he this year read (primary school) four year-grade) He]s in the fourth year. Nm mèimei jcnnián jM suì (le)? Wn mèimei/ Ta jcnnián bA suì (le). I bought yve pounds (of apples).

) Is this the terminus? No. Qìchb jiale yóu ma? Jiale.2 General questions with ma General questions in Chinese can be formed by adding the particle = ma to the end of the sentence. (He doesn]t have a younger brother. Ta ynu yc gè dìdi ma? Méi ynu. agree) Has he got a younger brother? No. Nm tóngyì ma? Tóngyì. (lit.) Are you Zhang Yun? Yes. smoke) Have you ylled the car with petrol? Yes. Do you agree? Yes. (lit. Nm dangguo bcng ma? Méiynu. If the question has a modal verb.) Zhè shì zhdngdikn zhàn ma? Bù shì. There is no change in word order.) Does your elder sister smoke? Yes. (Méi dangguo. The answer to such questions is likely to be [yes] or [no]. this is usually expressed by repeating the verb or adjective used in the question.III Sentences 17. ylled) Have you ever been a soldier? No.) Nm jiljie chduyan ma? Chdu.) . (Wn shì Zhang Yún. in the case of [no] with the negative ( bù or méi). the response uses the modal verb: Q: A: 5( 5) Q: 9 A: Q: A: Q: A: ( Q: 9 A: Q: 9 A: Q: 9 A: ( 138 5 5) 5 5 5 5 ! 9 !!5) 5 !9 ! !"9 Nín shì Zhang Yún ma? Shì. (I have never been (one). (lit. (Ta méi ynu dìdi. (I]m Zhang Yun.

very interesting. (lit.6) that adjectival predicates do not usually occur without some form of marker. Can you speak Chinese? No. Nm zuìjìn máng ma? Bù tài máng.Q: 9 A: Q: 9 A: Q: A: Q: 9 A: Q: A: 5 !9 5 5 ! 9 5 5 Nm huì shud Zhdngwén ma? Bù huì. Wn gknmào le. When the question is enquiring about a state of affairs rather than an action. I get-cold p) Yes. (lit. a degree adverb or complement of some kind normally precedes or follows the adjectival predicate in the response. (lit. not too busy) Was it cold there? Extremely cold. Nèi gè jiémù ynuqù ma? HLn ynuqù. (lit. cannot) Would you like a cup of tea? Yes. Nm huí lái de hln zko ma? Bù (shì). Nàr llng ma? Llng jí le.2. Nm yào hb bbi chá ma? Yào. you back-come p very very late) Did you come back early? (lit.1 and 13. I]ve got a cold. 139 Q: A: . We have seen earlier (6. Questions Note: As in the last three examples. the initial response is usually ( ) shì(de) [yes] or ( ) bù (shì) [no]: Q: A: !"9 Nm gknmào le ma? ( )5 !5 ! 9 ( )5 5 Shì (de). Have you been busy recently? Not very. I came back quite late. like) Was that programme interesting? Yes. (lit. you get-cold asp p) Have you got a cold? (lit. not [be] I back-come p early p) No. Wn huí lái de hln wkn. be [p].

I not come) No. Shì (de). she is not married yet. no. I not happy) No. no. she still not have marry) No. Shì (de). I]m not. ba is used in place of ma. It should be noted that in Chinese the response to a question posed in the negative is to afyrm or deny the negative. Shì (de). whereas in English the convention is to link the [yes] or [no] with the response: Q: 9 A: 3 5 or. Q: 9 A: 3 or. where the answer is expected or assumed. I]m not. (lit. ( )3 !5 Nm bù gaoxìng ma? Bù. not see asp) No. (lit. ( 5 )3 5 ! 9 3 or.3 Surmise questions with ba 140 To ask a general question. (lit. see asp) Yes.III Sentences Q: 9 A: 3 ( ) ! Ta jiéle hen le ma? Bù. jiànguo. (lit. no. Such questions are similar to English . wn lái. yes. you not see asp them p) Haven]t you met them before? (lit. I very happy) Yes. you not happy p) Aren]t you pleased? (lit. I am. [is it really the case] before or after the subject: ! 9 !" !9 Nm nándào bù xikng jia ma? Don]t you really miss your family? Nándào nm bù zhcdao Didn]t you really know this? zhèi huí shì ma? 17. Nm méi jiànguo tamen ma? Bù. yes. wn hln gaoxìng. I am. I have. she get asp married p p) Is she married? (lit. méi jiànguo. I haven]t. (lit. I come) Yes. 5 )3 5 Q: A: ( Note: These questions can be made more rhetorical by introducing nándào [do you mean to say]. wn bù gaoxìng. you tomorrow not come p) Aren]t you coming tomorrow? (lit. ta hái 5 méi(ynu) jiéhen. wn bù lái. yes. Nm míngtian bù lái ma? Bù. no. (lit. (lit.

tag questions with phrases like [is(n]t) it], [are(n]t) they], etc., at the end. We will call these questions surmise questions: !9 Nm huì qí mótudchb ba? Nm bù chc shé ba? (lit. you can ride motorcycle p) You can ride a motorbike, can]t you? (lit. you not eat snake p) You don]t eat snake, do you?

Questions

9

The answers to surmise questions ( ba questions) follow the same lines as those to ma questions. If the enquiry is about a state of affairs, ( ) shì (de) [yes] or ( ) bù (shì) [no] can be used: Q: 9 A: Q: 9 A: ( )5 5 5 ! Nm huì liebcng ba? 5 Bù. Wn bù huì. Ta dnng Gukngzhduhuà ba? Shì (de). Ta dnng. (lit. you can slide-ice p) You can skate, can]t you? (lit. no I not can) No, I can]t. (lit. he understand Cantonese p) He knows Cantonese, doesn]t he? (lit. be [p]. he understand) Yes, he does.

Where the question is posed in the negative, the response afyrms or denies that negative, as with negative ma questions (see 17.2): Q: !9 A: ( )5 5 or, 5 5 Nm bù shì Zhang xiansheng ba? Shì (de). Wn bù shì. Bù. Wn shì Zhang xiansheng. (lit. you not be Zhang mister p) You aren]t Mr Zhang, are you? (lit. yes, I not be) No, I am not. (lit. no, I be Zhang mister) Yes, I am Mr Zhang.

17.4

Affirmative-negative questions

Another common way to make a general enquiry is to use afYrmativenegative questions. These take the form of an afyrmative verb or adjective immediately followed by its negative, i.e. [verb/adjective + bù verb/adjective]. In the case of ynu, the negative is, of course, méi.

141

III Sentences

Q: 9 A: Q: 9 A: Q: 9 A: Q: 9 A: Q: A: Q: A: 5/ 5 5/ 5/ 5 5/ 5 5/ 5 5/ 5

Nm shì bù shì Zhang xikojie? Shì./Bù shì. Nm shbn shang yNu méi yNu qián? Ynu./Méi ynu. Ta míngtian lái bù lái? Lái./Bù lái. Nm xiKng bù xiKng hb píjio? Xikng./Bù xikng.

Are you Miss Zhang (or not)? Yes./No. Have you got any money on you? Yes./No. Is he coming tomorrow? Yes./No. Would you like some beer? Yes./No. Are there enough cups/ glasses? Yes./No. Is the bank far [from here]? Yes./No.

! 9 Bbizi gòu bù gòu? 5 Gòu./Bù gòu.

! 9 Yínháng yuKn bù yuKn? Hlnyukn./ Bù hln yukn.

If the verb or adjective is disyllabic, the second syllable may be dropped from the yrst verb or adjective: Q: A: Q: A: 5/ ( 5/ ) 5 ( ) 5 9 9 Nàr An(jìng) bù Anjìng? fnjìng./Bù anjìng. Ta yuàn(yi) bù yuànyi? Yuànyi./Bù yuànyi. Is it quiet there? Yes./No. Is she willing? Yes./No.

This also happens with [verb + object] expressions: Q: A: 142 5/ !9 Nm qM bù qMchuáng? Are you getting up? 5 Qmchuáng./ Bù qmchuáng. Yes./No.

Q: A: 5/

!9 Nm xM bù xMzKo? 5 Xm./Bù xm.

Are you going to take a bath? Yes./No.

Questions

If the verb is preceded by a modal verb or / lái/qù, then only the modal verb or / lái/qù is made afyrmative-negative: Q: !9 A: Q: A: Q: A: 5/ 5/ 5/ 5 ! 9 5 ! !9 5 Nm huì bù huì la xikotíqín? Huì./Bù huì. Míngtian huì bù huì xià yo? Huì./Bù huì. Can you play the violin? Yes./No. Will it rain tomorrow? Yes./No.

Nm xiàwo qù bù Are you going swimming qù yóuynng? this afternoon? Qù./Bù qù. Yes./No.

Where the verb indicates a completed action or past experience, the afyrmative-negative pattern can be created either by putting méiynu at the end of the question or by placing ynu méiynu before the verb: Q: or, 9 A: 5/ 5 Q: or, A: or Q: or A: or ( 5/ ) 5/ ( !"#9 !"9 5 5 5/ !"#$9/ !" Nm xué guo Zhdngwén méiyNu? Nm yNu méiyNu xuéguo Zhdngwén? Xuéguo./Méiynu./ Méi xuéguo. Have you ever learned Chinese? Yes./No.

Nm chCle yào méiyNu? Did you take Nm yNu méiyNu your medicine? chC yào? Chcle./Méiynu. Méi(ynu) chc. Yes./No.

)

!"#$%9

Nm shDu dào le huíxìn méiyNu? !"#$9 Nm yNu méiyNu shDu dào huíxìn? 5 5

Have you got a reply to your letter?

Shdu dào le./Méiynu Yes./No. Méi(ynu) shdu dào.

143

III Sentences

Note: As seen in 8.3.1, the aspect marker le is not used in a negative statement with ( ) méi(ynu). It would therefore be incorrect to say: * !"#9 Nm ynu méiynu chcle yào?

17.5

Alternative questions with háishì

Alternative questions are posed by using háishì [or] as a pivot between two balanced verbal clauses to suggest alternative possibilities: !"# 9 Nm jcntian znu háishì míngtian znu? Are you leaving today or tomorrow? Are you going by coach or by train? Do they want to go to a dance or to see a play? Are you coming or is she coming?

!"#$ Nm zuò qìchb qù !9 háishì zuò hunchb qù? !" !"9 !" 9 Tamen xikng tiàowo háishì xikng kànxì? Nm lái háishì ta lái?

Note 1: Háishì is used to mean [or] only in questions. In other sentences the word for [or] is huòzhl (see 24.2.1 (2)). Note 2: The adverbs jiejìng and dàodm, meaning [after all], are often used for emphasis with alternative questions, afyrmative-negative questions and with some question-word questions. They are always placed before the yrst verb: !"#$ !"#9 ! 9 ! !"9 !" 9 Ta jiEjìng xikng xué Hànyo háishì xikng xué Rìyo? Nm dàodM ynu méi ynu kòng? Tamen jiEjìng shénme shíhou dào? Nm jiEjìng yào qù nkr ne? What does he really want to learn – Chinese or Japanese? Are you free after all? When exactly do they arrive? Where do you really want to go?

17.6

Tags indicating suggestion

144

Suggestions in the form of questions can be made by adding a tag expression such as hko bù hko, hko ma or zlnmeyàng at the end of the sentence:

!"3 9 !"3 9 !"#3 9 !"3 9 ! 3 9

Zánmen qù pá shan, hKo bù hKo? Qmng guan shàng chuanghu, hKo ma? Qmng shud de màn diknr, hKo ma? Zánmen hb yc bbi, zLnmeyàng?

Shall we go climbing? Could you please close the window? Would you please speak a little slower? How about (having) a drink?

Questions

Qmng nm bang wn xie Can you please (help) yc xie, hKo ma? yx [it] for me?

A positive answer to all these questions will usually be hko [yne]/ [OK]/[good]. A negative response will obviously involve explanation but will often begin with duìbuqm [sorry]. 17.7 Tags seeking confirmation

ConYrmation can often be sought by adding the tag expression shì ma or shì bù shì at the end of a statement: Q: A: Q: 3 A: 5 5 5 !" 3 9 Ta bìng le, shì ma? 5 Shì de. Ta bìng le. She is ill, isn]t she? Yes. She]s ill. You]ll have exams next week, won]t you? No. It]s this week.

Nm xià gè xcngqc 9 kkoshì, shì bù shì? Bù shì. Shì zhèi gè xcngqc.

Note: For discussion of

shì as an intensiyer, see Chapter 22.

17.8

Rhetorical questions

Rhetorical questions, for which no answers are expected, can be formulated by inserting expressions such as nándào (lit. ‘difycult to say]), using pronouns such as shéi [who/nobody], shénme [what/ anything], or referential adverbs such as cái [only then], etc.: ! ! 9 Nm nándào bù (lit. you difycult-to-say not know this zhcdào zhèi mw matter p) Don]t you know about jiàn shì ma? this?!

145

with less dependence on formal grammatical features and sharper focus on meaning in relation to the real world.1.III Sentences 9 !9 Shéi zhcdào? Zlnyàng cái xíng? Nm dnng shénme? (lit. (Compare 18. though its English equivalent does. since the listener cannot possibly assume that the [things] in the sentence are the subject and responsible for the action of putting. topic and comment Dual patterning of sentence structures Chinese sentences may be divided into two broad categories: subjectpredicate and topic-comment.) 18. is a key feature of Chinese sentence construction. things all put at cupboard-in p) Everything has been put in the cupboard.2 Subject-predicate sentences A subject-predicate sentence usually relates an event and is therefore used for narrative purposes.4. These two categories are markedly distinct both in terms of deynite and indeynite reference and in their use of different types of verb with or without aspect markers. the Chinese speaker can be conydent that no misunderstanding will arise. you understand what) What do you know?! !9 18 18. how only-then OK) What then?!/ Where do we go from here?!/What do we do now?! (lit. with modal verbs or the sentence particle le. By relying on real-world knowledge. This sentence does not need to be couched in the passive voice. who know) Who knows?! (lit. For instance: !" Ddngxi ddu !5 fàng zài guìzi li le. It has the following features: (1) 146 The subject is often a noun or pronoun representing the initiator or recipient of the action (or non-action) expressed by the verb: .1 Subject and predicate. This dual patterning of syntax enables zexible and succinct expression. The transformation of a subject-predicate structure into a topic-comment one. (lit.

! !5 MAma die diào le tade qiánbao. ! Háizimen zài !"5 mklù shang tc qiú. She is washing the dishes. A personal pronoun is naturally of deynite reference. A student stood up. They received quite a lot of presents. even if unqualiyed by a demonstrative (this. The teacher came into the classroom. The children are playing football on the road. this time there-was (one) mw car drive asp acrosscome) At this moment a car approached. topic and comment The subject must be of deYnite reference: !5 ! 5 TA zài xm wkn. A student stood up. Everybody carried an umbrella with them. Subject and predicate. and it would therefore be unusual to say: * ! !5 *YC gè xuésheng zhànle qmlái.! 5 !" !5 DàjiA ddu dàile yoskn. LKoshC znu jìn le jiàoshì.) ynu However. He has never been to India. (lit. This accounts for the fact that many narrative sentences begin with a time or location expression followed by ynu: ! ( ) !5 Zhèi shíhou yNu (yc) liàng chb kaile guòlái. will have deynite reference (e. A noun at the beginning of such a sentence. Mother has lost her purse. that). ( ) 5 (2) TA méi(ynu) qùguo Yìndù. (lit. My younger brother doesn]t eat ysh. lkoshc [the teacher] in the above).g. A noun of indeynite reference cannot normally be the subject of a subject-predicate construction. it is possible to begin the sentence with the verb so that the noun of indeynite reference comes after a verb: !" !5 YNu yC gè xuésheng zhànle qmlái. 147 . TAmen shdu dàole bù shko lmwù. !5 Dìdi bù chc yú. and a pronoun like dàjia refers to [everybody of a deynite group].

=ràng.) or with bk (implying intentional manipulation or unintentional intervention. !"5 Ta kànguo zájì. bèi. (lit. (lit. Tamen bK qìchb tíng zài lù bian. 5 Note: Some action verbs can be followed by zhe to indicate a persistent state that results from the action of the verb. He has seen acrobatics. jiào. !5 ! 5 D Wn hBle yc bbi niúnki. Tamen zhèngzài They are negotiating right now. (dative) 148 5 Wn sòng ta yc gè lmwù. (3) The predicate verb is an action verb. !" She invited me to a meal.g. Ta dàizhe yc dmng bái màozi. (5) The predicate verb may be causative or dative (see 8. tánpàn. (lit. She is wearing a white hat. (4) It may be a sentence with a passive marker (e. they grasp car stop at road-side) They parked their car by the side of the road. etc.5). (causative) I gave him a present. I drank/had a glass of milk. .5 and 21.3. (lit. today evening there-will-be (one) mw friend come my home sit) A friend is coming round to my place this evening.III Sentences ! ( ) 5 ! 5 JCntiAn wKnshang yNu (yc) gè péngyou lái wn jia zuò. outside there-is person look-for you) There is someone outside looking for you. envelope by handle p very dirty) The envelope has been made very dirty.4. Aspect markers are therefore almost always present in subject-predicate sentences (see Chapter 8). See the last example above and 8. !"5 Ta qMng wn chc fàn. see also Chapter 20): ! 5 !" !5 Xìnfbng bèi nòng de hln zang. Wàimiàn yNu rén zhko nm.

LKnduò shì bù duì de. explanatory or argumentative purposes. rather than narrating an action or event. Today is my birthday. (lit.g. (lit. This child is (very) intelligent. lazy is not right p) Being lazy is wrong. provides a description or offers an opinion. a phrase or even a clause): 5 5 ! 5 Z ìdiKn hln ynuyòng. (lit. 5 (3) The comment can be an adjectival predicate. dictionary very useful) (noun: [dictionaries]) Dictionaries are useful. (lit. 149 !" Mli gè rén ddu !5 yNu yc gè míngzi. he not come not urgent) It does not matter if he does not turn up. Subject and predicate. Every person has a name. one mw person not able not talk reason) A person must be reasonable. (verbal phrase: [doing anything]) TA bù lái bù yàojmn. do things should conscientious) One should be conscientious when doing anything.3 Topic-comment sentences A topic-comment sentence. YC gè rén bù néng bù jikng lm. . (lit. The following features differentiate it from the subject-predicate sentence: (1) The topic may be of any word class or any structure (e. It is therefore a construction designed for descriptive.18. (clause: [he does not come]) (lit. or it can contain the verbs shì or ynu: ! 5 !5 Zhèi gè háizi hLn cDngmíng. while usually following a structure with a noun phrase followed by a verb phrase similar to that of a subject and predicate. tool should put at here) The tools should be placed here. (adjective: [lazy]) Zuò shì ycnggai rènzhbn. topic and comment 5 (2) The topic may be of deynite or indeynite reference: ! !5 GDngjù ycnggai fàng zài zhèr. Jcntian shì wnde shbngrì.

(lit. Everybody should observe discipline. (lit. . NMde kùzi | wN tàng hko le.1): 5 5 Dìdi chc yú le. Students may also take part. By the addition of the sentence particle le.1 Further ways to form topic-comment sentences In addition. (lit. etc.4 Topic | subject-predicate sentences A posed topic may be followed by a subject-predicate structure. 5 18. others all depart p) The others have all left. your trousers | I iron good p) I]ve ironed your trousers. letter | she post out-go p) She has posted the letter. (lit. Bìngrén xmng guòlái le. This can convert most subject-predicates into topic-comments since by deynition it expresses a comment on the action. updating. topic-comments can be created in the following circumstances: (1) When a modal verb is present. indicating change. younger-brother eat ysh p) My younger brother eats ysh now. of that detective/crime novel.III Sentences 18. that mw detective novel | we xiKoshuD | wNmen sell ynish p) We have sold out mài wán le.3. (lit. patient wake across-come p) The patient has regained consciousness. There are therefore a large number of sentences where both a topic and a subject are present. X ìn | tA jì cheqù le. (2) She can speak Chinese. since a modal verb naturally signals a comment: 5 Ta huì shud Zhdngwén. (see 16. Xuésheng yl !5 kLyM canjia. These [topic | subject-predicate] structures are often used for explanatory purposes: ! ! 5 5 150 ! !5 Nèi bLn zhBntàn (lit. Biérén ddu líkai le. ! Shéi ddu yCnggAi !5 zenshnu jìlv.

you want p things | buy backcome p) The things you want have been bought. a subject may be followed by a topic-comment structure to create a [subject | topic-comment] sentence. letter | post out-go p) The letter has been sent/posted. (lit. Dàibikotuán de fkngwèn rìchéng | anpái hko le. that mw detective novel | sell ynish p) That detective novel is sold out. parcel | receive arrive p) The parcel has been received. but in fact what looks like a second subject is a topic (relating to the subject) on which a comment is expressed: 151 . this mw play | perform asp two mw month p) This play has been on for two months. Nèi bLn zhBntàn xiKoshuD | mài wán le. Sentences of this type superycially become [topic + predicate] structures and can be seen as notional passive sentences in which the topic is notionally the object of the verb. (lit. 5 ! ! !5 !" !5 18. Nm yào de ddngxi | mki huílái le.18. (lit. (lit. Subject and predicate. Baogun | shdu dào le. delegation p visit itinerary | arrange good p) The itinerary for the delegation]s visit has been arranged. X ìn | jì cheqù le. At yrst sight these sentences seem to have two subjects. (lit.1 Notional passive sentences The subject in these [topic + subject-predicate] structures may be omitted if its sense is understood from the context. The three examples in 18. topic and comment Other examples are: !" !5 Zhèi gè xì | yknle likng gè yuè le. (lit. your trousers | iron good p) Your trousers have been ironed. (lit.4 may be re-formulated without the subject as: ! 5 5 ! / 5 NMde kùzi | tàng/ yùn hko le.5 Subject | topic-comment sentences Conversely.4.

fast) The economy of Guangdong developed/is developing very fast. (lit. 5 152 There are a number of prepositions that grammatically function like zài. =zài is the coverb. i. thereby changing the subject–topic sequence into a simple topic and leaving the sentence in the topic-comment form: ! 5 ! ! 5 Wnde gdngzuò | hln máng. Guangdong province | jCngjì fAzhKn economic development extremely fbicháng kuài. [at] followed by a location noun. (lit. (lit. Guangdong province p economic development | extremely fast) The economy of Guangdong developed/is developing very fast. mother at kitchen in make ricemeal) Mother is preparing the meal/ doing the cooking in the kitchen. .III Sentences 5 5 TA | shBntM bù hko. verbs that occur in sequence with other verbs in a sentence. is a coverbal phrase. board-director | salary extremely high) The director of the board has an extremely high salary. in syntactic terms.e. DNngshìzhKng | xCnshuM shífbn gao. As they can also be used as full verbs. The coverb with its object can be referred to as a coverbal phrase. 19 19. It is also possible for the possessive de to be used after the subject. In the above example.4 how the preposition zài [in]. (lit. he | body not good) His health is not good. they may be called coverbs. (lit.1 Prepositions and coverbs Coverbs We have seen in 11. 5 ! 5 GuKngdDngshLng | (lit. WN | gDngzuò hln máng. Gukngddngshlng de jcngjì fazhkn | fbicháng kuài. and the location phrase ! zài chúfáng li. my work | very busy) I am busy with my work. pronoun or postpositional phrase can be placed before the verb as a location phrase: Mama zài chúfáng li zuò fàn. (lit. I | work very busy) I am busy with my work.

g.Note: We have observed in 11. he not to hospital come see me) He did not come to the hospital to see me. The main types of coverb are listed below. I can at here inhale-smoke p) May I smoke here? Prepositions and coverbs !" Wn zài 5 dàshMguKn bàn qianzhèng. at] ) 5 Ta zài (fBi)jCchKng dang fanyì. (lit. associated with the main verb. (lit. (lit. !! The coverbal phrase normally comes after the subject and before the main verb. reason. methods. ! !/ 9 (2) Dào [to] ! ! 5 Xià xuéqc dào sìyuèfèn cái kaishm. (lit.1. (lit.g. Note: yuèfèn is used as an alternative to months of the year. etc. course cv:to next year June then end p) The course will end next June/June next year. reference. néng. service. !" Ta méi dào 5 yCyuàn lái kàn wn. 153 . when they relate only to the main verb. Generally modal verbs (e. they tomorrow to Russia go) They are going to Russia tomorrow.3 that zài can be a full verb as in 5Tamen xiànzài zài Mliguó [They are in America now]. time.1 (1) ( Coverbs of place and time Zài [in. Wn klym zài zhèr chduyan/ xcyan ma? (lit. it provides background information about the place. next term cv:to April onlythen begin) Next term doesn]t begin till April. I at embassy deal visa) I was applying for a visa at the embassy. (lit. she at airport act interpreter) She serves as an interpreter at the airport. yuè when referring to !" Kèchéng dào ! míngnián 5 liùyuèfèn jiù jiéshù le. they come after it (e. though occasionally. yào) and the negators bù and méi(ynu) come before the coverbal phrase. in the case of lí [away from]). 19. ! !5 Tamen míngtian dào Éguó qù..

this mw music opera cv:from last year then begin stage p) This musical has been on since last year.III Sentences ! 5 Wnmen bù dào fànguKn qù chcfàn. we not to restaurant go eat-rice) We are not dining out at a restaurant. (lit. close to the city centre. Cóng [from] !" !" !5 Zhèi gè ycnyuèjù cóng qùnián jiù kaishm shàngykn le. The wind blew from the west. ! 5 ! 5 Fbng cóng (lit. 154 Note 1: Lí [from] simply indicates distance between two yxed objects. my home from university very far) My home is very far from the university. (lit. Ta xiàng jùlèbù znu lái. cóng Note: In this last example. As can be seen from the last example. wind from west-side blow come) xCbian chuc lái. Nm cóng zhèr xiàng bLi znu. (5) Lí [(distance) from (in terms of place or time)] !" 5 !" ! 5 Wn jia lí dàxué hln yukn. Qìchb wKng nán kai qù. (lit. car towards south drive go) The car is heading south. (lit. (lit. while cóng [from] is always associated with movement from one place to another. s/he towards club walk come) S/he came towards the club. cháo [towards] (lit. ! 5 5 !" 5 (4) xiàng. you from here towards north walk) You go north from here. (3) Wkng. . (lit. a dào coverbal phrase with lái [come] or qù [go] may often be followed by another verb to indicate purpose. Wnde (lit. there are two coverbal phrases: zhèr and xiàng bli. Ta cháo wN dikn le dikn tóu. she towards me nod asp nod head) She nodded to me. my ofyce from city centre bàngdngshì lí shì very near) My ofyce is very zhDngxCn hln jìn.

which are generally used to indicate existence rather than movement: Yán lù ddu shì màitián. (lit. (6) D=Yánzhe [along] D !5 Wnmen yánzhe nèi tiáo jiB znu qù.] NOT: * !"#$5Wn jia bù lí dàxué yukn. yán hki [all along the coast]. my home from Shanghai have twenty kilometres) My home is twenty kilometres from Shanghai. (lit. ynu is 5 Note: When the actual distance or time is speciyed. D 5 Note: Yán on its own is only found in such expressions as yán lù [all along the road]. sit) !5 Wn chángcháng zuò dìtiL shàngban. I often sit underground-rail go-to-work) I often go to work by underground. we along that mw street walk go) We went along that street.Note 2: The negator bù comes before the main predicate verb or adjective and not before lí: !"#$5Wn jia lí dàxué bù yuKn [My home is not far from the university. now from Christmas still have two mw month) There are still two months from now to Christmas. using] ! 5 Ta yòng máobM huà huàr. Xiànzài lí Shèngdànjié hái ynu likng gè yuè.2 (1) Coverbs of methods and means Yòng [with.1. (2) Zuò [(travelling) on/by] (lit. Chuán yánzhe yùnhé kai lái. she use Chinese-brush paint picture) She paints with a Chinese brush. (lit. etc. (lit. (lit. the verb normally required. Prepositions and coverbs !5 Wn jia lí ShànghKi ynu èrshí gdnglm. boat along canal sail come) The boat came along the canal. 5 19.. 155 . (lit. There are wheatyelds all along the road.

5 (2) Gli [to]. I every week all to father write letter) I write to my father every week. . . (lit. elder-sister for me cut hair) My elder sister cut my hair for me. . ) He said to me . [for] !" Wn jcntian wknshang gLi 5 nM da diànhuà. they towards me very good) They are very kind to me. qìchB/fBijC/ chuán qù. (lit. Tamen duì wN hln hko. [on behalf of] Jiljie tì wN lm fà. please you to me write (one) mw receipt) Please write a receipt for me. (lit. . 19.III Sentences ! / !/ / 5 Wnmen hln (lit. (3) / 5 Wèi/tì [for]. Note: Duì is also commonly used to mean [with regard to]: !/ ( ) Wn duì mLishù/yCnyuè méi(ynu) xìngqù. . 156 .. I often take hire-car go-to-work) I often go to work by taxi. (lit. (lit. (lit.. he to me said . we very want sit train/bus/ xikng zuò plane/boat go) We]d very much huNchB/gDnggòng like to go by train/bus/plane/boat. ! 5 Ta duì wN shud . . Qmng nm gLi wN kai (yc) zhang shdujù. Note: An alternative coverb for travel is Wn chángcháng chéng !"#5 chEzE qìchB shàngban. (lit. I regarding yne-art/music nothave interest) I have no interest in yne art/music. ! 5 ! ( ) 5 Wn mli zhdu ddu gLi bàba xil xìn.3 (1) Coverbs of human exchange and service Duì [(speaking) to]. [(behaving) towards] . I today evening to you make telephone-call) I will call/ring you tonight.1. chéng: (lit.

are not strictly in that category. (lit.2 and 7.1. Zhèi gè gBn nèi gè ycyàng guì. . .. since they may be 157 .2.Ménfáng wèi wN jiào le yc / liàng díshì/ !5 cheze qìchb.1. Gbn may also be used colloquially like Ta gBn wn shud . 19. please you according-to regulation go manage this mw matter) Please do this according to the regulations. ycqm [(together) with] (lit. !5 ! 5 Ta bM wn dà. (2) Jiù [with reference to] Wnmen jiù ! zhèi gè wèntí !5 tkolùn yc xià. porter for me call asp one mw taxi) The porter called a taxi for me. She is older than me..3) are in fact coverbs. ! 5 Note: !. . (lit. though similar to coverb prepositions. . I with father-mother together go spend-holiday) I spent my holiday with my parents.2 Disyllabic prepositions There are a number of disyllabic prepositions which. duì above: Prepositions and coverbs WngBn fùmO yCqM qù dùjià.5 Coverbs and comparison Bm and gbn in comparison expressions (as discussed in 7. ! ! (lit.4 (1) / / Coverbs of reference / / ! 5 =Àn/zhào/ànzhào [according to] Qmng nm àn/ zhào/ànzhào guCdìng qù bàn zhèi jiàn shì. bèi for passive voice Bk in manipulation constructions and (analysed in Chapter 20) are also coverbs. (4) / / Gbn/hé/tóng . 19. . . 19. She said to me . This one is as expensive as that one. we with-reference-to this mw question discuss a-moment) Let]s have a discussion of/discuss this question.

there for this business. ‘as regards] !"3 GuAnyú zhèi !" yC diKn. ballcontest temporary-stop) The ball game was temporarily suspended because of the heavy snow. as-for this one point. 158 . in-order-to visit old grandma. =Guanyú [as for’. they have already left. (lit. These prepositional constructions usually come at the beginning of the sentence: (1) / Gbnjù/jù [on the basis of] ! ! !5 !3 ! 5 (2) GBnjù lùpái (lit. wn !"5 ymjing tícheguo wnde yìjian. basing-on road-sign we wnmen zhko look-for-and-ynd asp her home) dào le tade jia. (lit. qiúsài zàntíng. I go asp !"5 jiàn shì. I already raise-out asp my opinion) As regards this point. Note: Yóuyú may also be regarded as a conjunction when it is followed by a clause. they already leave p) According to her. basing-on she p say. for this mw matter. (3) Yóuyú [because of] !3 !5 Yóuyú dà xuL. I have already put forward my opinion. We found her home with the help of road signs. tamen ymjing znu le. (lit. (See Chapter 24. ! 3 ! 5 Wèile kànwàng lKo zOmO. ta mli xcngqc ddu huí jia.III Sentences followed not only by nominal expressions but also in most cases by verbal phrases.) (4) Wèile [for the sake of] !"3 Wèile zhèi (lit. Jù tA suN shuD. she every week all return home) She goes home every week in order to see her old grandma. wn three trip) I made three trips qù le san tàng. Note: We have consciously used the term [preposition] for this group of words in order to illustrate the uniformity of their function. (lit. because-of heavy snow.

automatically converts the noun to deynite reference: !5 Wn qù mki she. ! 5 Wn qù bK she mki huílái. 5 In this example. this mw person say words say p very fast) This person speaks very fast. she grasp book put good p) She placed the books in good order. it was apparent that with complements adjustments have to be made when the verb is followed by an object: Zhèi gè rén shuD huà shuD de hln kuài. shelf on) She placed it on the bookshelf. ! Ta bk tA gb zài (lit. she grasp it leave at book!5 shEjià shang. The coverb bk is used to similar effect. 159 . an unqualiyed object after the verb will generally be of indeynite reference.4.3. I go buy book) I am going to buy a book/some books.3. the coverb bk. (lit.1 Ba and bèi constructions ˇ The ba construction ˇ Bk and bèi constructions The bk construction is a grammatical feature unique to the Chinese language. (lit. moving the object before the verb and leaving the post-verbal position clear for the complement. (lit. In this construction. which moves the object in front of the verb.20 20.2. I go grasp book buy back-come) I am going to buy the book/books (and come back with it/them). Three interrelated features of the construction can be identiyed: (1) As seen in 1. 5 Ta bk shE fàng hKo le. Employment of the coverb bk. which as a verb has the meaning [to grasp]. Note: Ta [it] cannot be omitted after bk. (2) In the discussion of complements in 13. (lit. the repetition of the verb shud enables it to deal with the object and the complement one at a time. has the function of shifting the object of the verb to a pre-verbal position in the pattern of [subject + bk + object + verb].

1.1 below. ! !5 ! ( ) Ta bK ycfu xm ganjìng le. In other words. I took two hours to le likng gè zhdngtóu. a bk construction must have an object of deynite reference (shifted now to a pre-verbal position directly after bk). she grasp clothes wash clean p) She has washed the clothes. I put the books) (There is no complement and therefore no indication of any result achieved by the action of the verb fàng [put]. which as noted derives from a verb meaning [to grasp].) . (lit. I like this book very much) 160 (The verb xmhuan [like] expresses the inclination of the subject and the complement de hln [very much] indicates the degree or extent of the liking. also implies intentional (or sometimes unintentional) manipulation of the object on the part of the subject. The following sentences are therefore unacceptable: (a) * ! 5 Wn bK wo tiào le yc cì. (lit. either intentionally or unintentionally. The subject of a bk construction deliberately (or unwittingly) handles or deals with the object in such a way that some kind of consequence is registered in the complement that follows the verb.) Wn bK she fàng. gli may sometimes be added before the main verb. he grasp shirt handle dirty p) 5 (gli)nòngzang le. I danced once) (The noun (b) * !5 wo [dance] is not of deynite reference in this context.) (c) * !" !"5 Wn bK diànymng kàn (lit. watch the film) (It is clearly beyond the power of the subject to decide how long the ylm will be. cannot be used if any of the above conditions are not met. therefore. The bk construction. There are of course occasions when the subject can control the duration of something – see 20. Ta bK chènshan (lit. In the latter case. a complement of some kind after the verb to indicate the result achieved by the action of the verb./ She has done the washing.) (d) * !" !5 Wn bK zhèi bln she xmhuan de hln. (lit. He dirtied his shirt. these cannot be regarded as a manipulative action and an achieved result.III Sentences (3) Bk. on the part of the subject. (lit.

(lit. (lit. (manner) (lit. (dative) Tamen bk wezi dksko de gAngAnjìngjìng de. I grasp overcoat hang at clothes-hanger on) I hung my overcoat on the clothes-hanger. (frequency) Jmngchá bk xikotdu guan le liKng gè yuè. elder-sister grasp room tidy asp one stroke) My elder sister tidied up the room. (location) Wnmen bk lmwù sòng gLi tA. 161 . he grasp picture hang upcome p) He hung the picture. Ta bk xìn fbng hKo le. (lit. they grasp room sweep p clean-clean p) They swept the room clean. (brief duration) Ta bk ymzi la dào zhuDzi pángbiAn. she grasp chair pull to table side) She pulled the chair to the side of the table. (lit. I grasp litter pour off p) diào le. younger-brother grasp text revise asp two times) My younger brother revised the text twice. we grasp gift present give her) We presented the gift to her. she grasp me anger p words all speak not out-come p) She made me so angry that I could not speak a word.1 The bk construction and complements bk construction may take various forms: Complements in a ! 5 ! 5 ! 5 ! 5 ! 5 Wn bk la jc dào (lit. (lit. (lit. (lit. 5 Ta bk wn qì de huà dDu shuD bù chElái le. (consequential state) (lit. (destination) Wn bk dàyc guà zài yC jià shang. Bk and bèi constructions ! 5 ! ! 5 ! 5 5 ! 5 Note: Reduplicated adjectival complements are usually followed by de. (direction) Dìdi bk kèwén fùxí le liKng biàn. (lit. (result – verb) I have dumped the rubbish.1. she grasp letter seal good p) She has sealed the letter. police grasp thief imprison asp two mw month) The police kept the thief in prison for two months.20. (duration) Jiljie bk fángjian shdushí le yC xià. (result – adjective) Ta bk huà guà qMlái le.

20. writer grasp self write p story translate become French) The writer translated his/her own story into French. I grasp box handle break p) I broke the box. [act as]: ! ! 5 ! ! 5 20. (lit.III Sentences 20. Bié bk jcqì (gli) gKo huài le.1.3 Bk and resultative complements One type of complement regularly used with bk is the resultative complement beginning with chéng. Ta bK wn dàng zuò zuì hko de péngyou. !"5 Shéi bk mén sunle? (lit. Nòng and Gko in bk sentences Nòng and gko are two versatile colloquial verbs meaning loosely [to handle] which feature regularly in bk sentences: !( 5 162 ) Wn bk hézi (gli) nòng pò le. (lit. who grasp door lock asp) Who has locked the door? (2) D Zhe (indicating persistence in an imperative sentence): !D5 Qmng bk dbng názhe. (1) Le (indicating completed action with verbs which have an inherent meaning of result): !"5 Ta bk chá hble. (lit.1. s/he grasp me regard become most good p friend) S/he regarded me as her best friend. please grasp lamp hold asp) Please hold the lamp. (lit. (i.e.2 Le and zhe as complements in bk sentences le and D zhe may also be used as complements The aspect markers in bk sentences. don]t grasp machine handle bad p) Don]t damage the machine. !( ) 5 . she grasp tea drink asp) She drank up/ynished the tea. zuò or wéi all meaning [become]. (lit. D5 (lit. (lit. don]t throw it away or eat it) Bk cài liúzhe.4 Zuòjia bK zìjm xil de gùshì f anyì chéng Fkwén.1. grasp dishes keep asp) Keep the food.

1.5 Negative bk sentences bk sentences. (lit. 20.20. Bk and bèi constructions ! 5 ! Ta cóng bù bK !5 bèizi dié hko. don]t grasp vase bump fall-over) Don]t knock the vase over. you can grasp tool collect upcome p) You can put the tools away [now].6 Bk and modal verbs bk: (lit. (lit.1. Nm néng bù bk lajc dào zài zhèr ma? (lit.1. the negator must precede bk: In negative ! ( ) Y cnyuèjia hái méi(yNu) bK tade ! gbqo guàn chéng !5 chàngpiàn. I can grasp window hit open p) May I open the window? (lit. It also occurs in composite sentences (see 24. 9 ! 5 The negator bù generally precedes the modal verb in a bk construction. Modal verbs may come before Wn néng bK chuanghu dk kai ma? Nm kLyM bK gdngjù shdu qmlái le. she not willing grasp dictionary lend give him) She was not willing to lend her dictionary to him. though it may occasionally come after it if required by meaning: Ta bù kLn bk cídikn jiè gli ta. occurring normally with verbs indicating habitual action or sometimes intention. (lit. musician still not-have grasp his song record become record) The musician has not yet recorded his song. you can not grasp litter dump at here p) Can you not tip [your] litter here? 5 ! ! 9 20. Note: Bù with bk is comparatively rare. particularly in . This is certainly true. (lit.7 Bk and indefinite reference 163 We have emphasised in this section that the object of the coverb bk must be of deynite reference.3). Bié bK huapíng pèng dko. he always not grasp quilt foldgood) He never folds up [his] quilt properly.

III Sentences narrative or descriptive sentences. generic) reference. and is normally complex. This deynite reference would of course have been made clearer if the speaker had said: !/ ! ! 5 Ta bk nàme/ zhème yc tiáo hkohkode qúnzi sc pò le. A sentence like this tends to sound more argumentative: ( ) ! 5 ( ) ! !5 ! !5 Ta (lkoshì) bk qián cáng zài zhlntou xià. it is still of deynite reference in meaning: Ta bk yc tiáo ! hkohkode 5 qúnzi sc pò le. The agent may be either deynite or indeynite reference..2 The bèi construction 164 The bèi construction in Chinese is similar to the passive voice in English. However. The coverb bèi [by] marks the agent and with it forms a coverbal phrase. where bk is followed by a noun in a generic sense. the beì construction often conveys the sense that something has gone wrong: . The bèi construction has features in common with the bk construction: the verb is usually one of [manipulation]. Tamen ( jìngrán) (lit. they contrary-to-expectation bk she bln fàng grasp books place cv:in/at zài bcngxiang li. don]t grasp friend regard become enemy) Don]t regard your friends as enemies. it is to be understood as of indeynite (i. she grasp one mw good de skirt tear-break p) She tore a nice skirt into pieces. (lit. changing. 20. refrigerator inside) They even put books in the fridge. ! (lit. (lit.e. though it is not as commonly used. followed by some form of complement. she (always) grasp money hide cv:in/at pillow below) She always hides her money under the pillow. she grasp like-that/like-this one mw good de skirt tear-break p) She tore a nice skirt like that/like this into pieces. involving action. (lit. which like other coverbal phrases comes after the subject and before the verb. Sometimes even when the object is indeynite in form. handling. etc. that is. Additionally. Bié bk péngyou dàngchéng dírén.

2.2. (lit.2 Xiangjiao ràng háizi chc diào le. he by kick asp one mw) He was kicked. he by boss dismiss p) He was dismissed by [his] boss. The bèi construction with an agent It is possible for the construction to be used without an agent. Wnde yoskn jiào rén jiè znu le. Ta gLi tc le yc jiko. Ta bèi lkobkn jilgù le. ! 5 20. 165 As with the bèi: !" ( ) 5 . (lit. bèi (or gli. Ta bèi rén dkle yc quán. my umbrella by someone borrow away p) My umbrella was borrowed by someone. (lit. Bk and bèi constructions Ràng and jiào ràng or jiào may be used instead of =bèi: In colloquial speech.2.3 Tamen bèi guan zài wàitou le. In these cases. gli may be added before the verb: Zúqiúmí jiào liúmáng gLi dk shang le. he by someone hit asp one yst) He was struck by someone. (lit. football-fan by hooligan by hit hurt p) The football fan was beaten up by hooligans. is placed before the verb: !" 5 ! 5 20. !" 5 !" !5 In addition.1 Ta bèi jcnglm pcpíngle yc dùn. (lit. Negative bèi sentences bk structure. (lit. the negator and modal verbs precede Tamende zhozhang méi(yNu) bèi jibshòu. but not ràng or jiào). they by shut at outside p) They were shut outside.! !"5 !" 5 ! 5 20. banana by child eat off p) The banana was eaten by the child. (lit. (lit. she by manager criticise asp one mw) She was criticised by the manager. (lit. their proposal not-have by accept) Their proposal was not accepted.

window all paint become green p) All the windows have been painted green. bedsheets and blanket-cover all wash clean. 21 21. usually describing an event. in the yrst sentence below. A serial construction normally consists of two (or more) verbal predicates or comments which share the same subject or topic and follow . cup/mug hit broken p) The cup/mug was broken.III Sentences 5 ! 9 Note: Bié ràng ta gLi piàn le. For example. Jìsuànjc huì bèi rén tdu znu ma? (lit. and therefore no ambiguity arises as to the relationship between the topic and the verb. unlike English. bù is not normally used in 20. (lit. (lit. (lit. does not have the grammatical means to construct participles or inynitives. the letter cannot possibly be taken as initiating the action of writing itself. it makes use of sequences of verbal phrases in what we will call serial constructions. letter write ynish p) The letter has been written. nor sets of prepositions capable of diversiyed meanings. zhédié hko le.1 Serial constructions General features of serial constructions 166 Chinese. (lit. computer likely by someone steal away p) Is the computer likely to be stolen by someone? bèi sentences. don]t by him by cheat p) Don]t be fooled by him. !" 5 !" !3 !5 Chuanghu ddu qC chéng lvsè le. (lit. !"5 Bbizi dK pò le. In these sentences. fold good p) All the bedsheets and quilt covers have been washed [and] neatly folded up. sentence forms of the topic-comment variety (see 18.3) may be deyned as notional passives. Chuángdan hé bèitào ddu xM ganjìng.3 The bèi construction versus the notional passives While the bèi construction. parallels the passive voice. the topic is often inanimate (or non-human). !5 Xìn xiL wán le. Instead.

one another without any conjunction(s).3. ! Ta chC le yào !5 qù shuìjiào le. They came to London to visit us. lái ( ( ) ) Note: Coverbal phrases indicating [service] may often be used after [come] or qù [go] in a purpose serial construction: ! 5 Ta lái tì wn yùn ycfu. (2) Purpose: The action described by the second verb is the purpose of the yrst verb (often lái [to come] or qù [to go]): !" Tamen lái LúndEn (lit. (lit. if an unqualiyed noun follows a verb carrying the aspect marker le. he ynish asp class return home go p) He ynished class and went home. (lit.1. (lit. (lit. they come London visit us) !5 tànwàng wNmen. !" Wn dàibiKo dàjiA !5 xiàng nín zhùhè. 5 167 . she eat asp medicine go sleep p) She took her medicine and went to bed. (lit. The yrst verb often carries the aspect marker le: ! Ta xià le kè !5 huí jiA qù le. I go for him arrange-hair) I]ll go and cut his hair. Zánmen yuB (yC) gè shíjiAn 5 tán (yC ) tán ba. Note: As discussed in 8. she come for me iron clothes) She came to iron my clothes for me. A serial construction may have adjectival as well as verbal predicates. (lit.2 Semantic varieties in serial constructions The semantic relations between serial predicates or comments may belong to any of the following categories: (1) Sequence: The action of the yrst verb takes place before that of the second. ! 5 Wn qù shAngdiàn mKi dDngxi. I represent everybody to polite:you congratulate) On behalf of everybody I congratulate you. Serial constructions 21. Wn qù gli ta lmfà. I go shop buy things) I am going to the shops to do some shopping. the sentence needs to be completed with another clause or verbal phrase. we appoint (one) mw time talk (one) talk p) Let]s make an appointment to have a talk. (lit.

I not grasp this mw matter tell him. Wn méi(ynu) bk zhèi jiàn shì gàosu ta. so-as-not-to make him sad) I did not tell him about this matter so as not to make him sad. (lit. (lit. To enhance the meaning of purpose (or lack of purpose). ! 5 In constructions we have met which are essentially serial constructions. I come talk-talk) I]ll say a few words.III Sentences Sometimes lái may lose its motion meaning and simply indicate an intention: 5 !" !5 Wn lái tántán. you can use Chinese say p) Can you say [it] in Chinese? Wnmen zuò diàntC shàng san lóu. words such as ymbiàn [so as to] and ymmikn [so as not to] are used before the second verbal expression. Nm néng yòng ZhDngwén shud ma? !9 (b) Using the aspect marker D zhe: D 7‘ ]5 Ta wòzhe wNde (lit. bèi. Where the main verbal phrase is followed by a second verbal phrase which conveys no new information but reiterates the . she said: [Thank you]. (lit. (lit. Wn lái gli nmmen jièshào yc xià. (c) 168 (4) bk. 3 / ( ) ! 3 5 (3) Ta xuéxí Zhdngwén. you) Shaking my hand. so-that to China go travel) She is studying Chinese so that she can go and travel in China. (lit. yMmiKn shm ta nánguò. yMbiàn dào Zhdngguó qù lwyóu/lwxíng. bm constructions (see Chapters 7 and 20). she studies Chinese. I come for you introduce one time) Let me introduce you. for example: (a) Using coverbs !" 5 yòng. etc. she grasp asp my shNu shud: hand say: thank-thank [Xièxie nm ].: (lit. we sit lift go-up three zoor) We went up to the second zoor by lift. zuò.

I have one mw letter want write) I have got a letter to write. (lit. the following verb phrase may be of any length. (lit. you have reason not agree) You have reasons to disagree. indicating possession or existence. (lit. Serial constructions (5) Where the verb ynu. I not-have responsibility tell her) I’m not responsible for letting her know. I bite asp one mw bread not-have swallow down-go) I took a bite from the bread but did not swallow it. expressing the need (or lack of need) for further action: !" 5 ! 5 Wn méiyNu zérèn gàosu ta. (lit. Nm yNu lMyóu bù tóngyì.same idea from a different perspective by means of a negative. is followed by its object and then by another verb (sometimes preceded by a modal verb) expressing intentional action directed back to the object: !"5 Wn méiyNu qián yòng. !" Nm méiyNu !" quánlì mli tian !"5 dào zhèr lái húshud badào. !" 5 Wn yNu yc fbng xìn yào xiL. (lit. (lit. I not-have money use) I haven]t got any money to spend. where there-are cigarette (xiang)yan mài? sell) Where do they sell cigarettes? If the object of ynu is an abstract noun. 169 . antonymous expression: 5 !" ( ) 5 Ta zhua zhù wn bù fàng. you have what clothes want ironing p) What clothes have you got [for me] to iron? ! Nm yNu !"9 shénme ycfu yào yùn ma? ( ) 9 Nkr yNu (lit. (lit. you not-have right every day to here come talk-nonsense) You don]t have the right to come here and talk nonsense every day. he catch hold me not let-go) He held me yrmly and didn]t let me go. Wn ykole yc knu miànbao méi(yNu) tEn xiàqù. (lit.

little kitten jump up jump down. Note: See 8. (lit. I tell you one mw secret) I]ll tell you a secret. (state verb) Dative constructions 21.III Sentences 21. !" Wn jì le yc zhang !"#5 míngxìnpiàn gLi tóngshì.5 for a fuller discussion of direct and indirect objects. (lit. father buy asp one mw car give me) Father bought a car for me. everybody quieten asp down. 21.3 Adjectives or state verbs in serial constructions Adjectives or state verbs may be placed at any position in a serial construction to introduce a descriptive element into the narrative: ! "3 Xiko mao tiào !5 shàng tiào xià. lovable to-the-extreme p) The kitten was extremely lovable as it jumped up and down. A verb taking a direct object is followed by the verb gli with an indirect object: ! 5 Bàba mkile yc liàng qìchb gLi wn. (adjective) D (lit. This extended dative construction with gli generally does not apply in the case of verbs expressing speech activity: ! !5 NOT * Wn gàosu nm yc gè mìmì. !"#3 Dàjia jìngle 5 xiàlái. sit asp not move) Everybody quietened down and remained motionless in their seats.5 Causative constructions 170 A common form of serial construction is the causative construction. (lit. zuòzhe bù dòng. (lit.4 Dative verbal expressions regularly feature in serial constructions. (lit. I post asp one mw postcard give colleague) I sent a postcard to my colleague. I tell one mw secret give you) Wn gàosu yc gè !"#5 mìmì gli nm. in which the object of the yrst verb becomes the subject of the second verb/adjective: . kL’ài jí le.

(ii) Wish: ! ( ) 5 (iii) yào ‘want’. Serial constructions Note 1: Verbs which produce a causative construction include those in the following semantic categories: (i) Request or command: =mìnglìng ‘order’. (v) Coercion: ! !5 qiángpò ‘compel’. Tamen yào wn bié qù. Zhèi tiáo lù jìnzhM huòchb tDngguò. passport. jiào ‘make’. ràng ‘let’. yonxo ‘allow’. zozhm ‘prevent’. ! Ta jiào wn bk He asked me to take out my !"5 hùzhào ná chelái. quàn ‘persuade. The teacher required the students to pay attention to safety. She wanted me to go and meet her at the airport. Zhè shM wn hln gAoxìng. qmng ‘ask’. this mw road forbid lorry go through) Lorries are not allowed to use this road. I invited him to dinner. zhon ‘permit’. 171 . pài ‘send’. Lkoshc yAoqiú xuésheng zhùyì anquán. Bàba yOnxO wn qù tiàowo. cuc ‘press’. (iv) Permission: !5 Father allowed me to go dancing. urge’. (lit. 5 ! ! 5 Wn quàn ta xué dk quán. I urged her to learn shadow-boxing.!"5 Wn qMng ta chC fàn. This made me very happy. Ta yào wn dào (fbi)j cchkng qù jib ta. ! 5 5 5 Wnmen xuKn ta dAng zhoxí. They wanted me not to go. The robber forced me to get out my money and hand it over to him. Qiángdào bC wn bk qián ná chelái gli ta. We elected him president. ban’. bc ‘force’. Persuasion or requirement: yaoqiú ‘require’. (vi) Prevention: !" !5 jìnzhm ‘forbid.

21. (lit. (lit. 172 . I force asp him go see doctor) I forced him to go and see the doctor. (1) With an object: !" 5 !" 5 Qmng nM bk zhèngjiàn ná chelái. (lit. ask everybody quiet a little) Please be quiet. (lit. 8. ask you grasp document take out-come) Please take out your documents. the second verb may incorporate aspect markers: !"# !5 ! !"5 Ta qmng wnmen kànle yc cháng diànymng. tcng ‘listen to’. ask don]t use hand touch exhibits) Please don]t touch the exhibits with your hands. (lit. Wn qmng tamen chcle yc dùn fàn.6). I]ll wait till you come. she invite us look asp one mw ylm) She invited us to go and see a ylm. Note 2: Causative verbs do not take aspect markers: * ! !5 Wn bC le ta qù kàn ycshbng./ Would everyone please be quiet.1 Qmng in a causative construction Polite requests are often a serial construction using the causative verb qmng ‘ask politely] (cf.III Sentences (vii) Others: !5 dlng ‘wait’. ask say p slow a little) Please speak more slowly. (2) Without an object: 5 !5 !5 Qmng zài shud yc biàn. Wn dLng nm lái. (lit. Listen to me. Qmng dàjiA anjìng yc diknr.5. (lit. Qmng shud de màn yc diknr. If necessary. I invite them eat asp one mw food) I invited them for a meal. T Cng wn shuD. everyone. Qmng bié yòng shnu md zhknpmn. (lit. ask again say one time) Please say it again.

combine in longer serial constructions: !3 Wn xmle zko. I make-appointment her at library wait-for me. (lit. I asked her help me. yNu yc fbng xìn yào jiao gli ta. have one mw letter want hand-over give her) I asked her to wait for me at the library. The most common is to focus on a particular word or phrase through sentence stress.1 Emphasis and the intensiyer shì Shì as an intensifier Emphasis in language can be conveyed in various ways. next but one) after the causative verb may refer to either the object or the subject of the causative verb: (1) Referring to the subject: ! !"3 ! !5 Wn yub ta zài túshegukn dlng wn. dàizhe dìdi kai chb dào 3 Xiko Lm jia. change asp clothes. teach me how read those two mw Chinese-characters) I asked her to help me and teach me how to read those two Chinese characters. qmng ta gbn ! wnmen ycqm qù !5 kàn diànymng. 173 . I drove with my younger brother to Xiao Li]s place and asked him to go with us to see a ylm.2 Extended causative constructions In an extended causative construction.6 Extended serial constructions All the predicate (or comment) types mentioned above may. of course. D 22 22. jiAo wn zlnme dú/niàn nà/nèi likng gè (hàn)zì. bring asp younger-brother drive car to Xiao Li home. Emphasis and the intensifier shì (2) Referring to the object: 3 ! / ( ) 5 Wn qmng ta bangzhù wn.5. I wash asp bath. 21. (lit. [as] I had a letter to pass on to her.21. ask him with us together go see ylm) Having taken a bath and changed my clothes. !3 huànle ycfu. the second verb (i. (lit.e.

or [purpose] constructions beginning with lái or qù. you int last-year or thisyear arrive p) Did you arrive here last year or this year? Coverbal phrases indicating location. we have seen how change in word order can bring about different emphases. .: Ta shì zài XCnjiApD shbng/ cheshì de. Nm shì qùnián háishi jCnnián dào de? (lit./It was yesterday that I came. . instrument. adverbial phrases of manner. etc.) 22. you int sit car or walk-road come p) Did you come by car or on foot? / 5 ! !5 ! ! 174 9 . . (In the literal translations of the examples in this chapter. shì may be used in conjunction with de to highlight the adverbials or modifying elements in a sentence. method or instrument. coverbal phrases indicating location. where. Sentence stress is the concern of phonology. We will distinguish between its use in sentences referring to the past (i. we int from Korea come p) We come from Korea.III Sentences word order or other intensifying devices. de construction Where an event or action took place in the past. method. shì . What concerns us here is the use of the verb shì as an intensiYer to highlight speciyc elements in a sentence. generally without de). and de generally comes at the end of the sentence.e. I int yesterday come p) I came yesterday..e.g. (lit. In our discussion of subjectpredicate and topic-comment constructions.2 The shì . etc. to what purpose. and we will not dwell on it here. e. shì appears as int[ensiyer]. de construction represents an answer to a question about when. how.. (1) Time expressions: ! 5 ! ! 9 (2) Wn shì zuótiAn lái de. at the hands of whom. (lit. she int at Singapore be-born p) She was born in Singapore. Wnmen shì cóng CháoxiAn lái de. with de) and in those referring to the continuous present or future (i. It is as if a statement with the . an action took place. time expressions. . Nm shì zuò chB háishi zNulù lái de? (lit.. (lit. Shì is placed immediately before the adverbial expression or verb followed by purpose expression/ complement.

Complements of manner: ! Wnmen shì tán !"5 de hLn tóujC de. I int come see illness p) I]ve come to see the doctor. washing-machine int by her mess-with bad p) The washingmachine was damaged by her. car int by driver by repair good p) The car was repaired by the driver. we int talk p very congenial p) We had a very congenial conversation. 5 !5 (5) Adverbial phrases of manner: Ta shì lKolKoshíshí de gàosu wn de. (lit. !" Tamen shì wánr de fBicháng 5 gAoxìng de.. (lit. he int go ynd you p) He went to look for you. Note: In colloquial speech. shì may often be omitted from the He came yesterday. de structure: !"5 !" ? (lit. (4) Bèi or similar phrase introducing an agent: Xmycjc shì bèi tA nòng huài de. Ta shì qù zhko nm de. . (lit. (lit. she int honest p tell me p) She told me honestly. boat int slow p sink to the bottom go p) The boat slowly sank to the bottom of the sea. they int play p extremely high-spirited p) They had an extremely good time. Emphasis and the intensifier shì (lit. . I int use pen-brush write this mw letter p) I wrote this letter with a writing brush.!" Wn shì yòng !"5 máobM xil zhèi fbng xìn de. Qìchb shì ràng sCjC gLi xie hko de. shì . (lit. Tamen zuò fbijc qù de ma? 175 . (lit. lái or qù: [Purpose] constructions beginning with 5 5 Wn shì lái kàn bìng de. Did they go by plane? Ta zuótian lái de. !5 ! 5 (6) ! Chuán shì mànmàn de chén dào hki dm qù de. .. (3) (lit.

(lit. Bù comes before shì: .1 Subject and object emphasis in shì . int letter I post p) (2) If the emphasis is on the object of a verb. int I hit break this mw cup/mug) I was the one who broke this cup/mug. .. the sequence [ = shì topic | subject-predicate =de] is impossible: * !"5 Shì xìn wn jì de.. (1) If the emphasis is on the subject. shì .2. de construction. .. (lit. (lit. that mw coffee int I pour give you p) (It was) I (who) poured that cup of coffee for you. . shì is placed before the verb. though it refers to past events. .4). (lit. 22. (lit. Therefore. de construction may also be used to emphasise either the subject or the object of the verb. this mw novel int who write p) Who wrote this novel?/Who was this novel written by? (lit. . I int buy p soap) I bought some soap. . may only be negated by bù (not by ( ) méi(ynu)). shì . .2 Shì ..2. The subject embedded in this structure can be emphasised. she int drink p orange-juice) She drank orange juice. de construction. . while de comes before the object instead of at the end of the sentence: 5 Wn shì mki de féizào. Ta shì hb de !5 júzishum. the subject: ! Shì wN dk pò !"5 zhèi gè bbizi de. shì is placed directly before (lit. de construction and bù 176 The ... . but the topic is emphatic by deynition and cannot be intensiyed by a . ! ! 5 Note: The last two sentences above are topic | subject-predicate constructions (see 18. Zhèi bln xikoshud shì shéi/shuí xil de? Nèi bbi kafbi shì wN dào gli nm de. int policeman/woman catch hold thief p) It was the policeman/ woman who caught the thief. .III Sentences 22. de sentences The . shì . ! !5 ! !9 Shì jMngchá zhua zhù xikotdu de.

! !5 Wnmen bù shì zuò diànchB qù. they int go seaside spendholiday) They are going to the seaside for [their] holidays. with time expressions. . shì is placed immediately before the predicate verb. If the emphasis is on the object. de structure (i. Emphasis and the intensifier shì 22. ! Wnmen nèi tian !"5 bù shì chc de yú. !" Bù shì wn gàosu !"5 ta zhèi jiàn shì de. . I int tomorrow come) I]ll be coming tomorrow.1 Contexts for shì (without de) sentences Shì can be employed in the contexts listed under 22. (2) and (3) for the . shì . 22. I not int come borrow money p) I]ve not come to borrow money. (lit. (lit. int she must towards everybody say-sorry) She]s the one who should apologise to everybody. ! Shì tA ycnggai !"5 xiàng dàjia dàoqiàn. (lit. it generally occurs alone without de.e. coverbal phrases and [purpose] constructions).3. but the object will naturally be stressed in speech: 177 . shì is placed immediately before the If the emphasis is on the subject. not int I tell her this mw matter p) I wasn]t the one who told her about this. we that day not int eat p ysh) We didn]t eat Ysh that day. ! Tamen shì dào !"5 hKibiAn qù dùjià.! 5 Wn bù shì lái jiè qián de. (lit.2 (1). int you go p) Will you be going? (lit. .3 Shì without de for progression and projection When shì is used for emphasis in relation to present continuous or projected events or actions. (lit. (lit. we not int travel-by tram go) We won]t be going by tram. . subject: !9 Shì nM qù ma? (lit. and to emphasise either subject or object: !"5 Wn shì míngtiAn lái.

(lit. (lit. [purpose] constructions. I not int go quarrel) I am not going (in order) to have a row. Tamen shì xikng 5 chc bCngjilíng/ bCngqílíng.3 Shì and negation shì . (lit.4 Shì and topic-comment sentences The above discussion has focused on shì as an intensiyer of elements in the predicate that modify the verb (adverbials. Wn bù shì qù chkojià. (lit. 178 . (lit. we not int on foot go) We are not going on foot. your house int compare mine big) Your house really is bigger than mine. I speak Chinese int not-have you speak p good) I really don]t speak Chinese as well as you do. is formed by placing bù before shì: ! 5 5 Wnmen bù shì znulù qù. shì as an intensiyer may occur alone in topic-comment sentences with gradable adjectives or state verbs. .) or subjects/objects of the verb. sentences. they int want eat ice-cream) It is ice-cream that they want to eat.III Sentences !"5 !" / Wn shì qù kàn tA. I int go see her) I am going to see her. It is placed immediately before bm in afyrmative and ( ) méi(ynu) in negative comparisons: ! !"5 ! ) !5 Nmde fángzi shì bm wnde dà.3. de The negative of shì sentences. 22.. Wn shud Zhdngwén shì méi(ynu) nm shud de hko. ( 22. In addition.2 Shì and comparison Shì is also used alone to emphasise a comparison construction. like that of .3.. 22. (lit. . etc.

he int clever.4. Zhèi gè gdngzuò wn shì xm huan. we int wrong p) We are wrong. they int not know) They really don]t know. in fact.4. I ill p) I am ill. but too bùguò tài proud p) He is clever. (lit. It is often the case that the implicit reservation in such sentences is immediately made explicit by a contradictory statement: !3 5 ! !3 ! 5 Ta shì cdngming. (lit. It can also be introduced in a subject-predicate sentence where the emphasis is on the whole predicate. Tamen shì bù zhcdao. this mw job I int like. this mw question int can klym tí chelái. kLshì xcnshum tài shko. but he]s too conceited. Emphasis and the intensifier shì 5 (2) State verbs: !5 Wn shì bìng le. I int eat snail) I have eaten snails. raise out-come) This question can be raised. all have an undertone of reservation or contradiction. Its presence in effect makes the sentence topic-comment: !5 ! 5 5 !" !"5 Wnmen shì qùle san cì.1 Shì implying reservation The sentences in 22. (lit. but salary too little) I do like this job. they int not happy) They are unhappy. Tamen shì bù gaoxìng. jiao]ào le. 22. (lit. (lit. !"5 Wnmen shì cuò le. she int very short) She is short. (lit. (lit. (lit. (lit./It]s our fault.(1) Gradable adjectives: !5 Ta shì hln ki. Zhèi gè wèntí shì (lit. 179 . but the salary is too little. we int go asp three-times) We (really) did go three times. Wn shì chcguo wdniú.

5 Repetition and emphasis Apart from the use of the intensiyer shì. . xíng. nevertheless too expensive p) (It is true) that book is good. but it is too expensive. no. (lit. (polite response to thanks) . Welcome. (lit. 3 3 3 180 5 Huanyíng. . bù. (lit. Zhèi gè gdngzuò wn xMhuan shì xMhuan. no. while a Chinese person will probably make a modest denial such as . (lit. .4. nkli. Wn lái bang nm máng. no. 22. (lit..2 ‘Verb/Adjective + shì + Verb/Adjective’ implying reservation The pattern of this last structure (in 22. you English speak p really good) You speak really good English. no. Bù.III Sentences 22. !"!3 Nèi bln she hKo !"5 shì hKo. bùguò tài guì le. bù. OK. bù. OK) It is perfectly all right. OK. Please come in. xíng. . thanks or welcome are expressed: A: B: A: B: A: !5 B: 3 3 5 3 3 !9 3 5 Zhèi yàng xíng ma? Xíng. but . Nm Ycngwén shud de zhbn hko. bù. dànshì . bù. I]ll manage myself. no. this mw job/work I like int like. . Wn zìjm lái. huanyíng. ) I do like this job. bù. 5 Qmng jìn. (lit. this type OK p) Will this do? (lit. that mw book good int good. no.1) in colloquial speech can take the form of [verb– shì–verb] or [adjective– shì–adjective]: !" 3 . disagreement. (being modest) !" 3 3 !5 Note: When praised. bù. I self come) No. emphasis in Chinese may also be expressed through repetition. . but . . no. 5 Nkli.. Bù.4. no) Not at all. an English speaker is likely to say [thank you]. I come help you busy) I]ll come and help you. It was nothing. This occurs particularly when agreement. qmng jìn. (lit.

There is. (lit. ! 181 . etc. For example. don]t polite) Don]t stand on Bù yào kèqi. or Make yourself at home. very/really be-apologetic) [I] must apologise. or not polite) You]re welcome. respectfully-[wish]-happy) Congratulations! 5 Gdngxm. or Thank you. thank-thank. 23. or 5 . slow walk) (said when seeing off a guest). Others include: màn znu ‘take care’ (lit.23 23. This is possible because the sentence is formulated within a cotext (i. apologies. Bù xiè. or 5 . for Chinese to omit words from a sentence that are not strictly necessary for the meaning. good wishes. ceremony. all way peace-safe). ! yc lù píng]an ‘have a safe/pleasant journey’ (lit. (lit. gdngxm.1 Abbreviation and omission Three types of abbreviation Abbreviation and omission Like most languages. the actual situation in which the utterance takes place). (lit. the subject and/or object may be omitted in response to a question (see 17. or thank-thank you) Thanks. xcnko le ‘you must be tired (after such a long journey)/ sorry to have put you to so much trouble’ (lit.e. likely to be some overlap between context and cotext.2).: . (lit. Bù kèqi. There is also a tendency.2 Conventional abbreviations as subjectless sentences Conventional abbreviations normally take the form of subjectless sentences and occur in the following types of expression: (1) Thanks. the spoken or written text that precedes and/or follows).e. of course. Similarly. (lit. tiring p). already observed. Chinese has a considerable number of conventional phrases or constructions which habitual usage has made acceptable despite apparent grammatical incompleteness. not thank. (lit. Chinese makes use of abbreviated expressions when allowed or demanded by the context (i. or !5 5 / 3 5 Xièxie. respectfully-[wish]-happy. (in response to xièxie) Bié kèqi. Hln/zhbn bàoqiàn. face not rise) Sorry. Xièxie nm. Duìbuqm.

: 8 5 5 Duì! Hko. often found as public notices: !8 Qmng wù xcyan! ! 8 (lit.: 5 5 Qmngbiàn. and politely seeking opinion) (lit. Others include: méi guanxì ‘never mind/it doesn]t matter’ (lit. very fragrant/savoury p). look well). respectfully-[offer] you one cup/glass). (lit. please no inhale-smoke) No smoking! Qmng wù (lit. good) That]s good/All right. jiùmìng a ‘help!’ (lit. etc. hko xiang a ‘how sweet (of smell)/how tasty’ (lit. (lit. méi wèntí ‘no problem’. ! jìng nm yc bbi ‘your health’! (lit.III Sentences zhù nm shbntm jiànkang ‘wish you good health’ (lit. (4) Standard prohibitions. etc. (2) Approval. forbid enter inside) No entry. etc. (lit. please convenient) Please yourself. (3) Requests. or Do as you please. not important) It doesn]t matter. commendation. again-see). (usually when presenting a piece of writing. start/hold meeting p). really coincidental p). wish you body healthy). cheers’ (lit. not allow stop car) No parking (on these premises). !8 Bù zhon tíng chb! 182 !8 Jìnzhm rù nèi! . no concern). (lit. Qmng zhmzhèng. 5 Xikoxcn. please no over-all-zoor suídì die lajc! throw rubbish) No litter! (lit. please point-correct) Please make comments/corrections. (lit. (lit. correct) (You]re) right! (lit. warnings. gan bbi ‘bottoms up. !5 Jìde guan mén. zhbn qiko a ‘what a coincidence’ (lit. zàijiàn ‘goodbye’ (lit. or Take care. kaihuì le ‘let]s start (the meeting)’ (lit. save life p). Bù yàojmn. remember close door) Remember to close the door. small concern) Be careful. dry glass). Others include: kàn hko ‘look out/watch out’ (lit.

not know he tomorrow come not come) [I] don]t know whether he is coming tomorrow or not. characteristic of oral or written narrative: !" XiKngbudào !"5 huì zài zhèr jiàn dào nm. . afraid I catch-cold p) [I] am afraid I have caught a cold. . . Others include: gua fbng le ‘it]s windy’. (7) Statements about the weather (often including a change in the weather. (lit. 5 Others include: . KNngpà wn gknmào le.(5) Proverbial sayings: 3 5 !3 !5 Huó dào lko.3 Contextual abbreviation Contextual abbreviation usually takes the form of a one-word (or twoword) expression. .’ (lit. bù liào . hear say). . ‘[I] have heard that . . . out sun p) The sun is out. self that-which not want. . (lit. xué dào lko. . donot impose on people) Do unto others as you would be done by. not expect). . . ‘[I] remember .’ (lit. . remember). tcng shud . 183 . Abbreviation and omission (6) Sentence starters. dk shuang le ‘it]s frosty/there]s a frost’. qm wù le ‘it]s getting foggy’. (lit. (lit. . dk léi le ‘it]s thundering’. . learn till old) It]s never too late to learn./You’re never too old to learn (lit. shkn diàn le ‘it]s lightning’. . (lit. ‘unexpectedly . or a realisation about the state of the weather on the part of the speaker – see discussion on sentence le in Chapter 16): 5 !5 Xià yo le. . live till old. .’ (lit. ChE tàiyáng le. . . ! ! BùzhCdao ta 5 míngtian lái bù lái. 23. . Jm sun bù yù. think-not-reach can at here bump into you) [I] never thought/expected [I] would see you here. fall rain p) It]s raining. jìde . wù shc yú rén. (lit.

numbers/demonstratives with measures and attributives with de do not need to be followed by a noun once that noun has been identiyed: zhèi gè dì san gè 184 wnde this one the third one mine . (said perhaps by a bus conductor) (3) Enquiring about the [whereabouts] of something or the [condition] of somebody: 9 9 9 Xié ne? Qián ne? Nm ne? Where are the shoes? Where is the money? How about you? 9 Tamen ne? How about them? (4) Written instructions: ( ) ( ) nán(cè) nw(cè) wú rén ynu rén tuc la gentlemen (lit. have people) push pull 23. Piào. no people) engaged (of lavatory) (lit.III Sentences (1) Calling out to somebody: 8 8 8 Wèi! Lko Lm! Fúwùyuán! Hello! Hey! (or on the telephone. female-lavatory) vacant (of lavatory) (lit. Tickets. Fire! A letter (for you). As observed earlier. Hello) Old Li! Waiter! (2) Calling attention to something: 8 5 5 Hun! Xìn.4 Cotextual omissions Cotextual omissions take a number of forms. man-lavatory) ladies (lit.

know) Yes. Cotextual omissions in answers As seen in 17. (lit. because the reader or listener is able to make sense of the material on the basis of contextual/cotextual evidence: 185 . usually the verb is retained as the core element.4.1 Wáng xiansheng de huáng sè de zuótian mki de Mr Wang]s yellow one(s) the one(s) bought yesterday Abbreviation and omission Cotextual omissions and headwords Where a noun is made up of a deyning element and a headword.3 Contextual/cotextual omissions in extended passages In written or spoken passages. especially pronouns. you like this mw sweater p) Do you like this sweater? !"9 Nm rènshi ta ma? (lit. 5Bù xmhuan.4.4. 5Bù rènshi. the following sentences can occur: !9 !( ) 9 5 23.2 Wnmen zài nkr dlng chB? Wnmen jmdikn (zhdng) dbng jC ? Ta ymjing rù yuàn le. and ! jcngshénbìng yuàn [mental hospital]. ! zhíshbng fbijc [helicopter]. and repetition of other parts of the sentence. once the noun is identiyed. not like) No. like) Yes.! ! 23. Thus when it is already clear that references are to respectively ! gdngòng qìchb [bus]. With cotextual abbreviations. omissions of previous references are similarly possible. subsequent reference may be to the headword alone. Q: A: 23. (lit. 5Rènshi. (lit. (lit. you know her p) Do you know her? A: 5Xmhuan. Where do we wait for the bus? When do we board the helicopter? He has already been admitted to the mental hospital.2. becomes unnecessary: Q: !"#$%9 Nm xmhuan zhèi jiàn máoyc ma? (lit. not know) No. positive or negative answers to a question are regularly expressed by repeating the verb in the question.

or (2) more than one predicate or comment pertaining to the same subject or topic.2 Conjunctions and conjunctives 186 Conjunctions in Chinese occur independently (e. / sunym/ycncm [therefore].) or in related pairs (e. Here we deal with composite sentences. in which a subject (or topic) is followed by more than one verb (or adjective) without any linking device(s). etc. for the yrst type of construction to have no conjunctions or conjunctives. . We deal here yrst with sentences marked by conjunctions or conjunctives.. We use this term to describe sentences which have either (1) more than one clause in a coordinated or subordinated relationship.g. e. . I use Chinese write asp one mw essay give my teacher look.. please correct. (so that) afterwards [I] could re-write [it]. dànshì. It is possible. 3 shud kàn hòu. it becomes a serial construction. however. we looked at serial constructions. gbn.g.3 below).1 Composite sentences: conjunctions and conjunctives Types of composite sentence In Chapter 21. etc.g. (see Chapter 1). Such omissions are possible because the speaker/writer is conydent that the passage is intelligible on the basis of contextual/ cotextual evidence. Note: We have discussed conjunctions that link words and expressions. bùguò [but]. hé. saying that after [she] had read [it] could [she] please correct [it]. / fnuzé/ bùrán [otherwise]. 5 jcnhòu klym chóngxil. afterwards can re-write) I wrote an essay in Chinese and gave [it] to my teacher to look at. 24. The common feature of these two types of composite sentence is that their parts are usually linked by conjunctions and/or conjunctives. klshì.III Sentences Wn yòng Zhdngwén xille yc pian !3 wénzhang gli 3 wn lanshc kàn. say look after. but not those that link clauses. ! qmng zhmzhèng. The seven bracketed pronouns in the translation are not present in the Chinese original. When the second type of construction has no conjunctions or conjunctives. the clauses are then bound together in rhythmic or lexical balance or contrast (see 24. 24 24. ! ! (lit.

]. but they still would not agree.]. . .): !"3 ! !5 . !"3 !" 5 Nm rúguN méi kòng.g.). . . but they kLshì tamen still not agree) We gave way hái bù tóngyì. . . . ycnwèi and sunym. Conjunctives also occur as related pairs (e. though that mw child very intelligent. [because .. Conjunctives. etc. you if not free. . generally when the two clauses share the same subject: ! !"3 ! !5 Nèi gè háizi suCrán hln cdngming. . sucrán .g. etc. therefore I stay at home in nurse her) Because mother was ill. dànshì xuéxí bù gòu nolì. ycnwèi . . . we give-way asp. [both . !"# 3 ! !5 SuCrán nèi gè háizi hln cdngming. . . . . on the other hand. . and . . . (however) he does not study hard enough. . (however) .].. 187 . because mother ill asp. . jiù . . (lit. . Wnmen tuìràngle. (therefore) . yòu ..’ etc. . . sucrán and dànshì) are split such that one is placed at the beginning of the yrst clause and the other at the beginning of the second. but study not sufycient hard) Though that child is very clever. .3). . . we]ll talk [about it] another day. jikrú [if]. . it can be seen that pairs of related conjunctions (e.. . . . etc. . . . . but in compound sentences occur at the beginning of the second (main) clause after the subject to link that clause to the previous (subordinate) clause. [although . (lit. yòu ... dànshì xuéxì bù gòu nolì. . Composite sentences: conjunctions and conjunctives From the second and third examples above. . sunym .. . which function as referential adverbs in simple sentences (see 14. (lit. [as soon as . (lit. (lit. The previous clause may include a conjunction such as rúgun. cái [only then]. .). .. (however) he does not study hard enough. . chúfbi [unless]. wnmen jiù gkitian tán ba. suNyM !"5 wn dai zài jia li kanhù ta. . . are adverbs such as jiù [then]. !"3 Y Cnwèi mama !/ bìng le. (therefore) I stayed at home to nurse her. yc . dànshì ... but study not sufycient hard) Though that child is very clever. we then change-day talk p) If you are busy. The conjunction in the yrst clause may alternatively come after the subject. . yàoshi. that mw child though very intelligent. .

but have (one) mw very beautiful garden) Our house is small. reinforced by conjunctive: Wnmen de fángzi hln xiko. cause and effect. [non-condition]. addition. choice. nàme wnmen jiù gkitian tán ba. bùguò ynu (yc ) gè hln piàoliàng de huayuán. quick go p. (lit. or you]ll be late. otherwise I would have bought a microwave. supposition.2.III Sentences Sometimes a second conjunction may be included with the conjunctive in the second clause: !"3 !" !5 Nm rúguN méi kòng. (lit. (lit.1 Meanings and functions of composite sentences Composite sentences have a wide range of meanings and functions. (lit. fNuzé nm huì chídào de. =bùguò [however]) (lit. condition. fnuzé [otherwise]) Wn méi ynu qián. he want sleep one while. We will give examples in the following categories: contrast. bùrán wn jiù mki otherwise I then buy wbibdlú le. otherwise you probably late-arrive p) Be quick. but sleep not attain) He wanted to have a sleep but could not go to sleep. 24. preference. you if not free. but we have a beautiful garden. inference. I not-have money. concession. klshì [but]) Kuài znu ba. in-that-case we then change-day talk p) If you are busy. (then) we]ll talk [about it] another day. microwave-stove p) I don]t have any money. and time relations: (1) Contrast: 3 D5 (conjunction: 3 ! 5 (conjunction: !3 !" !5 Ta xikng shuì yc huìr. =bùrán [otherwise]. our house very small. kLshì shuì bù zháo. (conjunction: =jiù [then]) !3 ( ) 5 188 (conjunction: .

but not want eat rice) Though she was very hungry. you may pay cash or write cheque) You may pay cash or by cheque. érqiL hln moreover very hardworking) yònggdng. then-be we go) If they didn]t come. on-the-contrary blame others) Not only did he not blame himself but he laid blame on others. (however) she did not want to touch any food. (lit. he not-only not blame oneself. jiùshì wnmen qù. (lit./Either they would come or we would go. he not-be inhalecigarette then-be drink-wine) If he is not drinking. sucrán [though] and dànshì (paired conjunctions: [but]) !3 ! 5 Ta bùdàn bù zébèi zìjm. (3) Addition: !3 !"5 Ta hln cdngming. and also extremely diligent. Composite sentences: conjunctions and conjunctives (lit. jiùshì [then]) (paired conjunctions: !"3 !"5 bùshì [if not] and Bùshì tamen lái. she though very hungry. (lit. not-be they come. She is very intelligent. she very intelligent. dànshì bù xikng chc fàn. (lit. (then) we would go. (then) he is smoking. fKn’ér zéguài biérén. fán]ér [on (paired conjunctions: the contrary]) (2) Choice: ! ! 5 (conjunction: ! 5 bùdàn [not only] and Nm klym fù xiànjcn huòzhL kai zhcpiào. érqil [moreover]) 189 (conjunction: . (lit.!"3 ! 5 Ta suCrán hln è. =huòzhl [or]) Ta bùshì chduyan jiùshì hbjio.

The yrst (main) clause is then unmarked. In cause and effect sentences. I not go see them (be) because I have another one mw appointment) I didn]t go and see them because I had another appointment. yóuyú [owing to]) Note: Yóuyú may often be used in the yrst clause without any conjunction or conjunctive in the second clause. Sometimes ycnwèi is preceded by shì [to be]: ( ( 190 ) ) 3 ! !5 Wn méi(ynu) qù jiàn tamen. they lost their way. (lit. (lit. suNyM mílù le. (shì) yCnwèi wn ynu lìngwài yc gè yubhuì. bmsài zàntíng. because they not bring map. contest suspend) Owing to bad weather. ycnwèi [because] and (lit. sunym (paired conjunctions: [therefore]) ! 3 5 (conjunction: Yóuyú tianqì bù hko. owing-to weather not good. and the second (subordinate) clause begins with ycnwèi [because]. the contest was postponed. therefore not come attend banquet) He was ill and so did not come to the banquet. he not-only scold people but-also hit people) He not only used abusive language but also resorted to blows. therefore lose-way p) Because they did not have a map with them. (lit.III Sentences / ! 5 Ta bùjMn/bùdàn mà rén érqiL dk rén. . yCncM méi lái canjia yànhuì. bùjmn/ bùdàn [not only] and (paired conjunctions: érqil [but also]) (4) Cause and effect: 3 ! 5 (conjunction: ! !3 !"5 Ta bìng le. the [effect] may be expressed before the [cause]. ycncm [therefore]) YCnwèi tamen méi dài dìtú. / (lit. he ill p.

we then don]t wait-for them p) Since they said that they would not come. (lit. since you not comfortable. only-if you study well Chinese. nm cái néng qù Zhdngguó gdngzuò. (conjunction: jiù [then]) !" 3 !"5 zhmyào [provided]. provided you smallconcern. then don]t come p) Since you aren]t well. (lit. jiù jìrán [since]. linked with conjunctive: ZhMyNu nm xué hko Zhdngwén. jiù bù huì che shénme wèntí. linked with conjunctive: Jìrán tamen shud bù lái. we had better not wait for them (then). he suddenly faint-fall p because he drink asp too much p wine/spirit) He suddenly passed out. cái 191 (conjunction: ‘only then’) zhmynu ‘only if’. (6) Condition: !"3 ! !5 ZhMyào nm xikoxcn. wnmen jiù bié dlng tamen le. there won]t be any problem. (lit. you only-then can go China work) Only if you do well in your study of Chinese will you (then) be able to go and work in China. since they say not come. Composite sentences: conjunctions and conjunctives (5) Inference: 3 !5 (conjunction: [then]) ! 3 ! !5 Jìrán nm bù shefu. (lit. jiù bié lái le. linked with conjunctive: .!" !" 5 Ta terán yendko le yCnwèi ta hb le tài dud de jio. because he had had too much to drink. (lit. don]t come (then). then not likely emerge any problem) Provided you are careful.

otherwise they not likely agree cooperate) You must go and convince them. (lit. you if willing. jiù rúgun [if]. linked with conjunctive: / Note: chúfbi is also regularly paired with [otherwise]: 3 !"# / ! " !5 ChúfBi nm qù shudfú tamen. unless you go convince them. unless you go convince them. we]ll still set out according to plan. otherwise they won]t agree to cooperate. no-matter she come not come. (lit. linked with conjunctive: Wúlùn tian qíng háishi xià yo. regardless sky yne or fall rain. wn dDu znulù qù. fNuzé/ bùrán tamen bù huì tóngyì hézuò. wn jiù tì nm xil huíxìn. cái chúfbi [unless]. tamen cái huì tóngyì hézuò. I]m going on foot. fnuzé/bùrán (lit. (lit. we also according-to plan set-out) No matter whether she turns up or not. linked with conjunctive: 192 . (7) [Non-condition]: 3 !" 5 BùguKn ta lái bù lái. (lit. wúlùn [regardless]. linked with conjunctive: Nm rúguN yuànyì. (conjunction: yl [also]) ! !3 !"5 (conjunction: ddu [all]) (8) Supposition: !"3 ! 5 (conjunction: [then]) bùgukn [no matter]. I all walk-road go) Whether it]s yne or raining. wnmen yL ànzhào jìhuà chefa. I then for you write reply-letter) I]ll reply to the letter for you if you want.III Sentences ! !3 ! !5 (conjunction: [only then]) ChúfBi nm qù shudfú tamen. they only-then likely agree cooperate) Only if you go and convince them will they (then) agree to cooperate.

193 (conjunction: / jíshm/jiùsuàn [even if/though]. since the second clause is a question. linked with conjunctive: háishi [still]) (b) referring to the future: / JíshM/jiùsuàn 3 hln wbixikn. .!" Yàoshi tamen jia !3 méi ynu diànhuà. . nm zlnme bàn? (lit. the match was held as planned. (lit. (lit. yàoshi earlier in the clause. wn jiù qù !5 diànhuàtíng dk. (lit. linked with conjunctive: JiKrú ddngtian méi ynu nuknqì. !5 wn yL bù pà. you how manage) How do you manage if there isn]t any heating in winter? (conjunction: jikrú [if]. even-if very dangerous. if their home not-have telephone. referring to the past: ! 3 5 ! JìnguKn tianqì bù hko. . jikrú. I]m (still) not afraid. I also not afraid) Even if it is dangerous. bmsài háishi zhàocháng jìnxíng. linked with conjunctive: yl [also]) . de huà [if] may be used at the end of the yrst clause. wnmen jiù qù huáxul. . I then go telephone-booth make-a-call) I]ll go and use the public telephone if there isn]t one at their place. contest still as-usual go-on) Though the weather was not good. though weather not good. jiù [then]) Composite sentences: conjunctions and conjunctives (conjunction: ! !3 !9 yàoshi [if]. no linking conjunction or conjunctive is necessary) Note: The phrase . suppose winter there-isn]t heating. either alone or with one of the conjunctions rúgun. (lit. we then go ski) We]ll go skiing if it snows tomorrow. . tomorrow (if ) fall snow that-is-the-case. (conjunction: jìngukn [although]. ( ) !3 ! 5 (9) Concession: (a) Míngtian (rúguN) xià xul de huà.

even-though affairs more much. I also want ynd time study Chinese) Even if things get even busier. I as-soon-as wash ynish bath then up bed sleep p) As soon as I had ynished my bath/shower. (lit. yL bù chc gnuròu. rather-than at home-in stay asp. (lit. linked with conjunctive: yl bù [and definitely not]) (11) Time relations: (a) as soon as !" Wn yC xm wán zko jiù shàng 5 chuáng shuìjiào le. he still not come) I waited till two o]clock in the afternoon [but] he still had not turned up. (conjunction: nìngkl [would rather]. jiù [then]) =yc [once] and (conjunctive: . I wait till afternoon two o]clock. hái [still]) (lit. I would-rather hungry die. I will still ynd time to study Chinese.III Sentences ! 3 ! 5 NKpà shìqing zài dud. (lit. yoqí [rather than] and bùrú (paired conjunction: [better to]) !"3 Wn nìngkL !"5 è sm. (conjunction: nkpà [even if/though]. linked with conjunctive: yl [also]) (10) Preference: D3 !" 5 YOqí zài jia li daizhe. I (then) went to bed. wn yL yào chdu shíjian xué Zhdngwén. bùrú che qù znuznu. better-to go-out walk-walk) (I) would rather go out for a walk than stay at home. (paired conjunctives: (b) not yet ( ( ) 194 !" Wn dlng dào )3 xiàwo likng dikn (zhdng). ta hái 5 méi(ynu) lái. (lit. also never eat dog-meat) I would rather starve to death than eat dog-meat.

. 195 . we well-well p sleep asp one sleep.].. yúshì wn jiù znu guòqù. . Fkguan jìn lái de shíhou. . and then we went swimming. . . . (conjunction: yúshì [thereupon]. ránhòu are often accompanied by the Note 2: The expressions . Composite sentences: conjunctions and conjunctives (conjunctive: (d) then !3 ! 5 cái [only then]) Ta ke qmlái. everyone (then) stood up. dàjia jiù zhàn qmlái le. . so (then) I went over (to her). ymhòu [after ..] (see 10. .3) are also regularly linked with jiù [then] in the main clause: !" ! 5 !" 3 !5 !"# !"5 Xì ykn wán yMqián guanzhòng jiù hb dàocki le. . . reinforced by conjunctive: jiù [then]) ! !3 5 Wnmen hkohao de shuì le yc jiào.(c) only then !" ! 5 Wn zuò wán gdngkè cái xià lóu qù kàn diànshì. de shí hou [when . the audience booed. I do ynish coursework only-then down stairs go watch television) I did not go downstairs to watch television until I had ynished my coursework. ránhòu jiù qù yóuynng. When the judge entered. . (conjunction: ránhòu [after that].] and . after-that then go swim) We had a good sleep. (lit. telephone me. . . gli wn dk diànhuà. (lit. Nm dào le yMhòu jiù After you]ve arrived. (lit. . . so I then go across) She started weeping. ymqián [before . Before the performance (of the play) had ended. . . reinforced by conjunctive: jiù [then]) Note 1: Yúshì and conjunctive jiù. she cry/weep start. . . .

(lit. Ta yuè pko yuè kuài. by placing clauses in parallel with each other.. . where cheap to where go buy) We]ll go and buy wherever is cheaper. . shéi qmngkè.2 Paired conjunctives There are a few conjunctives which repeat to form related pairs. In a sentence. ! NKr piányi dào nKr qù mki.III Sentences 24. ... !5 yòu . (lit how good how do) We]ll do it whichever way seems best.. these are placed immediately before two verbal predicates/ comments sharing the same subject/topic: !/ ! / 5 Tamen yCbiAn/ yCmiàn hb jio yCbiAn/yCmiàn tán tian.3 Composite sentences as parallel structures Composite sentences can also be formed without using conjunctions or conjunctives. Wn yòu è yòu kl. .2. Some conjunctions are used in a similar way: !" Zánmen huòzhL qù ! huáxul huòzhL 5 qù yóuynng. Note: Other commonly used conjunctives of this type are: . they one-side drink wine one-side chat) They drank as they chatted. . (lit. He ran faster and faster.. . 5 5 196 ZLnme hko zLnme zuò. . inclusive: we or go ski or go swim) We either go skiing or go swimming. This is done in a number of ways: (1) By repeating the same interrogative adverb or pronoun in the second clause: 3 5 Shéi she. . . I was both hungry and thirsty. (lit. . (lit. who lose. !5 .. yuè . . 24. yuè . yòu . who invite-guest) Whoever loses will pay for the meal...

I won]t go. (lit. of course. (lit. wn bù mki. I not go) If they are going. (lit. wn bù shuìjiào. I not buy) If things are too expensive. wn kànkàn ta. de huà) or the conjunctive jiù. not grasp essay/article write ynish. (lit. I not sleep) I won]t go to bed before I ynish the essay/article. wn bù qù. We list some of these verbs in categories of meaning: 197 . Bù bk wénzhang xil wán. (3) By binding the two clauses in a rhythmic and semantic balance: 3 5 Chc zhdngcan yòng kuàizi. eat Chinese food use chopsticks. he look-look me. jikrú. !"5 wn jiù bù mki le. eat Western food use knife and fork) (You) eat Chinese food with chopsticks (and) Western-style food with knives and forks. !"5 wnmen bù lái le. 3 5 ! 3 !5 Tamen qù. thing too expensive. . we won]t come.4 Verbs taking object clauses Finally. Composite sentences: conjunctions and conjunctives It would. we not come p) If the weather isn]t good. (lit. they go. I won]t buy (anything). (lit.(2) By posing a condition in the yrst clause and then answering or countering it in the second: !3 5 Ddngxi tài guì. I looklook him) He looked at me (and) I looked at him. be acceptable to use one of the conditional yàoshi (or . weather not good. !3 Tianqì bù hko. chc xccan yòng daocha. there are a few verbs which take object clauses and form sentences that may be regarded as composite. )3 tài guì (de huà). 24. . conjunctions rúgun. I won]t buy (anything). or both a conjunction and the conjunctive in these sentences: ! ( RúguN ddngxi If things are too expensive. 3 5 Ta kànkàn wn.

Object clauses also naturally take the form of direct speech: . ! nm shì duì de and bù zko le are the object clauses. it can be seen that if the object clause has the same subject as the main clause. (5) Worry: Wn dAnxCn míngtian huì xià yo. I suggest everyone together work) I suggest we should do it together. I think you be right p) I think you are right. Wn juéde (lit. (lit.III Sentences (1) Estimation. 5 !" 5 (lit. (3) Belief: Wn xiAngxìn dìqiú shì yuán de. thought: ! 5 !" 5 Wn rènwéi nM shì duì de. !"shíjian In these examples. I hope you can come attend our evening-gathering) I hope you will be able to come to our party. I feel time not early p) shíjiAn bù zKo le. (lit. (lit. 5 198 (lit. (2) Suggestion and promise: Wn shuD nm ycnggai zuò hunchb qù. (lit. (lit. I say you should travel-by train go) I say (that) you should go by train. Wn dAying míngtian qù kàn ta. 5 Note: From this last example. I promise tomorrow go see her) I promised to go and see her tomorrow. I feel it]s getting late. the subject need not be repeated. Wn jiànyì dàjia ycqm gàn. I worry tomorrow possible fall rain) I am worried that it might rain tomorrow. 5 (4) Wish: ! Wn xCwàng nm ! néng lái canjia !"5 wnmen de wknhuì. I believe earth be round p) I believe that the earth is round.

and apostrophes 25 25. really great p) Really great! (2) Full statements: ! 8 Zhèi gè xiangzi zhBn zhòng a! (lit.7 [ [ 8] Ta shuD: [Bù yàojmn!] (lit.] (lit. as in most languages. can be partial or full statements. here p air how fresh p) How fresh the air is here. how beautiful p scenery p) What a beautiful view! (lit. really strange p) How strange! 199 . this mw box really heavy p) This case is really heavy! (lit. child ask father: you can buy one mw toy-bear give me p) The child asked his father: [Can you buy a teddy bear for me?] !!7 Háizi wèn bàba: [Nm néng mki !" yc zhsc wánjùxióng 9] gli wn ma?] Exclamations and interjections. appositions. (lit. ai.1 Exclamations and interjections. how good p) How good it is! !8 Zhbn qíguài ya! (lit. Dud hko wa! ya after i. appositions. Vehemence or emphasis is normally expressed by adding the particle a to the end of the exclamation. and apostrophes Exclamations Exclamations in Chinese. a may be inzuenced by the vowel or !" Zhèr de kdngqì !"8 duDme xcnxian a! Note: The pronunciation of the particle consonant that precedes it: (1) =a > 8 (2) =a > wa following ao. etc.e. (1) Partial statements (i. only the comment is present): ( ) !8 8 DuD(me) mlilì de jmngsè a! ZhBn bàng a! (lit. etc. he say: not important) He said: [It doesn]t matter. Degree adverbs such as dud(me) [how]/[what] or zhbn [really] regularly occur before adjectives to intensify emotions.

too thank you p) I]m truly grateful! !"8 Tài gknxiè nm le! 25. ya. too good p) Terriyc! (lit. too beautiful p) How beautiful! (lit.1. I how deal p) What am I to do? (lit. etc. you yesterday for-what not come p) Why didn]t you come yesterday?! 9 Note: Bù is used here instead of méi because. generally ending with a.1 Exclamations with tài In another regular formulation.1. although the action is in the past. who didn]t turn up the day before. heaven p) Good heavens! (4) =le + 8 Wán la! 25. Tian na! =a > =la: (originally: wán le a!) (lit.2 Question-word questions as exclamations Exclamations may also be shaped as question-word questions. you how say like-this p words p) How could you say such a thing?! !"9 Wn zlnme bàn na? ! Nm zlnme shud !"9 zhèyàng de huà ya? 200 . ynish p) All over! (lit. ! 9 Nm zlnme méi bangmáng a? (lit. you how not help p) How come you didn]t help? (lit. Nm zuótian wèi shénme bù lái ya? (lit. the speaker wants to emphasise not the fact but the intention of the listener. etc. the adverb tài [too] is placed before an adjectival or verbal predicate followed by le: 8 8 Tài hko le! Tài mli le! (lit.III Sentences (3) =a > 8 na after words ending with n.

2 Interjections Chinese has a wide range of interjections used at the beginning of sentences to express various kinds of emotion or attitude: 3 3 3 3 5 8 F. =Hng ` =N g for 3 !5Hng.1 Tone variations in interjections Tones are important for interjections in Chinese. s/he wants to fool me. I]ve been stung by a wasp.1 below) 3 !"5 fi. for agreement ` 3 5=N g. (lit. Oh dear. Note: Other commonly used interjections include: fiya for impatience fi for remorse or regret 3 8fiya! Bié fán wn! Dammit! Don]t bother me. Exclamations and interjections. ta xikng piàn wn. hello. fiyd for pain 25. xià xul le. xíng. rain stop p) Hey! It]s stopped raining. che tàiyáng la! (lit. fall snow p) Why. hey. and apostrophes Pèi. it]s snowing. 8 !"!5 fiyd! Huángfbng zhble wn le.25. (see 25. OK. wn yòu nòng cuò le. 201 . yo tíng le. I]ve got it wrong again. dissatisfaction Huh. zhbn bbibm! (lit. oh. appositions. and the same interjection with different tones can convey different feelings: A 3 1st tone (pleasant surprise): !8 f.2. Mm. !9 Wèi. Ouch.2. bah really base) Gosh! How mean! (lit. nm qù nkr? 5 Hèi. you go where) Hello there! Where are you going? (lit. interj come-out sun p) Hey! The sun has come out.

wn míngbai le. 3 25. (lit. Ta shì dúshbngnw.III Sentences A 3 2nd tone (pressing a point): 9 Á. zhèi gè háizi zhkng de zhème gao la! FiyA. interj I understand p) Oh. convey different feelings with no change of tone: 3 ! !8 !" 5 FiyA. she be only-daughter. tA mAma de zhKngshang míngzhE. how could you have dirtied my clothes. her mother]s palm-on bright-pearl) She is an only daughter. interj this be how (one) mw matter p) What? What is this all about? A 3 4th tone (sudden enlightenment): !5 À. An interjection may also. everybody all admire Xiao Li. one mw outstanding p engineer) Everybody admires Xiao Li. zhè shì zlnme (yc) huí shì a? (lit. the apple of her mother]s eye. interj you after-all go not go) Well. I think I understand it now. They function in a way similar to appositions in English.3 Appositions Appositions are another form of independent element in Chinese sentences. an outstanding engineer. (lit. being placed immediately after the word or words they refer to: !3 !" 5 !"3 !5 202 Dàjia ddu pèifú Xiko Lm. (lit. this child has grown so tall. interj this mw child grow p so tall p) Goodness. interj you how p grasp my clothes handle dirty p) Oh dear. yC gè chEsè de gDngchéngshC. nm dàodm qù bù qù? (lit. (lit. . in different contexts. nm zlnme bk wn de ycfu nòng zang le. (lit. are you going or not? A 3 ( ) 3rd tone (doubt or suspicion): ! 9 p.

Mr Li! (lit. one mw person) [alone]/[by myself]. (lit. and apostrophes 25. I self come) I]ll help myself. old Wang. he one mw person go p) He left by himself. zìjm [self]. Ta yC gè rén znu le.e. where are you going to? (lit. to food. they two quarrel start p) The two of them started to quarrel. etc.Pronouns or pronominal expressions such as gè rén (lit. are commonly used appositions: !5 ! 5 !5 Wn zìjM lái. little Chen. appositions. !"9 nm shàng nkr qù? LKo Wáng. recently whatlike) How are things with you lately. you early) Good morning. (lit. Li Mr. please say a few words. jìnlái zlnyàng? 3 !9 203 . etc. nm zko! ZhAng jiàoshòu.) (lit. Tamen liK chko qm lái le. (lit. yc lik [both]/[the two]. (lit. please polite: you say words) Professor Zhang. you to where go) Little Chen.4 Apostrophe Apostrophe is another independent element. qmng nín jikng huà. Zhang professor.. Exclamations and interjections. which in Chinese normally comes at the beginning of a sentence rather than at the end: 3 8 3 !5 3 LM xiAnsheng. Old Wang? XiKo Chén. (i.

III Sentences 204 .

rather than * !"5 Xìn bèi jì znu le.4. Each example will consist of the Chinese text (including a pinyin version) and a translation into colloquial English. preferential treatment of repetition. we will draw attention to these factors and illustrate their impact through a number of short passages in different styles.Part IV Paragraphs Introduction We have so far looked at the features of Chinese grammar within the structure of the sentence. may be rendered superzuous by meaningful clues provided by context or cotext. a piece of expository writing. the elimination of formal elements. other factors come into play in longer passages when sentences occur in sequence within the framework of a paragraph. and follow it with a letter. a speech. Chinese is fundamentally oriented towards meaning rather than dictated by form. followed by an analysis of 205 . We have already seen in our discussion of conjunctions and serial constructions that correlative and referential devices. We will start our discussion with the diary form. in our discussion of topic-comment structures. and the employment of rhythmic balance. elastic sentential conyguration. we have encountered such meaning-dictated and form-saving tendencies as !5 Xìn jì znu le. For instance. (see 18. a Chinese speaker/writer is able to weave together sentences. etc. In this ynal section. conventional rhythmic cohesion. which might seem incomplete to speakers of English. which are apparently essential to the structure of a sentence. and a short argumentative essay. As we will see. However.1). into paragraphs that are in fact grammatically coherent. Through the exploitation of contextual meaning. a dialogue. essentially a narrative. a description. Prime among these are: pronominal and conjunctional omission. In the following we will explore these tendencies in more detail and consider the grammatical strategies the Chinese language employs to change or nullify certain formal ingredients of sentences when they are brought together in longer passages.

IV Paragraphs

syntactic and, in some cases, stylistic features. Where necessary we will also provide literal translations.

26.1

A diary Rìjì

2005 5

25

L(

)L(

)

Èrlínglíngwo nián woyuè èrshí wo rì qíng/(ycn)/(yw) Jcn wkn zài diànshì shang kànle yc chkng zújiú bmsài, shì Y cngguó lìwùpo zúqiúduì yo Yìdàlì AC mmlán zúqiúduì zhbngduó èrlínglíngwo nián duzhdubbi guànjen de juésài. Shàngbànchkng kaishm bù dào jm fbn zhdng, mmlán duì jiù jìnle yc qiú, shàngbànchkng jibshù shí, bmfbn ymjcng shì san bm líng, mmlán duì zhànle shàngfbng/lmngxian. Rénrén ddu ymwéi zhè huí lìwùpo duì shì sheding le de. Klshì shéi yl méi liàodào, xiàbànchkng yc kaishm, lìwùpo duì jíjù jìngdng, bìng zài tóngyàng xìjùxìng de qíngkuàng xià, liánxù tc jìn san qiú, banchéng san píng. Jia shí zài sài, shuangfang shìjenlìdí, shmzhdng bkochí san bm san. Zuìhòu zhmnéng kào (fá) diknqiú lái juédìng shèngfù. Jiégun dào shì lìwùpo duì yíng le, chéngwéi èrlínglíngwo nián duzhdubbi de guànjen. Cóng zhèi chkng bmsài zhdng, wn dédàole bùshko qmfa: zuò rènhé shìqíng ddu ycyang, zànshí de cuòzhé shì bùzúwéidào de, zhmyào jianchíbùxiè, zuìzhdng dìng néng qode shènglì.

3 AC

!"#$%&'()* !"#$%&'()! !"#$2005 ! !"5 !"#$%&'3 !"3 !"#3 !"#3 !"#$/ 5 !"#$%&'() 5 !"#$3 3 !"#$%3 !"#$%&3 !" !5

3

!3 ! 5 !"5

!"#3 !"( )

2005 3 3 5

!"#$%&'3 !"#$5 !" !"#$%7 ! !3 !"#$%&' !"#3 !"#

206

Translation: 25 May, 2005 yne/cloudy/rain This evening I watched a football match on television. It was the 2005 European Cup Final between Liverpool and AC Milan. Within a few minutes of the yrst half beginning Milan scored, and by the end of the half, the score was already three nil with Milan in the ascendance. Everyone thought Liverpool were bound to lose. But against all expectations, once the second half started, Liverpool attacked furiously and in similar dramatic circumstances scored three goals in succession, pulling back to three all. In extra time both sides were equally matched and the score remained three all. In the end they had to resort to penalty kicks to decide the winner. The result was that Liverpool turned out to be victorious, and became the 2005 European Cup champions. The match inspired a few thoughts in me: it]s the same whatever you do – temporary setbacks should not be taken too seriously, and as long as you persevere, you are sure to win in the end. Analysis: This diary is essentially a narrative with the author recounting what takes place in a football match he watched on television that day. Towards the end he expresses his feelings about the result of the match by relating it to his personal experience and philosophy. The main points we need to consider here are: (a) contextual omission of the subject in clauses or sentences, e.g.: !"#$%&'()*+ . . . Jcn wkn zài diànshì shang kànle yc chkng zújiú bmsài . . . [This evening (I) watched a football match on television.] As the keeper of the diary, the subject here is naturally understood as the initiator of the action, and he does not need to identify himself as = wn [I]. It would therefore be superzuous, though not wrong, to introduce the pronoun, but if it were included, the tone would be somewhat unnatural. As we shall see later, the object of a verb may be left out for similar reasons. !"#$%&'()!AC !"#$2005 ! !"5 shì Ycngguó lìwùpo zúqiúduì yo yìdàlì AC mmlán zúqiúduì zhbngduó èrlínglíngwo nián duzhdubbi guànjen de juésài. [(It) was the 2005 European Cup Final between Liverpool and AC Milan.] This illustrates the discourse feature of Chinese to drop, where possible, a nominal subject (or object) that is contextually obvious, without

Diary

207

IV Paragraphs

any implications for the structural completeness of the sentence. In general, this explains why the third person neuter pronoun [it] is something of a rarity in Chinese. !"#$% . . . !"#3 !"#$%5 zuò rènhé shìqíng ddu ycyang . . . zhmyào jianchíbùxiè, zuìzhdng dìng néng qode shènglì. [it]s the same whatever (you) do – . . . as long as (you) persevere, (you) are sure to win in the end]. The subjects of the clauses in this case are of generic reference and are therefore readily omitted. Proverbial expressions in Chinese are more than likely to follow this pattern. (b) conventional omission of conjunctions, e.g.: !"#$%&'3 !"#$%3 !"#3 !"#3 !"#$5 Shàngbànchkng kaishm bù dào jm fbn zhdng, mmlán duì jiù jìnle yc qiú, shàngbànchkng jibshù shí, bmfbn ymjcng shì san bm líng, mmlán duì zhànle shàngfbng. [Within a few minutes of the yrst half beginning Milan scored, (and) by the end of the half, the score was already three nil (with) Milan in the ascendance.] All the clauses here are complete with their subjects and predicate verbs and are strung together in the sentence with commas as clausal boundaries rather than conjunctions. Chinese sentences are in fact semantic units, where sentential considerations are not conyned entirely to the grammatical centrality of a [subject-predicate] form, but focus on the linking of ideas featured sequentially but coherently in a composite unit of expression. In this case, the speaker/writer has taken yve [subject-predicate] clauses to form the unit of expression, which presents the central theme of what happens in the yrst half of the match. (Other speakers/writers might have shaped the same sequence into two or three sentences with, for example, full stops after the second and possibly the fourth clause. These elastic sentential conygurations demonstrate the zexibility of a meaning-oriented language like Chinese.) The English translation is obliged to introduce the conjunction [and], but it uses other language forms to deal with the verb-dominant tendency of Chinese, of which this sentence is an example. (See (d) below.) (c) insertion of conjunctions contributing to the cadence of the sentence, e.g.:

208

!"#3 !"#$%3 !"#$%&'(3 !"#3 !5 xiàbànchkng yc kaishm, lìwùpo duì jíjù jìngdng, bìng zài tóngyàng xìjùxìng de qíngkuàng xià, liánxù tcjìn san qiú, banchéng san píng. [once the second half started, Liverpool attacked furiously and in similar dramatic circumstances scored three goals in succession, pulling back to three all]. Here the clausal conjunction ( ) bìng(qil) [and] provides the cadence for a two-part structure: it serves to highlight what is to come, introducing a commentative dimension into the narrative. Without the conjunction, the sentence becomes more of a factual report. (d) verbal versus prepositional preponderance: a literal translation of the sentence in (b) above would be as follows: [yrst half begin not reach several minutes, Milan team then score a goal, arrive yrst half ynish time, score already is three-nil, Milan team occupy upper position] This translation demonstrates clearly that Chinese is a language which relies heavily on verbs. We have seen that subjects and objects can readily be omitted in a deyned context but a predicate verb must always be present. English, on the other hand, tends to employ nominal and prepositional expressions. This is apparent from the colloquial rendition provided in (b), where the yrst, third, and ynal clauses in Chinese all become prepositional phrases in English.

Letter

26.2

A letter shexìn 7 Zhìmíng xidng: Nín hko! hln jio méiynu gli nín qù xìn le, qmng yuánliàng. Xikng jìnlái ycqiè jen hko, xuéyè shang yl ynu zhkngzú de jìnbù ba. Wn yl ycqiè rúcháng, zhmshì xikohái ynushí ynu dikn táoqì, bù tài tcnghuà, dud shud ta jm jù jiù shbng qm qì lái, bk mén guan le, jiào chcfàn yl bù xià lái. Dàgài shì zhèi gè niánlíng xikohái ddu ynu dikn guailì ba. Zài shud, wn hé qczi yl ddu

!"#$%&3 !"#$3 ! !"#$5 !"#3 !"#"$%&3 3 !"#$%&'3 3 !"#$5 ! !"#$%&'(5 3 !"#$%&'3 ! !"3 !"#$% !"3 !"#$%5 8 5

209

IV Paragraphs

3

!"#$%&'()*3 !"5 3 3 !" !3 !"#$%&'3 !3 !"#$%&' !"#"3 !"# !"#$3 5 !"8 !"#$5 !"#

gdngzuò fánmáng, méiynu tài dud shíjian zhàogù ta, gbn ta ycqm gko xib ynuyc shbnxcn de huódòng, sunym yl hln nán quán guài ta. Xcwàng guòle zhèi gè niánlíng néng dnng qm shì lái, jiànjiàn ynu sun gkibiàn. Ò, duì le, Xikolm yào wn zhukngào nín yc shbng, ta xià gè yuè yào qù Àozhdu fkngwèn, wéiqc ycnián, lín znu shí zánmen san gè rén néngfnu zhko gè shíjian jù yc jù, háishi dào wn jia lái hko, bù zhc xidng yìxià rúhé, qmng fù. Zhù nín hé nín jiarén an hko! Qmng dài wènhòu nín shuangqcn. Dì Língqiáng shàng Liù yuè èrshí san rì

Translation: Dear Zhiming, How are you? I am sorry I haven]t written for ages. Hope things have gone well for you lately, and you]ve made good progress with your studies. Things remain the same with me and it]s just that the child is sometimes a bit naughty, doesn]t do as he is told, frets the more I tell him off, shuts himself away, and won]t even come down when I call him to eat. Probably it]s the contrariness of a child of his age. What]s more, my wife and I are both busy at work and don]t have too much time to look after him or do interesting things with him, and so it]s very difycult to blame him entirely. We hope that when he gets past this age, he will grow up and gradually change for the better. Oh yes, young Li wants me to pass on to you that he is going for a year]s visit to Australia next month, and before he goes we are wondering whether the three of us can ynd time to get together, perhaps better at my place. Please let me know what you think. Best wishes to you and your family, and please pass on my regards to your parents. Yours, Lingqiang 23 June Analysis: The main purpose of this letter is to pass on a message to arrange a meeting of the three friends. It is customary for the writer of a Chinese letter not to come straight to the point, but politely to put in a few preliminaries to add some substance. Here there are initial statements: [expressing good will] (e.g. =Nm hko! [How are you?]) and [asking

210

etc. jiàoshòu [professor]. In this letter we see linguistic characteristics already observed in the diary above: omission of clausal or sentential subjects or objects where the context eliminates any possible misunderstanding. Letter 211 . e. . The address code amongst friends is usually = xidng [elder brother] for someone older and = dì [younger brother] for someone younger in the case of men. Xikng jìnlái ycqiè jenhko .for forgiveness for not writing too often] (e.) or polite addresses (e. and of conjunctional devices. shuts (himself) away. [Please pass on my regards to your parents].g. etc. Xikojie [Miss].) In addition. when the ideas expressed belong to the same central theme. etc. qmng yuánliàng. . and won]t even come down when (I) call (him) to eat.4. As long as the component elements contribute to the same central idea of [the child]s contrariness]. bk mén guan le. doesn]t do as (he) is told. The clauses are separated by commas alone without any need for conjunctions – a further proof that Chinese sentences are semantic units of expression. . Xiansheng [Mr]. is more often than not a concluding sentence.: !"#$%&3 5 hln jio méiynu gli nín qùxìn le.] !"#$ .g. A letter invariably ends with shàng [submit respectfully] after one]s signature.3).] In fact. however. Please forgive/excuse (me). they naturally belong together. dud shud ta jm jù jiù shbng qm qì lái. bù tài tcnghuà. [it]s just that the child is sometimes a bit naughty. [Hope things have gone well (for you) lately] !"#"$%&3 !3 !"#$%&'3 3 !"#$5 zhmshì xikohái ynushí ynu dikn táoqì. zhorèn [director]. Tàitai [Mrs. etc. júzhkng [head of the bureau]. one would use formal titles (e. qmng yuánliàng.g. When writing to a superior.g. . and for women = jil ‘elder sister] and = mèi [younger sister] respectively. jiào chcfàn yl bù xià lái. [(I) haven]t written to you for a long time. [I am sorry I haven]t written for ages]. the suppressed subjects (in brackets) of the predicate verbs in the clauses change from yrst person to third person and vice versa without any problem retrieving meaning from the text (see also 23.). frets the more (I) tell him off.]. 8 !"#$% 3 5 Nín hko! hln jio méiynu gli nín qùxìn le. something like !"#$5 Qmng dài wènhòu nín shuangqcn.

for the same reasons noted in the previous sentence. (he) will grow up and gradually change for the better.3 A dialogue Duìhuà !" Shìzhèngfo ménknu 8 !"#$ !"#9 !5 !"9 9 5 3 !5 !"D !"3 9 ! Xiko Lm: Lko Zhang. Xcwàng guòle zhèi gè niánlíng. zko jiù kko wán le. sunym yl hln nán quán guài ta. and so it]s very difycult to blame him entirely. Nm lái zhèr gàn shá? Lko Zhang: f. tianqì tài rè. (We) hope that when (he) gets past this age. Zhmshì qián jm tian zháole diknr liáng. [my wife and I are both busy at work and don]t have too much time to look after him or do interesting things with him. Xiko Lm. ynudiknr késòu. Ynude kbmù hln klnéng bù jígé ne. Lko Zhang! Xikngbudào zài zhèr jiàndào nm. ymjcng chàbudud hko le. néng dnng qm shì lái.IV Paragraphs !"#$%&'3 !"#$%&3 !"#$%& !3 !"#$%5 !"#$%3 !"3 !5 Wn hé qczi yl ddu gdngzuò fánmáng. méiynu tài dud shíjian zhàogù ta. Nm ne? Zhang: Bù cuò. Zhang: Wèi shénme? Lm: Zhoyào shì kkoshì qián nèi duàn shíjian. 7 3 5 3 3 !8 5 3 7 7 7 7 7 7 9 3 !"5 !"9 !3 !"#$5 !"#$%&'(5 9 !"#$%&'3 3 !"#$5 !"3 !"3 !"#5 7 7 212 . we see that.] Once again. are omitted in the Chinese text. Wn hái ymwéi shì shéi ne! Jìnlái zlnmeyàng? Lm: Hái klym. sunym fùxí de bù hko. yuánlái shì nm. jiànjiàn ynu sun gkibiàn. fàn yl chcbuxià. gejì bù huì tài lmxikng. wknshàng yl méiynu shuì hko. as well as conjunctions. 26. Zhang: Chéngjì zlnmeyàng? Lm: Hái méi gdngbù. subjects and objects. Jiashàng xcnqíng jmnzhang. bù cuò. Nm ne? Hái zài kkoshì ba? Lm: Bù. gbn ta ycqm gko xib ynuyc shbnxcn de huódòng.

7 3 !"#$% !"#5 !"#$5 !"#$%&'() !"#$%&'5 !"#$%&5 !"5 5 ! !5 7 7 3 3 7 7 7 3 5 3 5 Zhang: Bié danxcn. wn shì lái tì shìzhkng dang fanyì de. Young Li: OK. so it]s you. It]s almost better now. I am interpreting for the Mayor. I guess they won]t be too brilliant. it was too hot. Zhang: Xièxiè. Dialogue Translation: At the door of the Municipal Government Ofyce Young Li: Old Zhang. It]s very probable that I haven]t passed some subjects. klnéng qíngkuàng méiynu nm xikngxiàng de nàme zaogao. They ynished some time ago. Old Zhang: Don]t worry. Today a Chinese delegation is visiting here. zàijiàn. Young Li: Goodbye. Jcntian ynu Zhdngguó dàibikotuán lái zhèr fkngwèn. let]s leave it at that. Old Zhang: Thank you. Zhù nm ycqiè shùnlì. How have things been for you lately? Young Li: Quite good. Young Li: I hope so. so we]ll say goodbye. old Zhang! I didn]t expect to meet you here. What have you come for? Old Zhang: Ah. On top of that. Lm: Hko ba. Lm: Dànyuàn rúcm. Goodbye for now. It]s just that I caught a bit of a cold a few days ago. aren]t you? Young Li: No. so my revision didn]t go well. 213 . and I didn]t sleep well at night. Young Li. I was nervous and could not eat. Old Zhang: OK. How about you? You]re still taking exams. Hope everything goes smoothly for you. Probably things won]t be as bad as you imagine. Zhang: Hko ba. and have a bit of a cough. Lm: Zàijiàn. zánmen xian tán dào zhèr. nà jiù zàijiàn le. I didn]t realize it was you. Old Zhang: Why? Young Li: Mainly because in the period before the exam. Wn háishi gknkuài qù jiàn ta ba. Old Zhang: What were your results? Young Li: They]ve not been published yet. I must dash off to see him now. not bad. What about you? Old Zhang: Not bad.

as it has been the keyword in the question. and !" nà jiù zàijiàn le [so we]ll say goodbye]. tianqì tài rè. On top of that. fàn yl chcbuxià. Ynude klmù hln klnéng bù jígé ne. it was too hot. so (my) revision didn]t go well.g. it is clear that [I] have taken the examination and there is therefore no need for me to identify myself.: 7 !"9 7 !3 !"#$5 !"#$%&'(5 Lko Zhang: Chéngjì zlnmeyàng? Xiko Lm: Hái méi gdngbù. e. It is also worth pointing out that in informal Chinese. and (I) didn]t sleep well at night. gejì bù huì tài lmxikng.] [Results] is obviously the topic of this exchange and. sunym fùxí de bù hko. !" zko jiù kko wán le [The exams ynished some time ago]. in !"#$ ymjcng chàbudud hko le [It]s almost better now]. le becomes a natural mechanism to bring an idea to a close before the speaker goes on to another.IV Paragraphs Analysis: In a dialogue or conversation. [Old Zhang: Why? Young Li: Mainly because in the period before the exam. (I) guess (they) won]t be too brilliant. Likewise. [Old Zhang: What were your results? Young Li: (They]ve) not been published yet.] Once again there is no doubt that the answer relates to the candidate himself and the subject is consequently omitted. as in a conversation like this. wknshàng yl méi(ynu) shuì hko. For instance. there is no need to reiterate it in the answer. Jiashàng xcnqíng jmnzhang. omissions are all the more common because the context is made immediately apparent by the ongoing exchange. (I) was nervous (and) could not eat. This is because in everyday conversation (or letters) one says things as they come to mind: thus the sentences of the speaker (or writer) are less structured and tend more often than usual to round up ideas at every step. When this happens. there is a tendency for speakers to use the sentence particle le. the speaker indicates that he has no doubt in his mind that what he has just verbalised represents a situation which has already been or will soon be 7 7 214 . 9 !"#$%&'3 !3 !( ) 5 3 !"3 !"#$5 Lko Zhang: Wèishéme? Xiko Lm: Zhoyào shì kkoshì qián nèi duàn shíjian. It]s very probable that (I) haven]t passed some subjects.

by bringing the idea to conclusion. but ! Chéngjì zlnmeyàng le introduces an anxious tone into the query and indicates concern for the impending outcome. In the unstructured. bikoshì rèliè de huanyíng. a different situation. duì nmmen dào bì xiào lái fkngwèn. mli yc pc ddu gli wnmen liú xià le shbnkè de yìnxiàng. ! bié danxcn le [stop worrying] gently urges the listener to change his present state of anxiety. !" Chéngjì zlnmeyàng? [What were your results?] is a straightforward question. and almost anarchic. In more structured expository or argumentative writing. the more frequent the use of le. Wn xikng tèbié zhmche de shì guì xiào pài lái de xuésheng yo lkoshc. it is an indication that what the speaker has in mind is.4 A welcome speech Huanyíngcí 3 7 Zhangyuànzhkng. if !" fàn yl chcbuxià [could not eat] is again a factual report. sequence of such sentences. le is a natural marker between them. but !" tianqì tài rè le emphasises a situational change where the heat is hardly ideal for exams. !"# fàn yl chcbuxià le becomes a comment highlighting a disturbing change in appetite. qínfèn hàoxué. Zhangyuànzhkng zhèi cì dàolái. le appears far less frequently. which the listener is invited to think about. shuangfang zài xuéshù shang hùxiang cùjìn. ! tianqì tài rè [it was too hot] is a factual statement. Zìcóng zánmen likng xiào hù pài liúxuésheng yo fkngwèn xuézhl ymlái. as we shall see. Speech 26. We can illustrate this further by adding le to other sentences in the dialogue. zenshnu jìlv. xcwàng tamen huí dào bln xiào zhchòu. We can see from the above that wherever le occurs. Zhangferen: Wn dàibiko XX dàxué. this means that the less structured the speech (or writing). jìnycbù jiaqiáng wnmen zhc jian de ynuyì. zhù rén wéi lè. or will soon be. if bié danxcn [don]t worry] is a forthright request. qodé le bùshko chéngjì.actualised and le helps him to signal that. nénggòu dud zuò gòngxiàn. klym qcnykn kàndào guì xiào xuésheng XX 3 !"# 3 !"#$5 !"#$%&'($)* 3 !"#$%&'3 !"5 !"#$%& !"#$%&3 !3 !3 !3 !" !"#$%&'3 ! !"#3 !"#3 !"#$%&'(5 !3 !"#$%&' !" #$%&'5 3 !"3 !"# 5 !"#$%3 ! 3 !5 3 ! !"#$%&'()*+ 215 . For example.

Zài wnmen zhèr. I express a warm welcome to you on your visit to our humble university. zhùyuàn tamen shbntm jiànkang. on behalf of our . Of course we must also thank President Zhang for the meticulous care and concern shown to the students and teachers we have sent (to your university). On behalf of XX university. bm zài jia lm háiyào yúkuài yo sheshì. We have done our utmost to ensure that they are happy in every way and successful in their studies. and have taken pleasure in helping others. When they return they say unanimously that the period when they studied at your university was even more happy and comfortable than at home. Every cohort has left us with a deep impression. Dangrán. wn jmn dàibiko bln xiào zài cì xiàng Zhangyuànzhkng bikoshì zhdngxcn de gknxiè. shm tamen shbnxcn yúkuài. xué ynu sun chéng. qmng zài zuò de gèwèi. At this point. you will be able to see with your own eyes during this visit the actual conditions in which the students and teachers sent by your honourable university live and study. Ràng wn yl jiè cm jchuì.IV Paragraphs 3 !"#$ %&'()3 !"#$%&'(3 !"#$3 !"#$ !5 3 !"#$ !"#$%&'()5 !"3 !"#3 !"#$"#%&'() !"#$%3 !3 !"#$3 !5 yo lkoshc xuéxí yo shbnghuó de shíkuàng. Zài cm. What I would like to point out in particular is that the students and teachers sent by your honourable university have been diligent and committed to their studies. tamen guclái hòu ddu zhòngknuyccí de shud. wnmen yl dli gknxiè Zhangyuànzhkng duì wn xiào pài qù de xuésheng yo lkoshc de wúwbibùzhì de guanhuái yo zhàogù. ynu sun shduhuò. shì zuì shòu huanyíng de rén. Here they are honoured guests and the most welcome of people. tamen shì guìbcn. they are able to make wider contributions and further strengthen the friendship between us. Ever since our two universities have been exchanging students and visiting scholars both sides have achieved considerable results in promoting mutual academic progress. Wnmen jìn le ycqiè nolì. bìng zài cm fkngwèn qcjian. gòngtóng jo bbi duì Zhangyuànzhkng hé yuànzhkng feren bikoshì jìngyì. wànshì rúyì. zài guì xiào xuéxí yo shbnghuó qcjian. and I hope that after their return to their own university. 216 Translation: President Zhang and Mrs Zhang. President Zhang. have observed discipline.

and marked achievements during this visit. bùxíngjib gèng shì míngjìng kuanchang. zhèr xíngrén bùyòng danxcn chbliàng de láiwkng. and a number of them can be seen here (e. Jùshud shì Ycnggélán dì sì dà chéngshì. Description 26. !" guanhuái yo zhàogù [care and concern]. like other formal addresses. and have taken pleasure in helping others]. have observed discipline. bì xiào [our humble university]. guì xiào [your honourable university]. !3 3 ! qínfèn hàoxué. zhù rén wéi lè [have been diligent and committed to their studies.humble university I would like to express once again our heartfelt thanks to President Zhang. mli tiáo ddu ynu dútè de fbnggé.). Klshì zuì ynu tèsè de háiyào sho nà yctiáotiáo de gnng láng jib. dì sì jiù lún dào Lìzc le.g. is likely to incorporate standard clichés. Jìn shí jm nián lái. xué ynu sun chéng [are happy in every way and successful in their studies]. Another prominent feature of this style is an inclination to use rhythmic patterns and parallelisms (e.5 A description Miáoshùwén Lìzcshì !"#$%&'()* !5 !"#$%& 5 !"#$%&'( 3 !"#3 !" 3 !"#$%5 !"3 !"#$%3 !"#5 !"#3 !"#$%$&'()3 !"#$%3 !"# !"#$5 !"#$ !"##$%&'3 !"#5 !"#3 !"#$%3 !"# !"#$%&'!"()3 D !"#$%&' D !"#$%3 3 Lìzc shì Ycnggélán blibù xc Yuèkèjùn de yc gè chéngshì. ! jiè cm jchuì [take this opportunity]. Ycnggélán zuì dà de chéngshì dangrán shì Lúnden. etc. Zhèlm de gnnglángjib. qízhdng 217 . all success. qíta chéngshìli bìng bù dud jiàn. Yóuqí shì shìzhdngxcn. qícì shì Bómínghàn. Lìzc zài chéngshì jiànzhù shang. jibdào likngpáng de jiànzhù yù lái yù xcnymng biézhì. !3 ! shbnxcn yúkuài.g. jmn dàibiko [on behalf of]. Analysis: A welcome speech. ynu hln dà de fazhkn. etc. zenshnu jìlv. Let me take this opportunity to ask everybody present to raise their glasses together in a toast to President Zhang and Mrs Zhang and wish them good health. yúkuài yo sheshì [happy and comfortable]. Mànchèsctè pái dì san.

IV Paragraphs !"#3 !"#$% 5 !"#$%&'3 !"#$%&3 !" !"#$%&'()*5 ynu yc tiko háiynu mlilì de xiko huatán hé yírén de xiko pbnquán. For example. kl ràng gùkè mén zuò xiàlai shexcn qièyì de hb kafbi ne. qícì shì Bómínghàn. = dútè [unique]. chénliè zhe línlángmknmù de shangpmn. [Leeds coming fourth]. [middle of the street] 218 . there have been major developments in urban construction in Leeds. the buildings along the streets are looking increasingly original and attractive. adjectives. Manchester third. which are not often found in other cities. England]s largest city is of course London. =yí dào [moved to]. four different verbs are used to indicate comparison: shì in !"#$%&'()*3 !"#=Ycnggélán zuì dà de chéngshì dangrán shì Lúnden. shìzhdngxcn [city centre]. is used – D=bki zhe [placed]. In the last ten years or so. pái in ! Mànchèsctè pái dì san. =sho in !"#$%&'((")*+=zuì ynu tèsè de háiyào sho nà yctiáotiáo de gnnglángjib. But more distinctive are the many arcades. = biézhì [original]. a variety of verbs. The coffee shops here also have tables and chairs in the middle of the arcade. = lún dào in !"#$% dì sì jiù lún dào Lìzc le. The pedestrian precincts are even more bright and spacious with people not needing to worry about trafyc. [Manchester third]. Zhèi tiáo gnnglángjib shang de kafbigukn. attracting visitors from outside. likngpáng shangdiàn de chúchuang li. with Birmingham next. One of them even has beautiful zowerbeds and pleasing fountains with benches beside them where people can sit and rest any time they like. where customers can sit at their leisure and enjoy a cup of coffee. said to be the fourth biggest city in England. xcymn le bùshko wàidì lái de yóukè. The shop-windows on either side are full of eye-catching goods. Analysis: A description in Chinese is naturally drawn to sequences of words and phrases expressing similar meanings. and Leeds coming fourth. to attain variety. Translation: Leeds is a city in West Yorkshire in northern Britain. pángbian bki zhe kl gdng xíngrén suíshí xieqì de chángdèng. In the city centre in particular. [England]s largest city is of course London. Each arcade has its unique style. [more distinctive are the many arcades]. hái bk zhudym yí dào jib zhdngyang. with Birmingham next]. and nominal expressions D chénliè zhe [displayed]. in this passage. likewise. =jib zhdngyang.

Dàjia ddu zhcdao. Yc mén yoyán de faycn yo yofk. sunym zài 3 !"#$%&'3 !"#$%&'(5 !"# $3 !" 3 !"#$3 ! !"#$%&'(3 5 !"#3 ! !3 !"#$%&' !"#$3 !"3 5 !"#$%&'( 5 !"#$%&'() 3 !"#$%3 !3 !"#$%&' 5 !"#$%&'3 !3 !"#$3 !5 5 !"##$%&'() !"3 !"# !"#$%&'3 ! !"#$%3 !"# 219 . etc. sunym bìng bù nán xué. and parallel structures are formed. zhmyào fangfk duìtóu. arrangement and special quality. línlángmknmù de shangpmn. shì ynngyukn yl xué bù wán de. != míngjìng kuanchang from = míngjìng [bright and clean] and kuanchang [wide and spacious]. four character phrases are coined. ycnwèi yc mén yoyán de cíhuì shì yc gè kaifàng de xìtnng. dlng dào xeyào de shíhou. and in order to acquire a cadential rhythm. zài bùduàn gbngxcn. Xiànzài wnmen lái tántan xué zhdngwén cír de fangfk. Klshì bùyào zhème yc shud jiù knnghuang qmlái. chénliè zhe. e. !=shexcn qièyì from shexcn [relaxing one]s mind] and qièyì [pleasing one]s heart]. Explanatory writing: the way to learn Chinese words 26. yào zhkngwò zhè jm qian gè cír dào bìng bù nán. wúfbi shì nàme jm qian gè. Dancí què bù ycyàng. ( !) !"#$3 !" D3 3 3(kl gdng xíngrén) suíshí xieqì de chángdèng. Zhìyú nèixib bù chángyòng de cír. Descriptions are generally intent on achieving variety in usage and vibrancy in rhythm. bùduàn zbngjia.6 An explanatory piece of writing Shudmíngwén !"#$%& Shíjì zhdngwén dancí de fangfk Xué Zhdngwén. !"#=mlilì de xiko huatán [beautiful zowerbeds]. xcymn le. mli gè dancí ddu ynu zìjm dútè de faycn yo yòngfk. qí guczé shì ynuxiàn de. klym mànman lái. háidli shíjì ycdìng shùliàng de dancí.g. zài yc gè yc gè de xué. Qíshí yc mén yoyán zhdng chángyòng de cír bìng bù dud.g. xcnymng biézhì from xcnymng [refreshingly new] and =biézhì [original]. ddushì fbngbì de xìtnng.– to indicate position. e. !"# yírén de xiko pbnquán [pleasing fountains]. chú le xué faycn yo yofk zhcwài. érqil zài duknqc nèi bù huì fashbng hln dà de biànhuà.

hái klym bangzhù nm zhkngwò bùshko qíta rú [zàijiàn] ([goodbye]). hé [jiàn guò ta yc miàn]. ycndiào shì [jiànmiàn]. xué huì le zhè likng gè zì. see face) meet]3 jiànmiàn3 ![ !] [meet him] [ !"] [met him once]5 !"#$%& meet !"#$%[* ] !5 !"#$%&'(3 !3 !"#$%&' 5 !"#$%&'( !"#$%&'(%5 !"3 !"#3 !"#$3 !"#$ !"#$%&'(5 !"#$%&'#(3 !"#$%&'()*+ !3 !"#$%& ! 5 !"[ ] !"#3 ![ ] [ ] !"#$3 !"# !"#$[ ] zàijiàn [(lit. jche sunynu de cír ddushì yóu zhè jm qian gè zì zohé érchéng de. ylshì yc gè fbngbì xìtnng. apart from pronunciation and grammar. again see) goodbye]3 jiànzhèng [(lit. érqil wkngwkng shì yóu likng gè zhèyàng de zì zochéng de. Jì zhdngwén dancí háiynu yc gè qiàomén. ([witness]). zhèlm zhíde yc tí. see prove) witness]3[ ] miànshì [(lit. ycban qíngkuàng xià shì bù huì zài zàoche shénme xcn de zì lái le. yìsi shì [meet]. Translation: The Way to Learn Chinese Words In studying Chinese. xiàng yoycn yofk ycyàng. They are therefore certainly not difycult to learn. Lìrú [jiànmiàn] yc cí. Chángyòng de zì yl zhmynu likng qian wo bki dào san qian gè. jiànzhèng. dapèi zé shì [gbn ta jiànmiàn]. chú le yào zhcdao yìsi zhcwài. Qíshí zhdngwén li jche sunynu de cír ddushì yóu danycnjié de zì gòuchéng de. bk ynuguan de dapèi nòng qcng. You can never stop learning 220 . face test) interview] 5 shíjì yc gè dancí de shíhou. Dangdài zhdngwén de zìhuì. The pronunciation and grammar of a language are closed systems. you also have to learn a sufycient number of words. and their rules are limited in number and moreover these rules are unlikely to change signiycantly over a short period of time. yc cí de yòngfk ér shud che [jiànmiàn ta] zhèyàng de huà lái le. Words on the other hand are different. [miànshì] ([interview]) zhèi lèi cír. zhèyàng jiù bù huì gbnjù ycngwén [meet]. Shàngmiàn tídào de [jiànmiàn] yc cí jiùshì yóu [jiàn] yo [miàn] likng gè zì gòuchéng de. ycdìng yào bk ycndiào fa zhon. xué zhdngwén de rén tcng le ycdìng huì gaoxìng de.IV Paragraphs 3 !"#$%3 !"#5 [ ] 3 [(lit.

and therefore when learning a word. The character set of contemporary Chinese. Here we will concentrate on repetitional strategies. Everyone knows that each word has its own unique pronunciation and usage. letter. words. like its pronunciation and grammar. note the frequent presence of key concepts like pronunciation and grammar. which is also worth mentioning here. etc. is a closed system too. In fact. Thus you wouldn]t say something like * jiànmiàn ta [(lit. =miànshì [interview (lit. =jiànzhèng [witness (lit. The fact is that all Chinese words are made up of monosyllabic characters. For example.e. There is a knack for remembering Chinese words. again see)]. tone as well as sound) [jiànmiàn] and the collocations of ! gbn ta jiànmiàn [meet him (lit. you]ll certainly have no difyculty mastering these few thousand words. you have to be clear about its pronunciation and collocation. in addition to its meaning. you can take them slowly and learn them one by one when the time comes. Now let]s talk about how to learn Chinese words. There are only 2. etc.) meet him] in the way you would use [meet] in English. and learning these two characters will help you to grasp many other words such as zàijiàn [goodbye (lit. Analysis: Expository writing naturally exhibits some of the features noted above in the diary. and most words are combinations of two of those characters. has the pronunciation (i. see face)]. dialogue and description sections.500 to 3. As long as you go about it properly. and in normal circumstances no new characters will be created. As for less commonly used words.000 commonly used characters in Chinese. see prove)]. The word jiànmiàn mentioned above is formed from the two characters =jiàn [see] and =miàn [face]. the word jiànmiàn. and people learning the language will deynitely be pleased to hear about it. But don]t panic because I say this. forever being renewed and extended. closed and open systems. In Explanatory writing: the way to learn Chinese words 221 . This unique feature of expository writing can be seen in both the Chinese original and also the relatively literal English translation. etc.them because the vocabulary of a language is an open system. collocation. However. there aren]t many commonly used words in a language and usually no more than a few thousand. which means [meet (lit. A piece of expository writing has to have an internal logic and coherence (see also the analysis of argumentative writing below) and focuses throughout on a particular thematic concept or concepts. with him see face)] and !" jiàn guò ta yc miàn [met him once (lit. face test)]. see p him one face)]. One therefore ynds considerable repetition of key words. there is a marked difference in the strategies adopted by the two languages. characters. For example.

where the writing is more oriented towards meaning and content rather than style.7 An argumentative piece of writing Yìlùnwén !" 7[ !"#$!"5] !"#$%&'()*5 !"#5 !3 3 !"3 !""## !"3 !"#$ !"9 !"#$ 3 !" !"7 !"#$%$ !"#$%&3 !3 !"3 ! !3 !"#$%5 !"3 !"#$ D3 !"#$%&'()*+ !5 !3 !"3 !"#$%5 Jiànkang zhc wn jiàn Ynu rén shud: [Jiànkang shì cáifù zhdng de cáifù. wn hái klym joche yc gè lìzi: Shàng zhdngxué shí ynu gè tóng ban tóngxué. ycdìng yào bk ycndiào fa zhon. sunym zài shíjì yc gè dancí de shíhou. where the context is clear. which is not comfortable with nominal or pronominal substitution.IV Paragraphs English. chú le yào zhcdao yìsi zhcwài. Yóucm kljiàn. In Chinese. ddu yào ym jiànkang wéi jccho. 26. lkoshc bù dnng de xítí. and therefore when learning a word. repetition is normally avoided by the use of pronouns and a wide range of synonyms. ta yl néng jildá. allowing for simple omission. Everyone knows that each word has its own unique pronunciation and usage. dìng néng xiàng Àiycnsctkn nèiyàng wèi shèhuì hé rénlèi zàofú de. For example: !"3 !"#$%&'()*+. yàoshi jcntian ta hái huó zhe. however. repetition becomes more acceptable. Shì xikng ycxià. in addition to its meaning. 3 3 222 . yòu zlnyàng qù xikngshòu mlihko de rénshbng ne? Yào shudmíng jiànkang de zhòngyào. klshì yóuyú shbntm bù hko. wúlùn shì shénme. niánjì qcngqcngde jiù yaozhé le. Qíshí. dàoli hln jikndan. meaning takes over. you have to be clear about its pronunciation and collocation. mli gè dancí ddu ynu zìjm dútè de faycn yo yòngfk.] Wn juéde zhèi gè shudfk shì shífbn zhèngquè de. yc gè rén. jiùsuàn zài ynu qián. Wn yczhí rènwéi. rúgun shbntm bù hko. repetition is more readily tolerated and. ta quèshí shì gè shùxué qícái. bk ynuguan de dapèi nòng qcng. yc nián dào tóu bìng bìng wai wai de.-3 !"#$ !"3 !"#$%&3 !"#$%3 ! !5 Dàjia ddu zhcdao. though in practice.

Shàngmiàn sun shud de zhmshì wn gèrén de kànfk. sì. shko chc féi nì hen xcng. Ynu le jiànkang. shm shbntm jiànkang de ycnsù. even if he is wealthy. llngjìng. jikngjiu wèishbng. zhùyì llngnukn. èr. wàiche dùjià lwyóu yl hko. yl jiù ynu le ycqiè: cóngshì xuéxí yánjie yl hko. he would have been able like Einstein to bring beneyts to society and mankind. bùwài wo gè fangmiàn: yc. zbngqiáng duì jíbìng de dmkànglì. dud chc secài shumgun. wéi rén gdngzhèng. qmje ymnshí ynudù. He could even solve equations that the teacher couldn]t. huò xcdú. nm ddu néng cóngzhdng dédào zuì chdngfèn de lèqù. The reason in fact is quite simple. 223 . jièjué ycqiè wbihài shbngmìng yo jiànkang de lòuxí. san. wánchéng gdngzuò rènwù yl hko. jiànkang yl jiù ynu le jcbln de bkozhàng. jiknshko huànbìng de jchuì. shànliáng. I feel this is entirely correct. zlnyàng cáinéng shm zìjm jiànkang qmlái ne? Zài wn kànlái. huanyíng dàjia pcpíng zhmzhèng. I have always thought that. bkozhèng shìliàng de shuìmián. kkolv yo chùlm wèntí. bù dòng ganhun. yào jcngcháng duànliàn shbntm3 shm zìjm xuèmài chàngtdng. Shud de bù duì de dìfang/rúynu bùdàng zhc chù. xùjio. if he were still alive today. wúlùn jìnxíng shénme huódòng. I can cite an example: at middle school I had a fellow student who was a mathematics genius. how can he enjoy a happy life? To illustrate the importance of good health. Just think for a moment. yù shì chénzhuó. because he was in poor health he died very young. bù chduyan. Rogun wnmen néng zuò dào ym shàng wo dikn de huà. jcngo zhuàngjiàn. jen cóng zhèngmiàn chefa. if a person is in poor condition and is sickly all year long. Argumentative writing Translation: People say [Health is the richest of riches].!"#$%&' !3 !"#$ 3 !"#7( ) ! 3 !"#$3 3 !"#$%&6( ) !"3 !"#$3 !"#3 !"#6 ( ) 4 4 3 !"#$%&'(6( ) 3 !3 !"# 6( ) !"#$%3 D4 3 4 4 3 !3 !"#$3 !5 3 9 !"#$%&'()*3 !"#$%&'(5 3 !"#7 !"# 3 !"#$%3 !"3 !"#$%3 !"#$%&'()*5 !"#$%&'"()5 !"#$/ !"#3 !"#$%5 Nàme shud. kangkki. However. wo. shíkè bkochí xcnqíng yúkuài.

. ]. In this case we want to draw attention to logical links provided by the presence of paired conjunctions and conjunctives between different parts of the argument. good health must be the foundation. no matter what the circumstances.]. .. . to reduce chances of falling ill. .. fair. If we can accomplish these yve points. you have everything: whether you are pursuing study and research. . . . be kind. wúlùn . See for example . .. . jiùsuàn . how can you make yourself healthy? As far as I am concerned. . yòu [if .]. dduyào [no matter ... going off for holiday travel. . yljiù [if . A sentence like the last one is virtually a cliché which occurs as a modest gesture at the end of a presentation: !"#$%&'"()5 !"#$/ !"#3 !"#5 Shàngmiàn sun shud de zhmshì wn gèrén de kànfk. . completing tasks at work. ! yóu cm kl jiàn [from this it can be seen]. and always start from the positive. you can always derive the greatest pleasure from what you are doing. When treating people. wúlùn . . . dìngnéng [if . and in dealing with matters stay cool and calm. =qíshí [in fact]. . Also present are those idiomatic phrases commonly found in any piece of argument. drink excessively or take drugs.IV Paragraphs From this it can be seen that. ... huanyíng dàjia pcpíng zhmzhèng.. . . . I would welcome criticisms or comments.. (4) Pay attention to temperature change and be particular about hygiene. etc. even if . yàoshi . . What I have said above is just my own opinion.). (2) Your daily diet and lifestyle should be controlled to guarantee an appropriate amount of sleep. . (5) Always maintain a cheerful frame of mind. ! shìxikng ycxià [just think for a moment]. If you have health.]. Shud de bù duì de dìfang/rúynu bùdàng zhc chù. (3) Don]t smoke. =rúgun . the factors for ensuring good health lie in yve areas: (1) You should take regular exercise to achieve good blood circulation and physical strength and increase resistance to disease. . . don]t lose your temper. Analysis: A piece of argumentation like this is likewise more structured than more informal speech or writing. .]. nàme shud [this being the case]. This being the case. our health will basically be guaranteed. ddunéng [no matter . !=zài wn kàn lái [as far as I am concerned]. .. . and you should eat more vegetables and fruit and less greasy food. . If any of it is wrong or inappropriate. which serve as signposts of progression from one idea to another (e.g. =klshì [however]. 224 . ... and generous. . rúgun . or engaging in any activity no matter what. etc. and give up all bad habits that endanger life and health.

Argumentative writing 225 .. etc. more literal than colloquial in this case. as regards other features such as the omission of subjects and objects.[What I have said above is just my own opinion. please see the analyses given for earlier sections. I would welcome criticisms or comments.] The translation. Again. reveals precisely the lexis and steps of argument in the Chinese original. If any of it is wrong or inappropriate.

they indicate the aspectual notions of completion. a word.g. a word or phrase placed directly before a verb to modify it. Gradable adjectives are adjectives that generally can be modiyed by a degree adverb. in London. female. It may be followed by verbal as well as nominal objects (e. guo and D zhe are sufyxed to the verb. (e. In Chinese. [yesterday. manner. etc. . guo. means. The functional words le. good]. such as [big. [male. Non-gradable adjectives are usually not modiyable by degree adverbs as they have more absolute meanings (e. extremely]. usually providing background information such as time. location. a verb which rezects the speaker]s attitude. and zài immediately precedes it. black]) and deyne rather than describe. In Chinese. method.). D zhe and zài which are closely associated with verbs. by train. That is. simultaneousness. or – a clause – [a nobody-will-ever-forget experience]). phrase or clause placed before a noun to qualify or identify it (e. deyne or evaluate qualities or characteristics associated with nouns. green. immediate or past experience. they can be graded to varying degrees using a range of adverbs such as [very. square. Tense is speciyed by time expressions placed before the verb or at the beginning of the sentence. Le. and continuation. a very useful book].Glossary of grammatical terms Glossary of grammatical terms adjectives adverbial aspect markers attitudinal verb attributive 226 Words used to describe. In Chinese. I like to drink tea]).g.g. with chopsticks. [nice weather. persistence. slowly]. Chinese aspect markers are NOT indicators of tense.g. etc. [I like tea. etc.

. or after an adjective (i. etc. etc. phrases or clauses (e. The verb shì [to be]. because]. [ask him to come. .e. The part of a sentence in a topic-comment sentence which follows the topic. In contrast with a subject-predicate sentence which narrates an incident (e.e. somebody did something). Words used to join two words. though . etc. otherwise.). however]. using coordinate or subordinate conjunctions. The topic establishes the theme or focus of interest in the sentence.causative verb clause comment complement composite sentence conjunctions conjunctives context cotext A verb which causes its object to produce an action or to change state (e. provides descriptions. A word. The extralinguistic situation or environment in which a verbal event takes place. [because .g. Conjunctions in Chinese often form related pairs (e. etc. [and. frequency. A composite sentence may therefore be of a compound or complex nature. A general term referring to a sentence which consists of more than one clause or predicate linked together by (a) conjunction(s) or conjunctive(s). Glossary of grammatical terms 227 . deynes. Referential adverbs used to link two clauses or predicates/comments. a topic-comment sentence makes observations. .g. to constitute a sentence in Chinese. make him happy]. an adjectival complement) to indicate its degree or extent. therefore.g. a verbal complement) to indicate the duration. A term employed to describe a subject-predicate or topic-comment construction which relates to other similar constructions. phrase or clause which comes directly either after a verb (i. explains or contends. etc. manner or consequential state of the action expressed by the verb. The verbal text (in speech or in writing) that goes before or after the verbal event under consideration. adjectives. offers explanations. while the comment describes. modal verbs and the particle le are all regular elements in a comment. result.). terminal location or destination. . with or without conjunctional devices.).g.

The difference between deynite reference and indeynite reference may be illustrated by the use of the deynite article [the] and the indeynite article [a(n)] in English.g. etc. the temporal orientation (i. continuing or ending) of the actions expressed by those verbs. intentional verb A verb which expresses the speaker]s intentions. while the verb is still encoded in its active form. sometimes. dative verb A verb which requires two objects: a direct object and an indirect object (e. indeynite reference See deYnite reference. direction indicators A set of motion verbs which follow other verbs as direction complements to indicate the spatial direction or. reference. method. English equivalents are [a piece of cake.Glossary of grammatical terms 228 In Chinese. give him a present. daring. etc. these are words which must be used between a numeral or demonstrative and the noun it qualiyes. A coverb with its object forms a coverbal phrase. which indicates location. [I plan to study Chinese]). instrument. etc. modal verbs A set of verbs which are used directly before other verbs to indicate possibility. [can. deynite reference Terms used in connection with nominal or proand indeynite nominal items. location phrase A location word or postpositional phrase preceded by the coverb =zài [(be) in. coverb . at].). degree adverb See adjective. a glass of beer]. willingness.g. necessity. a preposition-like verb which is not normally used on its own but is followed by another verb (or other verbs). (e.e. intensiyer A word used to emphasise or highlight elements in a sentence. measure words Also known as classiYers. permission. It is generally followed by another verb indicating the action which the speaker intends to take (e. should. obligation. must. but in Chinese measure words are used with all nouns. beginning. may. Hence the passive voice is not realised in its actual form but can only be notional. notional passive A term used to refer to a construction in which the object of the verb is brought forward to a subject position before the verb. dare].g. in which [him] is the indirect object and [a present] is the direct object). probability.

In Chinese. echoing or reinforcing the meaning of those elements. which usually indicates location or time. There are a considerable number of conventionalised onomatopoeic words in Chinese. etc. A noun followed by a postposition is called a postpositional phrase. A type of Chinese sentence in which more than one verb occurs in succession without any conjunctional devices. above]. See predicate. See aspect markers. The part of a sentence that follows the subject. =hái. but they are also regularly created spontaneously. =què. A set of monosyllabic adverbs such as =jiù.. a verb which is formed by placing the particle le after an adjective. for example. the prepositional phrase [on the table] in English is rendered in the word order [the table on] in Chinese). [on. cái. the subject is generally of deYnite reference. a monosyllabic item which has no independent meaning of its own but serves to deliver a structural or functional grammatical message. but its presence has the function of changing a statement into a general question. and resembles a prepositional phrase in English (e. =dào. A word placed after a noun to indicate a part of the noun or a spatial/temporal relationship to the noun (e. =zài.onomatopoeia particle phonaesthemes postposition predicate referential adverbs serial construction state verb subject tense topic A word which is used to approximate to a natural sound in real life.g. =yl.). See comment.g. =yòu. The sentence particle =ma. outside. which in a sentence refer either backwards to elements before them or forward to elements after them. A state verb indicates a state of affairs rather than an action or an event. etc. in. Glossary of grammatical terms 229 . The subject is usually the initiator or recipient of the action expressed by the verb or verb phrase in the predicate. Two-syllabled items which are sufyxed to an adjective to add to its descriptive power by introducing some kind of sound connotation. In Chinese. has no independent semantic signiycance. =ddu. In a Chinese subject-predicate sentence.

Glossary of grammatical terms 230 .

Index Index a (particle) 125 a (interj) 199–200 abbreviation 180– 6 contextual 185–6 conventional 181 ability 99. 121–2 attributive 9. 203 apposition 199 approval 182 approximation 19 argumentative stance 126. 36–8. 49. 148. 92 [as regards] 158 [as soon as] 194 [at] 152–3 attitudinal adverbial expression 109 attitudinal verb 43. 193 àn/ànzhào / (cv) [according to] 157 [and] (between noun and pronoun) 14. 148 addition 189 address 11 forms of address 11 postal address 11 adjectival predicate 44–7. 159–64 bàn [half]. 89–90. 56. 26–7 [according to] 157 action verb 43. 144 [after] 78 [again] 112 age 49. 53–4. 178 non-gradable 46–7 admonition 119 adverbial 107–9. (question particle) 125. 132. 130. 115. 128 [agree (to)] 121 ai/aiya/aiyd / / (interj) 201 [along] 155 [also] 112 alternative question 144 [although] 187. 62–5. 190–1 [because of] 158 231 . 56–8. 41. 140–41 bk (cv) 125. 18 basic set (of numbers) 15–16 [be] 44 [because] 187. 62. 36–42 adjectival 40 clause 39 nominal 38–40 verbal 39–40 audacity 120 ba (imperative particle) 66–7. 149 adjective 9. 120–2 of manner 107–8. 63. 170 gradable 46–7. 52. 175 of attitude 101 affirmative-negative question 141. 149 [as for] 158 aspect 43 aspect marker 43. 116. 30–2. 118 abstract noun 11. 36 antonym 46 antonymous expression 169 apology 181 apostrophe 199. 139. 21. 65–6.

75–6 case 10 causative 43 232 causative construction 170–1 causative verb 43. jiùshì .Index [before] 78 bbi (mw) for cups etc 25 bèi (passive marker) 125. . . 101–2. to lack] 77 chkng (mw) for games. 10 chéng (cv) [travel by] 156 Chinese language 1 choice 188 che (mw) for plays 25. 175 of result 127. . . 106. 127 of duration 129 of frequency 129 of location 97. 144–5. 147. 187 [can(not)] 99–101. 196 compound number 17 compulsion 117 concession 193 condition 191–2 confirmation 145 cóng (cv) [from] 154 conjunction 14–5. 168. . 163–6. 104. 188. 190–7 consonant 2 . 49–51. 175 belief 198 bln (mw) for books etc 23 bm (preposition) [compare]. 113– 120. 119 bmjiào (comparative marker) 56 bìxe (modal verb) [must] 117 bravery 120 brief duration 94–5. 139 potential 44. 103. films etc 25 cháo (cv) [towards] 154 characters 1. 104. 43–4. . . (conjunction) [either . 131. 120.] [but] 114 bù yào (modal verb) [don]t] 119 bùyòng (modal verb) [needn]t] 117 [by oneself] 202 cái (referential adverb. (direction indicator) [exiting] 69–70 chúfbi (conjunction) [unless] 192 cì (mw) for frequency 95–6 classifier 21 clause 15. 149. 186–97 conjunctive 125. 99–100 composite sentence 125. 54. 130 of manner 44. 176–8 bùbì (modal verb) [no need] 117 bùdàn (conjunction) [not only] 189 bùgukn (conjunction) [no matter] 192 bùguò (conjunction) [but] 236. 186 bùjmn (conjunction) [not only] 190 bùrán (conjunction) [otherwise] 186 bùrú (conjunction) [better to] 194 bùshì . . 53–4 bian (postposition) (be)side 83ff biàn (mw) for frequency 95 biàn (referential adverb) [then] 111 bié [don]t]. 39. 186–8. 100. 166. 123. 162 degree 53–4. 138–42. or . . 155. 13.. conjunctive) 110.. 125. 100. 15 comparison 53–6. 36. 110 Cantonese 1 cardinal number 15. 45. 105.. 172–3 cause and effect 190 chà [to (in time of day). 96–106 of consequential state 44. 163. 186–8 collective noun 11. 130–1. 186. 148.. 129 bù 5. 27–8 colours 47 commendation 182 common noun 11. 178 complement 7. 102. 41. 58. . 106 of destination 104–5 of direction 44.

. 174 currency 119 dàjia (pronoun) everybody 34–5 dang (preposition) [when] 78 dànshì (conjunction) [but] 180. de huà [if] 193 . is concerned] dud (with numbers) [over]. 146–8 definite reference 9. (exclamation) how 199 dun (mw) for flowers dudme (exclamation) how 199 duration 44. 77–8 dative verb 43. 89. 91–3. . 152 de (complement) 101–4 [decide (to)] 123 decimal 18 definite 9. . 90–6. 120–2. 81. (mw) hour. 186–7. . . both]. 125. . 125. 130 explanatory stance 126. 14. 37–8.. . 72–3 disappearance 81. 105–6. 63–6. . 188 conventional abbreviation 181 copula 44. 130 emphasis 126 ér [as well as] (conjunction) 41 estimation 198 [every] 18–19. 105. 111–2 duì (mw) [pair] 26. 181 cotextual omission 184–5 countable 21 [cousins] 93 coverb 152–7 coverbal phrase 39. o]clock (in times of day) 77–8 dmng (mw) for hats etc 25 direct object 63. 90. de shíhòu [when] 195 degree adverb 44–6. 70. 37–41. 125. 142 [don]t] 119 ddu (adverb) 79–80.context 9–10. 17. 53. [as far as . .. 35. 116 demonstrative 9. 149 family relationship 93 fkn]ér (conjunction) [on the contrary] 189 [fear (to)] 121 fbicháng (degree adverb) [extremely] 45. [all. 49 cotext 10. . (adverbial modifier) 48. or . 139 dli (modal verb) [have to]. 87–90. . 130 disyllabic 5. 93. 170 day 76 of the month 76 of the week 76 daying [to promise] (with object clause) 198 de (adverbial) 106–8 de (attributive) 9. 202 contextual abbreviation 183 contrast 45. 153–4 [dare] 120 date 13. (cv) [to. (question word) how (with adjective) 135–6. . . (with modal verbs) 120 Index 233 . 14. 93.] 196 emergence 81. 180. 31–2. . 147 adjective 31 pronoun 31 desire 118 destination 104–5 dc (mw) [drop (of water etc)] dialect 1 dikn (in decimals) point 27. 90. 139 degree complement 54. 88. 186. 88. (degree complement) 54. 40–1. lái shud . 146–7 . towards] 156 duì . 129 [each other] 35 [either . 152–4. 170 direction indicator 67. 80 exclamation 199–203 existence 43. . 189 danxcn [to worry] (with object clause) 198 dào (referential adverb) [however] 114 dào (cv) [to] 104–5. 10.

41 hbi/hèi ( ) (interj) 201 height 125 hln [very]. . business 202 human noun 9.Index feminine 9.. as regards] gai guo (aspect marker) 59–60. 103. as mw for matter. minute (in time of day) 77 fèn (mw) for work 123 fbng (mw) for letters 23 final 2. 36. room. 196 234 . 178–9 guanyú (cv) [as for. 44–6 [hope (to)] 122 hòu (postposition) 83ff [how] 134–7 [however] 114 [how far] 135–6 [how long] 135–6 [how much] 135–6 [how old] 135–6 Huáyo [Chinese language] 1 huì =(modal verb) [may. (point of departure) 154 fú (mw) for painting 89 fù (mw) for spectacles 34 (modal verb) [ought to. (with indirect object) 170 gbn [and]. . . 129 hái (degree adverb) 54.] 157 gender 9 general question 132. 4 first person pronoun 29 first tone 4–5 [floors/storeys] 17 [for] 156 [forget] 122 forms of address 11 [for the sake of] 158 fourth tone 4–5 fnuzé (conjunction) [otherwise] 186 fraction 18 frequency 44. . 36 huòzhl (conjunction) [or] 189. decimals) 18. 138. 14–15. (in directional complements) 100. (ycqm) . 80. is likely to]. (in passive voice) 165. 29 fbn (in fractions. 64. . 140 gèng [even (more)] 54 gbnjù (cv) [on the basis of] given name 14 gradable adjective 46–7. 15. 13–14 huò (conjunction) [or]. 14–5. 95–6. (in comparisons) 55. over a distance] 68–74 Guóyo [national language] 1 habitual action 56.. (ycqm) . for] 156. telephone etc) 17. 144 Hakka 1 half 18 Hans 1 Hànyo [the Han language] 1 hko ma /hko bu hko (tag in suggestions) [how about . 36. .( ) [together with] 157 headword 10.] 145 hào =number (date. 78 [hate (to)] 121 [have to] 116 hé (conjunction) [and]. 124 [from] (distance) 154. ..( ) (cv) [together with . (referential adverb) 112 háishi [or].. 157 gbn . bus. (direction indicator) [across. should] 116 gkn (modal verb) [dare] 120 Gàn (dialect) 1 ganggang (time adverb) 81 gaoxìng (as attitudinal verb) [happy/pleased to] gè (common mw) 21–2 and passim gli (as dative verb) 63–4. 118 huí (motion verb) return 69: (mw) for frequency 95. (in comparisons) 55 hé . . (cv) [to.

(question word) how many (for numbers less than ten) 132–3 jià (mw) for planes jiàn (mw) for shirt. 112 likng [two] 16–17 liàng (mw) for vehicles [like] 121 líng [zero] (in large numbers) 16 link verb 44 location 96. 187 jiùshì (conjunction) [even if] jiùsuàn (conjunction) [even if] 193 jù (cv) [on the basis of] 158 juéde (with object clause) [feel] 198 juxtapositional 7 jm kb kb (mw) for pearl. 119 klshì (conjunction) [but] klym (modal verb) [may. 149 indirect object 63. 24. 81. [. 117 kuài (mw) [piece] (exclamatory particle) 200 (in forms of address) 15. 108 [in] 152–3 inability 99 indefinite reference 9. 125–7. 71 [it] 29–31. 104. 197–8 imperative 66. 13–14. 138. star 24 (mw) for plants. 161–2. 159–60 [several] 19. 196 interrogative pronoun 32. 196 intransitive 67. 153. 178. (sentence particle) 43. 132. 62–5.idiom 41 [if] 187–9. (used in apposition) 203 lián (preposition) [even] 102. 113–4. 180 intentional verb 43. 19. 165 jikrú (conjunction) [if. 132 major dialect 1 Mandarin 1 masculine 29 material noun 11. 80 measure word 9. (negator) 54–5. 191–3. 110. . 17–22. 88. 27–8. 28–30 la lko Index 235 . 143. (direction indicator) towards the speaker le (aspect marker) 57–8. 92. 58–60. 150 lí (cv) [from] (distance) 154–5 lm (postposition) in(side) lì (mw) for rice. (adverb) always 79 lái (motion verb) [come] 67ff. 170 inference 191 initial 2–4 initiator 146 intensifier 50. 176 men (plural suffix) 9. . 38 [may] 117 mli [every]. 15. 81. 126. 122–3 interjection 199. or so] 19. 90. 130 location expression 43. 173–4. can]. sand etc lik [both. 142–4. (direction indicator) 70 jmngukn (conjunction) [though] 193 jiù (referential adverb) [then]. coat etc 24 jiànyì (with object clause) suggest jiào (in passive voice) 148. 14. 27. 163. 51–2. the two]. supposing] 193 jíle (degree complement) [extremely] 105 jìn (motion verb) [enter] 69. 91. 110. 104 location noun 85 location pronoun 85 lunar calendar 48 ma (particle) 125.113–14 méi(ynu) ( ) [have not]. 201–2 interrogative adverb 132. trees 24 kè quarter of an hour (in times of day) 77 kln (modal verb) [be willing].

132. 120–1. 134 nà/nèi (demonstrative pronoun and adjective) that 31. 18 [must] 117. 82. 17. 163. 94–6. 119 nk/nli (question word) which 32. 20. 170. (in comparisons) 54–5. 165 modern standard Chinese 1 modifier 6 monosyllabic 5. 127 month 75–6. 140–1. 137 necessity 117 negation 45. 11. 166 proper 10–11 number 10. 134. 43. 52 basic set 15–16 compound number 17 countable 21 uncountable 21 numeral 9. 116–17. 184–6 conjunctional nominal pronominal [on behalf of] 156 236 .Index mian (noun suffix) [side] 83–5 Min (dialect) 1 modal verb 43–4. 165. (in composite sentence) 196 nàr/nàli (location pronoun) there 31. 13–14 material 11. 103–4 name (Chinese) 11–2. can]. 26–7 collective. 176–7 direct 63. 25–8 abstract 11. (polite response) 180 nàme [so. 113–14. 40 nkli (question word) where 32. 166 nought 16 noun 9–15. 125. 40–1. 91 object 7. 72 multiple. 82. 166 non-morphological 125 notional passive 125. 132. (as postposition) 82 narrative stance 146 national language 1 nationality 49 ne (particle) 60. 49. 117 néng(gòu) ( ) (modal verb) [can]. 117–18 neuter 9–10. 172. 15 human 9. 38 non-human 14. 13. 166 non-human noun 14. 138. 34. 70. 19–22. 91 motion verb 43. 15–18. 178 nèi [inside] 182 néng (modal verb) [may. 54. 10. 115–17. 36–7. 125. 163. 160 indirect 62. 150. 67. then]. 15 surname 11. 143. 51–2. 58. 174 instrumental 95 location 96 object clause 197–8 obligation 116 omission 181. 26–7 common 11. 49 non-condition 192 non-gradable adjective 46 non-Han languages 1 non-human 14. 159. 15 given name 15 nkpà (conjunction) [even though] 194 nkr (question word) where 32. 132. 9–10. 29–30 ng (interj) 201 nm (pronoun) [you] 28 nmde (possessive pronoun/ adjective) [your(s)] 30 nmmen (pronoun) [you (pl)] 28 nmmende (possessive pronoun/adjective) [your(s) (pl)] 30 nín (pronoun) [you (polite)] 29 nìngkl (conjunction) [would rather] 194 nominal predicate 47. 27.

13–14. be afraid] 121 [pair] 26 pángbian (postposition) [by the side of] 83 parallel construction 109 particle 4 passive construction/voice 125. 41 second person 29 third person 9. 125 pre-verbal 9. 132. 172 possession 50 possessive 30–1. 167 nominal 47. also for leaves. 166 notional passive 125. 41 possibility 118 postal address 12 pà postposition 82–3 postpositional phrase 39. 172. 149. 32 point of time 75. 52. 92–3. composition 63 piàn (mw) [slice]. 125 potential complement 44. etc pcnycn [standard romanisation]. 125 price 49 probability 118 prohibition 119. 189 ordinal number 17 [otherwise] 188 [ought to] 116 (attitudinal verb) [fear. 35. 157–8 prepositional phrase 39. 222 verbal 167 preference 194 prefix 15 preposition 83. (between verbs) 143–5. 82–3 post-verbal 9. 203 demonstrative 31–2 first person 29 interrogative 32. 182 plural 9–10. 99–100 predicate 44–7. 182 promise 198 pronominal object 92–3 pronominal predicate 49. 195 onomatopoeic 108 [or] (between nouns and pronouns) 14–15. 78–80 polite request 67. 196 personal 28–30 possessive 30–1. 41 possessive pronoun 30–1. 28–36. 30 pronunciation 2. 67. 92–3. 97. 49 adjectival 44–7. (direction indicator) away from the speaker quadrisyllabic idiom 109 qualifier 9 Index 237 . 203.[on the basis of] 158 [one another] 35 [only] 111 [only then] 110. 205. 5 proper noun 10–11 proverbial saying 183 public notice 182 purpose 167–8. 14. 4 pitch 4 [plan (to)] 123 [please]. 174–5 Putonghua [common speech] 1 qm (direction indicator) [up(wards)] 69–70 qián (postposition) [before] 82ff qmng (polite request) 172–3 qù (motion verb) [go] 66–7ff. 164. 166 passive marker 148 pbi/pèi (interj) 201 percentage 18 permission 117 personal pronoun 28–30 phonaesthetic 109 pc (mw) batch 26 pm (mw) for horses pian (mw) for essay. 14. 62. 49 pronominal 47. 97 pronoun 9. 130. 2.

above. 153. 170. 178–9 topic| subject-predicate 150–1 sentence starter 183 sentence stress 173–4 sequential action 167 serial construction 125. 70. 88. 197 rì [day]. 132–3 shí (time expression) [when] 78 shm (causative verb) [to cause] 171 shì (predicate verb) [to be] 43.. de . 96–7 rhythm 84. 172–3 [several] 19 shàng (direction indicator) [up(wards)] 68.. 200 rhetorical 132 surmise 132. (not used with le) 130–1. (in time expressions) last 75–6. 136–40 affirmative-negative 132. . 88. 148. 146–7 indefinite 9. (in topic-comment sentences) 149. 140. 134. (postposition) on.Index què (referential adverb) [however]. 13. 34–5. 186. 46–50. 146–51 subject | topic-comment 151–2 238 topic-comment 125. (as intensifier) 174–80 shì . over 82–9 shàngxià (approximation) 20 shapes 47 shéi/shuí (interrogative pronoun) [who(m)] 32–4. 138. 166–8. 13. . 114. 136. 114 questions 132. 198 qún (mw) group. crowd ràng (in passive voice) 148. 181 statement 126 . others 34 rènwéi (with object clause) think 198 repetition 180 request 182 reservation 179–80 result (complement) 44. 195 [rather than] 194 recipient 146 reference 9 definite 9. 93. 140–1 question-word 132. 73. (in existence sentences) 88–9. 149 generic referential adverb 110. (in days of the week) 76 rúgun (conjunction) [if] 192–3 script 1 season 75 second person pronoun 29 second tone 4 sentence 125 structural flexibility subjectless 181 subject-predicate 126. 165 ránhòu (conjunction) then. (emphatic structure) 174–7 shnu (mw) for song. 132–3 shéide/shuíde (interrogative possessive pronoun) [whose] 32–3. 140–1 tag 141 asking for confirmation 145 in the form of suggestions 144. poem etc 25 [should] 116 shuang (mw) [pair] 26 shud (with object clause) [say] 198–9 simplified form (of Chinese characters) 2 [since/because] 190 singular 9–10. after that 128. 187 register 4 religion 57 [remember (to)] 122 rénjia (pronoun) the other person. 13 sìzhdu (as postposition) [around] 83 [some/a little] 26–7 [sorry] 145. 132–3 shénme (interrogative pronoun) [what] 32. 143 alternative 132 general 132.

day]. 28–9 tade / (possessive pronoun) [his/her(s)] 30 tag expression 145 tài (adverb) [too] 120. 149. 201–2 toneless 4 tone marks 4 tóng [and]. 30.state verb 43. 127 attitudinal 43. 44 motion 43. 198 suì [years of age] 20. 90. 58. 15. 154 towards] 154. 119 verbal clause 39. 9–11 synonym 7 / / (personal pronoun) [he(him)/she(her)/it] 10. 101–2 verbal phrase 39. 74 [thank you] 181 [then] 110–1 [therefore] 190 third person pronoun 9. 152. heaven. 170. 10. 30 third tone 4–5 tì (cv) [for] 156 tian [sky. 77–9. 178–9 transitive 67–71. 127. 178–9 tou (noun suffix) 13. 146–51 subject | topic-comment 151–2 subjectless sentence 181 suffix (noun and pronoun) 9. 153 [together with] 157 tonal adjustment 5 tone 4–5. 49 syllable 2. 178–9 [still] 194 structural words 4 sub-dialect 1. 63 suggestion 144. 174 time of day 77 time relations 194 time sequence 125 time word 91 [to] 104–5. 83. 119 transitive verb 119 [travel on/by] 155–6 uncountable 21 unstressed 4 verb 7. 176–7 subject-predicate 126. 43–4 action 43–4. 71 link 44 modal 43. 62–3. 166 verbal predicate 166–7 vocabulary 5. 140–1 surname 11. 170. 74–5. 58. 121–2 causative 43 dative 43. 156 transitive 67–71. 127. 56–63. 63–6. 191. 139. 85. 36 topic | subject-predicate 150–1 topicalisation 126 topic-comment 125–6. 136–7 sun (mw) for house 24. 15. 65–6. 10 subject 7. 101–2. 149. 179. 66–74 state 43–4. 122–3 intransitive 67. (in days of week) 76–7 ta tiáo (mw) for dogs 24. 170 intentional 43. 81. 54. 62–3. for trousers 26 time expression 43. 4. 13–4. [that which] 183 sunym (conjunction) [therefore] 190 superlative 56 supposition 192 surmise 132. 10 voiced 2 volume (speech) 4 vowel 3 Index 239 . (in exclamations) 200 tái (mw) for machines etc 24 tamen / (personal pronoun) [they/them] 28 tamende / (possessive pronoun) [their(s)] 30 tàng (mw) for frequency 95–6 tào (mw) [set] 25–6 tense 43. head 129.

. 132. . would like to] (used with [first person]). 138. or] yàoshi (conjunction) [if] 187. 172 Wú (dialect) 1 wúlùn (conjunction) [regardless] 192 wúrén (contextual abbreviation) vacant (of lavatory) 184 (direction indicator) [down(wards)] 68. ycbian/ycmiàn / . 121 xíng be all right. 91 ylxo (attitudinal adverb) [perhaps] 110 yc [one]. .. kind 180 yào (modal verb) [want. OK 180 xcwàng (with object clause) [hope] 198 ya (exclamation) 199–200 yán/yánzhe / (cv) along 39. (in time expressions) [next]. 118–19 xiàng (cv) [to(wards)] 154 xiangdang (degree adverb) [fairly] 45 xiangxìn (with object clause) [believe] 198 xiko (in forms of address) 15 xib (mw) for small amounts. 91 wèi (contextual abbreviation) hello. 198 with/using] 155 wn (personal pronoun) [I(me)] 28–9 wnde (possessive pronoun) [my/mine] 30 wnmen (personal pronoun) [we(us)] 28–9 wnmende (possessive pronoun) [our(s)] 30 word class 9 word-formation 6 word order 45. 74. would like to]. . 181–2. (postposition) 82–3 xian (time adverb) first 79 Xiang (dialect) 1 xikng [want. (as plural suffix in demonstratives) 32 xièxie (conventional abbreviation) [thank you] 181 xmhuan (attitudinal verb) [like (to)] 115. 155 yàng type. 193 yl (referential adverb) [also] 35. at the same time 196 xià . / (paired conjunctives) while.. 9 ycbian/ycmiàn . (paired conjunctives) [either . 174 worry 198 [would like to] 119. yàome . . hey (on telephone) hello 184 wèi (cv) [for] 156–7 wèi (polite measure) for a person 31 wèi shénme (question word) [why] 132 weight 128 [what time] 132 [what] 132 [when] (conjunction) 78 [when] (interrogative) 132 [where] 132 [which] 132 [while] 78–9 [who] 132 [whose] 132 [why] 132 willingness 119 wish 118. .. 5. [must] (used with [second and third persons]) 118–19 yàome . . 72–3.Index 240 wài (postposition) [out(side)] 82ff wkng (cv) [to(wards)] 154 [want] 118–20 warning 182 [wear] (clothes) 61–2 weather 183 week 76. 70. 112 year 75.

116. jiù .] 187 ymlái (in duration expressions) [since . 190 yo (conjunction) [and]. .. . 111 zhmyào (conjunction) [provided] 191 zhmynu (conjunction) [only if] 191 zhnng (mw) [kind. . (in location phrases) 82 zánmen (personal pronoun) [we/us]. . (as postpositional phrase) 83 zhc (mw) for animal. (in topic-comment sentences) 150 ycnwèi (conjunction) [because] 190–1 ymqián (time expression) [before . bird.] 168 ycdiknr (mw) [a little] 26–7 ycdìng (attitudinal adverb) [definitely] 110 ymhòu (time expression) [after . 15. 75–6 yonxo (in causative sentences) [allow] 171 yoqí (conjunction) [rather than] 194 zài Index (referential adverb) [again]. type] 27 zhdng(jian) ( ) (postposition) [in the middle] 83 zhuàng (mw) for building 53 241 . 119–20 yub (in approximation) [about. . (in serial sentences) 169 yòu (referential adverb) [again]. 152–3. 195 ychuìr (brief duration) [a moment] 94 ymjcng (time adverb) [already] 79 yc .. . . expressing state of affairs) 130. 129–30. 113 ynurén (contextual abbreviation) engaged (of lavatory) 184 yóuyú (cv) [because of] 158. . insect 23 zhc (mw) for pens etc 22 zhm (referential adverb) [only].] 78. (in topic-comment sentences) 148. 195 yòng (cv) [with. 64. around] 20 yuè [month] 17. (in definitive point of time expressions) 80. 36 yuànyì (modal verb) [be willing]. (in existence sentences) 81. . 40 zhème (in comparisons) [so] 54–5 zhbn (degree adverb) [really] 45 zhèng(zài) ( ) (action in progress) [in the process of] 60 zhèr/zhèlm / (location pronoun) [here] 31.] 78–9. 86–9. 113 zài (cv) [at/in].] 93 ymmikn (in purpose sentences) [so as not to] 168 ycncm (conjunction) [therefore] 190 ycnggai [ought to. (aspect marker) 60–1. . using] 155 ynu [to have] 43.ymbiàn (in purpose sentences) [so as to . . 50 –3. 162 zhè/zhèi (demonstrative pronoun and adjective) [this] 31–2. should]. (paired conjunctives) [as soon as . 29 zánmende (possessive pronoun) [our(s)] 30 zlnme/zln(me)yàng / ( ) (question word) [how] 132 zlnyàng (question word) [how are things] 203 zero initial 3–4 zhang (mw) for paper etc 23 zhe D (aspect marker) 61–2. (in comparisons) 54–5. . (without le.

(in apposition) 203 znng (adverb) [always] 79 znngsuàn (adverb) [after all] 110 zuì (superlative) [most].Index zìjm (pronoun) [(one)self] 34. 56 zuìhòu [finally. mountains 25 zunyòu (as approximation) [more or less] 20 242 . lately] 79 zuò (cv) [travel on. in the end] 79–80 zuìjìn [recently. by] 155–6 zuò (mw) for buildings.

Sign up to vote on this title
UsefulNot useful